SL-D3000 Service Manual Rev.A

SL-D3000 Service manual
PROFESSIONAL PHOTO PRINTING SYSTEM

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Provides a general overview and specifications of the product.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Service Manual Describes the theory of operations of the product.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
Describes how to troubleshoot the product.
DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY

Describes how to disassemble and assemble the product.

ADJUSTMENT
Describes how to adjust the product.
MAINTENANCE
Describes the lubrication, cleaning, and other maintenance procedures.
APPENDIX
Provides the additional information for reference: service part list, block diagram, etc.
Rev. A SEIJ12004
Confidential
General Information
 All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the company.
 The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
 All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, the company would greatly appreciate
being informed of them.
 The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof.
EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright © 2012 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

　COMMERCIAL PRINTER CS QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT
Confidential
Symbols Used in this Manual
Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional
information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a
procedure or an action. Before using the machine, make sure to understand the
meanings of these symbols.
Type Symbol Descriptions

WARNING Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,
W A R N IN G
practice or condition that, if not strictly observed,
could result in injury or loss of life.
CAUTION Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,

C A U T IO N
practice, or condition that, if not strictly observed,
could result in damage to, or destruction of,
equipment.
PROHIBITION Indicates a prohibition on the use of the product.
INSTRUCTION Indicates an instruction that you must follow when

using the product.
CHECK Indicates information required for effective operation

C H E C K
POINT P O IN T
or maintenance, additional information on a specific
item, or the expected result of the operation.
ADJUSTMENT A D J U S T M E N T
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,
REQUIRED R E Q U IR E D practice or condition that is necessary to keep the
product’s quality.
Confidential
Lift the machine in a natural posture.
For Safety Use C A U T IO N
Precautions for the safe use of the machine are described below. Make sure to Lift the machine by holding the specified
read and understand them before using. positions.
Otherwise, you may be injured by the fallen
 Precautions on installation
machine or get your finger caught when installing
the machine.
W A R N IN G Do not block the ventilation hole of the
When moving the machine, do not tilt it 10
machine.
degree or more in any directions.
Otherwise, the internal temperature rises and a fire
Otherwise, you may be injured by an accidental
may result.
fall.
Never cover the machine with a cloth nor install it
at a poorly ventilated place.  Precautions on power supply
When installing the machine, ensure the prescribed
installation space. (See "6.2 Transportation and
Packing" (P. 526).) W A R N IN G Before disassembling or assembling the
machine, turn the power off and disconnect the
C A U T IO N Avoid installing the machine in a location where power cable.
there is a lot of oil smoke or dust, the machine
can easily get wet, or the humidity is very high. Use 230 VAC as the supply voltage.
Otherwise, a fire or electric shock may result. Otherwise, a fire or electric shock may result.
Do not move the machine alone since it is very

heavy. Use the accompanying power cable only. Do not
Three or more people are required to pack or move use it for any other devices.
the machine. Otherwise, a fire or electric shock may result.
Do not insert or remove the power plug with
wet hands.
Otherwise, an electric shock may result.
Confidential
Make sure to insert the power plug completely.  Precautions on handling
W A R N IN G
Otherwise, a fire or electric shock may result.
W A R N IN G Before performing maintenance for the inside

Do not plug multiple power cables into a single of the machine immediately after the power off,
outlet. check that all internal parts are cool enough.
Otherwise, a fire may result.
Make sure to perform grounding work to Do not modify the product for any reason.
C A U T IO N
prevent accidental short circuit.
Otherwise, a fire or electric shock may result.
Perform grounding work with either of the
followings: Never use the machine near volatile substances
• Plug socket with protective earth contact (alcohol, thinner, etc.) or fire.
• Grounding adapter Otherwise, a fire or electric shock may result.
When using a grounding adapter, always connect a Never use a compressed air product containing
ground wire. flammable gas during repair or maintenance.
When turning on the machine with its cover
removed for operation check, be careful not to Always wear globes during maintenance not to
touch the current-carrying parts or hot parts. be injured by a metal part with sharp edges
such as a plate in the machine.
Check the power cable of the machine;
deformation of the plug or damage on the Always wear anti-static wrist straps during
surface. If any problem is found, replace it with maintenance.
a cable of the same model as that attached to the
machine first.
The machine must be on a stable flat base to
Check that an antivirus software is installed in prevent damage caused by a fall and failure
the computer used for service support. Keep caused by an abnormal condition.
virus pattern files updated to the latest version.
Never use any parts other than those specified
in this manual for repair or maintenance.
Confidential
C A U T IO N Always follow the instructions in this manual About this Manual
such as procedures and tool specifications.
This manual applies to double roll model and single roll model (the model
Be careful not to drop any metal object such as without the Front roll paper feeder mounted on double roll model). The
a screw or washer into the machine. If dropped, procedures are described using double roll model's external view illustrations,
never turn on the machine before confirming photographs, and screenshots. The information peculiar to single roll model is
that all fallen objects are removed. indicated as necessary.
Before turning on the reassembled machine,

check if all parts and screws are installed and
fixed to the positions where they were, and no
cable is caught under a metal frame.
Confidential
Revision Status
7
Revision Date of Issue Description
A 2012.06.27 First release
Confidential
8
Contents
Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 1.10 Accessories / Consumables / Ink Supply Parts/ Replaced Parts ..................... 35
1.10.1 Accessories ............................................................................................ 35
1.1 Product Description ........................................................................................... 14
1.10.2 Consumables ......................................................................................... 35
1.1.1 Features ................................................................................................... 14
1.10.3 Ink Supply Parts .................................................................................... 36
1.2 Basic Specifications ........................................................................................... 15
1.10.4 Replaced Parts ....................................................................................... 36
1.2.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................ 15
1.2.2 Electric Specifications ............................................................................. 15
1.2.3 Ink Specifications .................................................................................... 16 Chapter 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES
1.2.4 General Specifications ............................................................................. 17 2.1 Printer Mechanism ............................................................................................ 38
1.3 Printing Specifications ....................................................................................... 18 2.1.1 Carriage Mechanism ............................................................................... 38
1.3.1 Carriage Specifications ........................................................................... 18 2.1.2 Suction Mechanism ................................................................................. 39
1.3.2 Paper Feed Specifications ....................................................................... 18 2.1.3 Ink Supply Mechanism & Ink System Mechanism ................................. 40
1.3.3 Supported Papers ..................................................................................... 19 2.1.3.1 Ink Supply Mechanism ....................................................................... 40
1.3.3.1 Supported Media ................................................................................ 19 2.1.3.2 Ink System Mechanism ...................................................................... 41
1.3.3.2 Supported Papers ................................................................................ 20 2.1.4 Paper Feed Mechanism ........................................................................... 42
1.3.4 Printable Area .......................................................................................... 22 2.1.4.1 Paper Feed Sequence (Front Roll) ..................................................... 43
1.4 Software ............................................................................................................. 23 2.1.4.2 Paper Feed Sequence (Rear Roll) ....................................................... 45
1.4.1 Installing Software .................................................................................. 23 2.1.4.3 Paper Ejection Sequence .................................................................... 46
1.4.2 System Requirements .............................................................................. 23 2.1.4.4 Paper Ejection Path (Long Paper Ejection Unit) ................................ 47
1.5 Interface ............................................................................................................. 23 2.2 Operation Sequence ........................................................................................... 48
1.5.1 USB Interface .......................................................................................... 23 2.2.1 Power On Sequence ................................................................................ 48
1.5.2 Network Interface (Printer PC Only) ...................................................... 23 2.2.2 Power Off Sequence ................................................................................ 53
1.6 Control Panel ..................................................................................................... 24 2.3 Data Flow .......................................................................................................... 55
1.6.1 Buttons .................................................................................................... 24
1.6.2 LED ......................................................................................................... 24
Chapter 3 TROUBLE SHOOTING
1.7 Warning Buzzer ................................................................................................. 25
1.8 Optional Specifications ..................................................................................... 26 3.1 General Overview .............................................................................................. 57
1.8.1 Sorter ....................................................................................................... 26 3.1.1 Preliminary Check ................................................................................... 57
1.8.2 Long Paper Ejection Unit ........................................................................ 26 3.1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure ..................................................................... 57
1.8.3 Back Print Unit ........................................................................................ 26 3.2 Troubleshooting by Error Message ................................................................... 58
1.8.4 Moisture Control Unit ............................................................................. 26 3.2.1 How to Check Error Message ................................................................. 58
1.9 Dimensions and Main Components ................................................................... 27 3.2.2 Error massages ........................................................................................ 60
1.9.1 Dimensions and Weight .......................................................................... 27 3.2.3 Error Code ............................................................................................... 73
1.9.2 Part Names .............................................................................................. 28 3.2.3.1 How to Read an Error Code ............................................................... 73
SL-D3000 Service Manual

Confidential
9
3.2.3.2 List of Service Calls ........................................................................... 74 4.5.3 Electric Circuit Components ................................................................. 170
3.3 Error and Remedy ............................................................................................ 117 4.5.3.1 Board Name/Function List ............................................................... 170
3.3.1 Troubleshooting Power Supply Problems ............................................. 117 4.5.3.2 Mecha Controller Board (MCU) ...................................................... 171
3.3.2 Troubleshooting USB Cable Connection .............................................. 118 4.5.3.3 Power Supply Board (24V/42V) / Power Supply Board (5V) ......... 172
3.3.3 Troubleshooting Print Quality Problems ............................................... 119 4.5.3.4 Data Controller Board (MAIN) ........................................................ 174
3.3.4 Troubleshooting Heater Problems ......................................................... 122 4.5.3.5 Head Controller Board (DRV) ......................................................... 175
4.5.3.6 SUB-B Board ................................................................................... 178
Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY 4.5.3.7 SUB-D Board ................................................................................... 178
4.5.3.8 SUB-H Board ................................................................................... 179
4.1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 124 4.5.3.9 SUB-E Board .................................................................................... 179
4.1.1 Precautions ............................................................................................ 124 4.5.3.10 Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) ................................................ 180
4.1.2 Orientation Definition ........................................................................... 125 4.5.3.11 SUB-M Board ................................................................................ 181
4.1.3 Recommended Tools ............................................................................. 126 4.5.3.12 Panel Board .................................................................................... 182
4.1.4 List of screws to be used ....................................................................... 126 4.5.4 Carriage Mechanism ............................................................................. 183
4.2 Parts Diagram .................................................................................................. 128 4.5.4.1 Carriage Scale .................................................................................. 183
4.3 Disassembly Flowchart ................................................................................... 137 4.5.4.2 CR Encoder Sensor .......................................................................... 184
4.4 Screws that Cannot be Removed ..................................................................... 147 4.5.4.3 CR Motor .......................................................................................... 185
4.5 Disassembly and Assembly Procedure ............................................................ 151 4.5.4.4 Print Head ......................................................................................... 188
4.5.1 Special Operation for Servicing ............................................................ 151 4.5.4.5 PW Sensor ........................................................................................ 195
4.5.1.1 Unlocking the CR Unit ..................................................................... 151 4.5.4.6 CR Unit Home Position Sensor ........................................................ 196
4.5.1.2 Operating the Front Roll ................................................................... 153 4.5.4.7 Carriage Timing Belt ........................................................................ 197
4.5.2 Housing ................................................................................................. 154 4.5.4.8 Head Relay Board ............................................................................ 200
4.5.2.1 Top Cover ......................................................................................... 154 4.5.4.9 CR Unit ............................................................................................ 201
4.5.2.2 Rear Roll Front Cover ...................................................................... 155 4.5.5 Paper Feed Mechanism ......................................................................... 202
4.5.2.3 Maintenance Tank Cover ................................................................. 156 4.5.5.1 Paper Feed Scale .............................................................................. 202
4.5.2.4 Ink Cartridge Cover ......................................................................... 156 4.5.5.2 Paper Feed Motor ............................................................................. 204
4.5.2.5 Middle Cover .................................................................................... 157 4.5.5.3 Paper Feed Pulley Unit ..................................................................... 205
4.5.2.6 Left Top Cover ................................................................................. 158 4.5.5.4 Middle Roller Scale .......................................................................... 206
4.5.2.7 Right Top Cover ............................................................................... 159 4.5.5.5 Middle Roller Motor ........................................................................ 207
4.5.2.8 Top Frame ........................................................................................ 160 4.5.5.6 Middle Roller Timing Belt ............................................................... 208
4.5.2.9 Left Frame ........................................................................................ 160 4.5.5.7 Area Suction Motor Unit .................................................................. 209
4.5.2.10 Right Frame .................................................................................... 161 4.5.5.8 Absorber Unit ................................................................................... 210
4.5.2.11 Rear Upper Frame .......................................................................... 162 4.5.5.9 Heater Unit ....................................................................................... 211
4.5.2.12 Rear Lower Frame .......................................................................... 163 4.5.5.10 Cutter Unit ...................................................................................... 212
4.5.2.13 Left Front Cover ............................................................................. 164 4.5.5.11 Cutter Motor ................................................................................... 213
4.5.2.14 Maintenance Tank Cover Frame .................................................... 165 4.5.5.12 Waste Ink Absorber A/B ................................................................ 215
4.5.2.15 Right Front Cover ........................................................................... 165 4.5.5.13 Platen Unit ...................................................................................... 217
4.5.2.16 Ink Cartridge Cover Frame ............................................................. 166 4.5.5.14 Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch/
4.5.2.17 Front Top Cover ............................................................................. 167 Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch ................................................. 218
4.5.2.18 Long Paper Ejection Tray ............................................................... 168 4.5.5.15 Clutch Timing Belt ......................................................................... 220

Confidential
10
4.5.5.16 Front Roll Feed Timing Belt .......................................................... 222 4.5.6.20 Cutter Encoder Sensor .................................................................... 305
4.5.5.17 Rear Roll Motor .............................................................................. 224 4.5.6.21 Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor .................................... 306
4.5.5.18 Rear Roll Unit ................................................................................ 225 4.5.7 Ink System Mechanism ......................................................................... 307
4.5.5.19 Lower Inlet Roller .......................................................................... 227 4.5.7.1 Capping Unit .................................................................................... 307
4.5.5.20 Lower Edge Guide Plate ................................................................. 231 4.5.7.2 Ink Supply Decompression Unit ...................................................... 309
4.5.5.21 Edge Guide (Rear Roll) .................................................................. 232 4.5.7.3 Ink Tube ........................................................................................... 311
4.5.5.22 Front roll paper feeder .................................................................... 233 4.5.7.4 Auto Ink Detection Board ................................................................ 315
4.5.5.23 Front Roll Frame Unit .................................................................... 243 4.5.7.5 Ink Cartridge Holder Unit ................................................................ 317
4.5.5.24 Front Roll Motor ............................................................................ 255 4.5.7.6 Ink Path Pump Unit .......................................................................... 323
4.5.5.25 Front Roll Unit ............................................................................... 256 4.5.7.7 Ink Cartridge Controller Board 1/2 .................................................. 324
4.5.5.26 Front Inlet Roller ............................................................................ 257 4.5.7.8 Maintenance Tank Holder Unit ........................................................ 325
4.5.5.27 Front Edge Guide Plate .................................................................. 259 4.5.8 Fans ....................................................................................................... 326
4.5.5.28 Edge Guide (Front Roll) ................................................................. 260 4.5.8.1 Printer Cooling Front Fan ................................................................ 326
4.5.5.29 Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller ...................................................... 261 4.5.8.2 Rear Exhaust Fan Unit ..................................................................... 327
4.5.5.30 Decurl Unit ..................................................................................... 264 4.5.8.3 PS Exhaust Fan ................................................................................. 329
4.5.5.31 Disassembling the Decurl Unit ....................................................... 265 4.5.8.4 Left Exhaust Fan Unit ...................................................................... 330
4.5.5.32 Rear Paper Feed Motor ................................................................... 270 4.5.8.5 Right Exhaust Fan Unit .................................................................... 331
4.5.5.33 Rear Paper Feed Release Motor ..................................................... 275 4.5.8.6 Exhaust Fan (DRV) .......................................................................... 332
4.5.5.34 Decurl Motor .................................................................................. 278 4.5.8.7 Exhaust Fan (MCU) ......................................................................... 333
4.5.5.35 Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt ......................................................... 279 4.5.8.8 Exhaust Fan (MCU-B) ..................................................................... 334
4.5.6 Sensors .................................................................................................. 281 4.5.9 Option .................................................................................................... 335
4.5.6.1 Decurl Unit Paper Detector .............................................................. 281 4.5.9.1 Back Printing Unit ............................................................................ 335
4.5.6.2 Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector ..................................... 282 4.5.9.2 Back Printing Link Unit ................................................................... 338
4.5.6.3 Back Printing Position Sensor .......................................................... 284 4.5.9.3 Sorter and Conveyer ......................................................................... 340
4.5.6.4 Rear Paper Feed Release Detection Sensor ...................................... 285 4.5.9.4 Sorter Motor ..................................................................................... 344
4.5.6.5 Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor ............................... 286 4.5.9.5 Sorter Tray Detection Sensor ........................................................... 347
4.5.6.6 Top Cover Open Sensor ................................................................... 287 4.5.9.6 Sorter Front Paper Sensor ................................................................ 349
4.5.6.7 Front Paper Slack Sensor ................................................................. 288 4.5.9.7 Sorter Relay Board ........................................................................... 351
4.5.6.8 Rear Paper Slack Sensor ................................................................... 290 4.5.9.8 Sorter Switch .................................................................................... 352
4.5.6.9 Front Roll End Sensor ...................................................................... 292 4.5.9.9 Sorter Tray ........................................................................................ 354
4.5.6.10 Rear Roll End Sensor ..................................................................... 293 4.5.9.10 Sorter Tray Base ............................................................................. 355
4.5.6.11 Front Roll Position Sensor ............................................................. 294 4.5.9.11 Sorter Reduction Gear / Sprocket ................................................... 356
4.5.6.12 Paper End Sensor ............................................................................ 295 4.5.9.12 Conveyer Motor ............................................................................. 358
4.5.6.13 Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor .................................................. 296 4.5.9.13 Conveyer Belt ................................................................................. 359
4.5.6.14 Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor .......................................... 297 4.5.9.14 Long Paper Ejection Unit ............................................................... 362
4.5.6.15 Front Door Open Sensor ................................................................. 298 4.5.9.15 Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit ........................................... 365
4.5.6.16 Front Roll Cover Open Sensor ....................................................... 299 4.5.9.16 Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Unit ...................................... 368
4.5.6.17 Paper Feed Encoder Sensor ............................................................ 300 4.5.9.17 Long Paper Ejection Release Roller ............................................... 369
4.5.6.18 Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor .................................................... 302 4.5.9.18 Long Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller ........................................ 372
4.5.6.19 Middle Roller Encoder Sensor ....................................................... 303 4.5.9.19 Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller ......................................... 375

Confidential
11
4.5.9.20 Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt ..................................................... 378 5.1.6.1 Maintenance Utility Functions ......................................................... 411
4.5.9.21 Long Paper Ejection Release Belt .................................................. 380 5.1.6.2 Maintenance Utility Startup and Serviceman Mode Login .............. 411
4.5.9.22 Long Paper Ejection Switch Home Position Sensor/ 5.1.6.3 Pre-Operation Check ........................................................................ 413
Long Paper Ejection Release Home Position Sensor ..................... 381 5.1.6.4 Post-Operation Check ...................................................................... 415
4.5.9.23 Long Paper Ejection Cover Open Sensor ....................................... 382 5.1.6.5 Printer Information ........................................................................... 417
4.5.9.24 Long Paper Ejection Paper Detection Sensor ................................. 383 5.1.6.6 Settings/Maintenance ....................................................................... 419
4.5.9.25 Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll) ................................................ 385 5.1.6.7 Error History .................................................................................... 422
4.5.9.26 Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll) ................................................. 387 5.1.6.8 Add/Delete Printer ............................................................................ 422
4.5.9.27 Moisture Control Power Supply Board .......................................... 389 5.1.7 Recovery Utility .................................................................................... 423
4.5.9.28 SUB-F Board .................................................................................. 390 5.2 Tests ................................................................................................................. 427
4.6 Connector Position .......................................................................................... 391 5.2.1 Sensor Check ......................................................................................... 427
4.6.1 Mecha Controller Board (MCU) ........................................................... 391 5.2.2 Printer Function Check ......................................................................... 431
4.6.2 Data Controller Board (MAIN) ............................................................. 392 5.2.2.1 Paper Feed Function Check .............................................................. 431
4.6.3 Head Controller Board B (DRV) .......................................................... 393 5.2.2.2 Ink System Function Check ............................................................. 434
4.6.4 Head Controller Board A (DRV) .......................................................... 393 5.2.2.3 Paper Ejection Function Check ........................................................ 436
4.6.5 SUB-B Board ........................................................................................ 394 5.3 Clear Counter / Update .................................................................................... 439
4.6.6 SUB-D Board ........................................................................................ 394 5.3.1 Clear Counter 1 ..................................................................................... 439
4.6.7 SUB-E Board ......................................................................................... 395 5.3.2 Clear Counter 2 ..................................................................................... 440
4.6.8 SUB-H Board ........................................................................................ 396 5.3.3 Register Date to Replace Parts that need Periodic Replacement .......... 441
4.6.9 SUB-M Board ....................................................................................... 396 5.4 CR Unit Related Adjustment .......................................................................... 442
4.6.10 Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) ..................................................... 397 5.4.1 Head Height Adjustment ....................................................................... 442
4.6.11 Panel Board ......................................................................................... 397 5.4.2 CR Motor Measurement ........................................................................ 450
4.6.12 Power Supply Board (24V/42V) ......................................................... 398 5.4.3 Side Position Adjustment ...................................................................... 451
4.6.13 Power Supply Board (5V) ................................................................... 398 5.5 Head Related Adjustment ................................................................................ 453
4.6.14 Sorter Relay Board .............................................................................. 399 5.5.1 Write Head ID ....................................................................................... 453
4.6.15 Moisture Control Power Supply Board ............................................... 399 5.5.2 Nozzle Check / Head Cleaning ............................................................. 454
4.6.16 SUB-F Board ....................................................................................... 400 5.5.2.1 Auto Cleaning .................................................................................. 454
5.5.2.2 Nozzle Check ................................................................................... 454
Chapter 5 ADJUSTMENT 5.5.2.3 Setting the Periodic Nozzle Check ................................................... 457
5.5.3 Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction ............................. 458
5.1 General Overview ............................................................................................ 402 5.5.4 Head Inclination Adjustment ................................................................ 461
5.1.1 Precautions ............................................................................................ 402 5.5.5 Print Timing Correction 1 ..................................................................... 467
5.1.2 Adjustment Flow ................................................................................... 402 5.5.6 Print Timing Correction 2 ..................................................................... 472
5.1.3 Adjustment Items and the Order by Repaired Part ............................... 403 5.5.7 Color Calibration ................................................................................... 474
5.1.4 Description of Adjustments ................................................................... 407 5.5.8 Gray adjustment .................................................................................... 474
5.1.4.1 Printing the information of adjustment pattern ................................ 410 5.5.9 BRS Adjustment .................................................................................... 475
5.1.5 Tools for Adjustments ........................................................................... 411 5.5.10 Ink Draining/Head Washing ............................................................... 480
5.1.6 Maintenance Utility ............................................................................... 411

Confidential
12
5.5.10.1 Ink Draining ................................................................................... 480

5.5.10.2 Head Washing ................................................................................ 482
5.5.11 Initial Ink Charge ................................................................................ 485
5.6 Paper Feed Related Adjustments ..................................................................... 486
5.6.1 Paper Feed Motor Measurement/
Middle Roller Motor Measurement ...................................................... 486
5.6.2 Paper Feed Amount Correction ............................................................. 487
5.6.3 Paper Feed Amount Durability Correction ........................................... 491
5.6.4 Cut Position Correction ......................................................................... 493
5.7 Back Printing Unit Related Adjustment .......................................................... 494
5.7.1 Back Printing Head Height Adjustment ................................................ 494
5.7.2 Back Print Density Control ................................................................... 499
5.8 Board Replacement Related Adjustments ....................................................... 500
5.8.1 Control Board Repair Support ............................................................... 501
5.8.2 Support of Control Board Failure at Installation ................................... 505
5.8.3 Forced Initial Ink Charge ...................................................................... 510
5.9 Other adjustments and settings ........................................................................ 513
5.9.1 Printer Parameters ................................................................................. 513
5.9.2 Operation History .................................................................................. 514
5.9.3 Connection Check ................................................................................. 515
5.9.4 Check List for the Auto Nozzle Check System ..................................... 518
5.9.5 Upgrade ................................................................................................. 523
Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE
6.1 General Overview ............................................................................................ 525
6.2 Transportation and Packing ............................................................................. 526
6.3 Inspection and Cleaning .................................................................................. 534
6.3.1 Inspection .............................................................................................. 534
6.3.2 Cleaning ................................................................................................ 535
6.4 Lubrication ...................................................................................................... 537
Chapter 7 APPENDIX
7.1 Service Tool ..................................................................................................... 546
7.2 Connector Summary ........................................................................................ 548
7.3 Wiring Diagram ............................................................................................... 549
7.4 Board Layout Diagram .................................................................................... 561
7.5 Board Voltage List .......................................................................................... 569

Confidential
CHAPTER
1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Product Description 14
 Options
1.1 Product Description • Sorter, Long Paper Ejection Unit
• Back Print Unit
1.1.1 Features
• Printer PC
This product is an inkjet printer for business photo print that supports roll • Printer stand
paper. The main features are;
• Winding Core Unit
 Model • Paper width guide/Spindle unit set (for 210 mm wide paper)
Single Roll model that loads Rear Roll only and Double Roll model • Long print guide
that loads a Rear Roll and Front Roll.
• Paper case
 Supports very large-sized paper
Maximum available paper width: 203 mm (8 inch)
: 305 mm (12 inch)
Maximum available printing length: 1,219 mm (48 inch)
 High quality print
• Aqueous dye ink: 6 colors
• Print resolution: 720 × 720 dpi, 1,440 × 1,440 dpi
• Multi-value gradation dot control
 Lower running cost
• Employs high-capacity (700 ml) independent ink cartridges
• Equips the on-demand head cleaning function without excessive
suction of ink using the six-divided ink suction system and the AID
function
 Media handling
• IJ photo media supported
• Feeding two types of roll papers are available (Double Roll model
only).
• Equips high speed auto cutter for roll paper
• Borderless print is supported

Confidential
Basic Specifications 15
1.2.2 Electric Specifications

1.2 Basic Specifications Table 1-2. Electric Specifications
Item Specification
1.2.1 Basic Specifications
Rated voltage*1 100 VAC-120 VAC / 220 VAC-240 VAC
Table 1-1. Basic Specifications
Rated Current 125 V, 15 A (100 VAC-120 VAC)
Item Specification 250 V, 10 A (220 VAC-240 VAC)
Print method On-demand inkjet Input voltage range 90 VAC-110 VAC / 108 VAC-132 VAC / 198 VAC-264 VAC
Printing direction Bi-directional shortest-direction printing (high-speed return, high- Rated frequency 50 - 60 Hz
speed skip)
Input frequency 49.5 - 60 Hz
Head Number of Black: 736 nozzles Color: 736 nozzles × 5 colors range
nozzles
Power consumption Approx. 500 W
Number of Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Light Cyan, Light Magenta
colors Power Sleep mode*3 : 55.6 kWh/mo. (100 V AC)
consumption*2 : 56.6 kWh/mo. (120 V AC)
Ink type Aqueous dye
: 55.1 kWh/mo. (220 V AC - 240 VAC)
Maximum resolution 720 × 720 dpi, 1,440 × 1,440 dpi Sleep mode OFF : 93.8 kWh/mo. (100 V AC)
Paper width Minimum: 102 mm (4 inch) : 97.0 kWh/mo. (120 V AC)
Maximum: 305 mm (12 inch) (Real Roll) : 95.0 kWh/mo. (220 V AC - 240 VAC)
: 203 mm (8 inch) (Front Roll)
Note "*1": Use 120 V-type machine in the area of 110 V input voltage.
Mini-lab function • Decurl function "*2": The condition is as follows.
Fixes the curl of roll paper. Power-on: 13.2 hours/day
• Drying function Processing amount: 800 pages/day
Controls color change after printing. Operation day: 25 days/mo.
• Auto cutter function "*3": Goes into sleep mode within 15 minutes from idle state.
Cuts roll paper into photoprint size.
• Moisture control function
Adjusts humidity of the inside of the roll paper storing space.
• Back print function (option)
Prints text information on the back of printed area.
• Sorter function (option)
Sorts prints by order.

Confidential
Item Specification 1.2.3 Ink Specifications

Compliance with USA: Table 1-3. Ink Specifications
regulations Safety standard: UL60950-1:2007 Item Specification
Electrical standard: FCC Part15 Subpart B Class A (2007)
Form Exclusive cartridge
Canada:
Safety standard: CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.60950-1-07 Color 6 colors aqueous dye ink set
Electrical standard: CAN/CSA-CEI/IEC CISPR 22 Class A Cartridge life 3 years from production date (if unopened)
Europe (CE marking): Print capacity Approx. 3,800 sheets (Estimated with the total ink consumption as one
Safety standard: EN60950-1 (2nd Edition) 2006 cartridge in the total of amount of all colors.) *
Electrical standard: EN55022; 2006 Class Storage Uninstalled (packed) : -20 - 40 C (within 1 month under 40 C)
EN61000-3-2: 2006
Installed : -20 - 40 C (within 1 month under 40 C)
EN61000-3-3: 1995+A1:2001+A2:2005
Transporting (packed) : -20 - 60 C (within 1 month under 40 C,
EMS standard: EN55024; 1998+A1: 2001+A2: 2003
within 72 hours under 60 C)
Australia/Newzealand:
Capacity 700 ml
Electrical standard: AS/NZS CISPR22: 2006, Class A
Australia: Dimensions 40 mm (W) × 320 mm (D) × 107 mm (H)
Electrical standard: C-Tick Mark Weight Approx. 1,000 g
Korea: KC/KCC Standards
China: CCC Certification Note "*": The conditions are as follows:
Evaluation pattern:
Taiwan: Commodity Inspection Act
JBMS-78-2006 Photo standard test pages (20 images)
Russia: GOST-R Factor of safety 10%
Note "*1": Use 120 V-type machine in the area of 110 V input voltage. Print mode:
"*2": The condition is as follows. Standard mode (720  720 dpi)
Power-on: 13.2 hours/day Estimated printing frequency: 300 pages/ day
Processing amount: 300 pages/day Size:
Operation day: 25 days/mo. 152 mm 102 mm / 6  4 inches borderless
(including external borders of the image and margins (for bleed))
"*3": Goes into sleep mode within 15 minutes from idle state. Environmental conditions:
23 C / 50 %

Confidential
1.2.4 General Specifications

Table 1-4. General Specifications
Item Specification
Temperature Operating : 15 - 30 C *1
: 15 - 25 C *2
Storage (before unpacked) : -20 - 60 C (within 120 hours under
60 C, within 1 month under 40 C)
Storage (after unpacked) : -20 - 40 C (within 1 month under 40 C)
Humidity Operating : 30 - 60% (no condensation) *1
: 40 - 60% (no condensation) *2
(Moisture Control Unit installed: 20 - 80%)
Storage (before unpacked) : 5 - 85% (no condensation)
Storage (after unpacked) : 5 - 85% (no condensation)
Humidity (%) With Moisture Control Unit
Without Moisture Control Unit *1

Without Moisture Control Unit *2
Temperature (C)
Vibration Operating : 0.15 G, 10 - 55 Hz

Storage : 0.5 G, 10 - 55 Hz
Impulsion Operating : Within 1 G, 1 ms
Storage : Within 2 G, 2 ms
Note "*1": When using RC-based standard media

"*2": When using professional matte paper heavyweight

Confidential
Printing Specifications 18
1.3 Printing Specifications
1.3.1 Carriage Specifications

Table 1-5. Carriage Specifications
Item Specification
Carriage method Friction feed
Line pitch 5,760 dpi
Feed speed 6 ips
1.3.2 Paper Feed Specifications

Table 1-6. Paper Feed Specifications
Item Front Roll * Rear Roll
Maximum available paper length 100 m
Maximum available paper width 203 mm (8 inch) 305 mm (12 inch)
Core inner diameter 76.2 mm (3 inch) ± 0.2 mm
External dimensions of roll Within 264 mm
Maximum weight 7.5 kg or less 8.5 kg or less
Note "*": The front roll does not support MPHW (loading is not possible).

Confidential
1.3.3 Supported Papers

1.3.3.1 Supported Media
Table 1-7. Supported Media
Name Paper number Paper Width Paper width specified values Paper length specified values
Professional Paper For SureLab C13S042475 102 mm (4 inch) 101.3 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
<Glossy>
C13S042476 127 mm (5 inch) 126.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
C13S042481 210 mm (A4) * 209.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Weight: 230 ± 12 g/m2 C13S042479 254 mm (10 inch) 253.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Thickness: 0.237 ± 0.012 mm C13S042480 305 mm (12 inch) 304.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Professional Paper For SureLab C13S042482 102 mm (4 inch) 101.3 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
<Luster>
C13S042488 210 mm (A4) * 209.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Weight: 220 ± 12 g/m2 C13S042486 254 mm (10 inch) 253.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Thickness: 0.239 ± 0.012 mm C13S042487 305 mm (12 inch) 304.7 mm ± 0.3 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Professional Matte Paper For SureLab C13S042489 102 mm (4 inch) 101.5 mm ± 0.5 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
<Matte>
C13S042495 210 mm (A4) * 210.0 mm ± 0.5 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Weight: 167 g/m2 C13S042493 254 mm (10 inch) 254.0 mm ± 0.5 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Thickness: 0.23 mm C13S042494 305 mm (12 inch) 304.5 mm ± 0.5 mm 101 m + 0.5 m - 0 m
Note "*": Attach the A4 SPINDLE UNIT (Option).

Confidential
1.3.3.2 Supported Papers

Table 1-8. Supported Papers
Print Size Feed Ejection
Borderless
Print Rear Ejection
Size Name Size (Length × Width) Front Roll Rear Roll Sorter * Top Tray * Side Tray *
Tray
L-size 127 mm × 89 mm      × ×
102 mm × 152 mm      × ×
KG
152 mm × 102 mm      × ×
102 mm × 203 mm      × ×
102 × 203 mm (4 × 8 inch)
203 mm × 102 mm      × ×
2L-size 127 mm × 178 mm      × ×
203 mm × 254 mm      × ×
203 mm × 254 mm (8 × 10 inch)
254 mm × 203 mm  ×   × × 
203 mm × 305 mm      × ×
203 mm × 305 mm (8 × 12 inch) [Wide]
305 mm × 203 mm  ×   × × 
A4 210 mm × 297 mm  ×    × ×
254 mm × 305 mm  ×   × × 
254 mm × 305 mm (10 × 12 inch)
305 mm × 254 mm  ×   × × 
254 mm × 366 mm (10 × 14 inch) [Wide] 254 mm × 366 mm  ×   ×  ×

305 × 457 mm (12 × 18 inch) 305 mm × 457 mm  ×   ×  ×
102 mm × 89 to 305 mm      × ×
User Defined (102 × L)
102 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm     ×  ×
127 mm × 89 to 305 mm      × ×
127 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm     ×  ×
152 mm × 89 to 305 mm      × ×
152 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm     ×  ×

Confidential
Table 1-8. Supported Papers

Print Size Feed Ejection
Borderless
Print Rear Ejection
Size Name Size (Length × Width) Front Roll Rear Roll Sorter * Top Tray * Side Tray *
Tray
203 mm × 89 to 305 mm      × ×
203 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm     ×  ×
210 mm × 89 to 305 mm  ×    × ×
210 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm  ×   ×  ×
254 mm × 89 to 305 mm  ×   × × 
254 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm  ×   ×  ×
305 mm × 89 to 305 mm  ×   × × 
305 mm × 305 to 1,219 mm  ×   ×  ×
Note "*": Only when an option (Sorter, Conveyer, Long Paper Ejection Unit) is installed.

Confidential
1.3.4 Printable Area  Borderless Printing Mode
 Bordered Printing Mode
Preceding Page
Auto Cut
position
Auto Cut Preceding Page b
position Auto Cut a
b position
Auto Cut
position
a
Print Length
Printing Area
Paper Feed
Print Length
Printing Area
Paper Feed
Auto Cut
position a
Auto Cut
position
Auto Cut a
position
Subsequent Page
Auto Cut
position
Subsequent Page
c Paper Width c
Wasted Area
Paper Width
c c
Figure 1-2. Borderless Printing Mode
Figure 1-1. Bordered Printing Mode Symbol Item Value
Symbol Item Value Print Top Wasted Amount 1 mm

a
Print Top 0 mm
Print Bottom Wasted Amount 1 mm
a b Print Top Cut Off Amount 2 mm
Print Bottom 0 mm
b Cut Off Amount 2 mm

Side Wasted Amount (Home) 1.4 mm
c
Side (Home) 0 mm
Side Wasted Amount (Full) 1.4 mm
c
Side (Full) 0 mm

Confidential
Software 23
1.4 Software 1.5 Interface

1.4.1 Installing Software 1.5.1 USB Interface
Softwares to be installed on PC are shown in the table below. Table 1-10. USB Interface
Table 1-9. Softwares Item Specification
Software Name Explanation Compatible standards • Universal Serial Bus Specifications Revision 2.0
• Universal Serial Bus Specifications Revision 1.1
Printer Server System • Makes PC and a printer communicate
• Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for Printing
• Processes print job, maintenance, and request of
Devices Version 1.1
acquiring status from PC.
Transfer rate • 480 Mbps (High Speed Mode)
Printer Client System Software to print without a business application
• 12 Mbps (Full Speed Device)
Maintenance Utility Software to maintain a printer
Data encoding NRZI
1.4.2 System Requirements Compatible connector USB Series B

Acceptable cable length 5m
 OS:
• Windows 7 Professional SP1 (32bit/64bit) 1.5.2 Network Interface (Printer PC Only)
• Windows XP Professional SP3 (32bit) Table 1-11. Network Interface
(Windows XP is only supported for a client PC in a configuration Item Specification
with a printer PC and for a printer PC in the internal evaluation
environment) Interface Supports a wired LAN communication with RJ-45 connector
for 1000BASE-T/ 100BASE-TX/ 10BASE-T.
Network Protocol TCP/IP fixed IP address
Network Setting Sets according to the OS of printer PC

Confidential
Control Panel 24
1.6.1 Buttons
1.6 Control Panel
Button names and functions are shown below.
A 1 2 Table 1-12. Button Specifications

No. Name Function
Paper Type Sets the type of roll paper loaded on the Front Roll.
A
Setup Switch A
Paper Type Sets the type of roll paper loaded on the Rear Roll.
B
Setup Switch B
3
1.6.2 LED
LED names and indicator descriptions are shown below.
Table 1-13. LED Specifications

5 B 4
No. Name Color Quantity Status Description
Figure 1-3. External View of Panel (double roll model)
ON Standby/Sleep mode
1 2 Printer is operating
1 (Ready) Green 1 Flashing*1 (Printing/Initialization/
Performing maintenance).
OFF Power off
• Normal error
• Recovery operation is being performed
2 (Alarm) Orange 1 ON
3 • Mechanical error
• Service call error *2
No ink error on the corresponding ink
3 Ink Status Orange 5 ON
cartridge
ON No paper on the Front Roll/Rear Roll
5 B 4 4 Paper Status Orange 2
Flashing*1 Paper jam on the Front Roll/Rear Roll
Figure 1-4. External View of Panel (single roll model) ON Set paper type
Paper Type
5 Green 8 Changing paper type available
Setup Status Flashing*1
(When door is opened)
--- All LEDs --- --- Flashing*1 System error *3

Confidential
Warning Buzzer 25
Note "*1": Repeats turning On for 0.5 second and Off for 0.5 second.
"*2": See "Error massages (p60)". 1.7 Warning Buzzer
"*3": When only three paper types can be used at the time of shipment, only Glossy,
Luster, and Matte are available. (Do not use the LEDs for paper types C and D of the
This buzzer notifies the user of the occurrence of a printer error. The buzzer
front roll for dual roll models, and the LED for paper type D of the single roll
models.) Paper type setting values are stored when the power is turned off and can be set to ON/OFF.
restored the next time the power is turned on.
Table 1-14. Warning Buzzer
Error Type Details Remedy
Normal Error/ Repeats rumbling for 1 second and Press the paper type setting switch A
Mechanical Error silence for 1 second. or B, or remove the cause of the
error.
Front Roll Cover Rumbling for 1 second
---
Open
Rear Roll Cover Rumbling for 1 second
---
Open
At Error Reset 0.2 second ---
System Error Continuous Turn off the power.

Confidential
Optional Specifications 26
1.8.3 Back Print Unit

1.8 Optional Specifications
This unit prints text on the back of print paper.
1.8.1 Sorter Item Specification
The Sorter consists of the sorter section and belt conveyer feed section. Print method Dot impact
Maximum number of 40 characters × 2 lines per 1 print
Item Specification printing characters
Maximum Up to 50 pages per tray Character size 7 × 9 dots (Width (W): 1.2 mm × Height (H): 3.11 mm)
available piling
Processing capacity 1,100 pph (127 mm × 89 mm / L -size)
pages
Head component 2 lines (line spacing: 34 mm)
Maximum 10 trays
available sorting Durability Body Up to 240 million characters
trays Ribbon 3 million characters
Supported paper See "1.3.3.2 Supported Papers (p20)" Dimensions Width (W): 120 mm × Height (H): 118.9 mm × Depth (D): 80 mm
Dimensions • Sorter: Weight 800 g
Width (W): 280 mm × Height (H): 480 mm × Depth (D): 1,150 mm
• Conveyer (when caster is installed):
Width (W): 600 mm × Height (H): 473 mm × Depth (D): 90 mm
1.8.4 Moisture Control Unit
Weight • Sorter/Conveyer: Approx. 34 kg This unit adjusts the humidity inside of Front Roll Holder and Rear Roll
Holder.
1.8.2 Long Paper Ejection Unit
Item Specification
The Long Paper Ejection Unit ejects a long paper to the upper surface.
Electricity Rated voltage : 3 V DC
Item Specification Rated current :6A
Average power consumption : 3 W
Supported paper See "1.3.3.2 Supported Papers (p20)"
Recommended 60% - 80% : Dehumidifying operation
Dimensions Width (W): 503 mm × Height (H): 184 mm × Depth (D): 273 mm operation depending 40% - 60% : Power off
Weight Approx. 4 kg on humidity 20% - 40% : Humidifying operation

Confidential
Dimensions and Main Components 27
1.9 Dimensions and Main Components Double roll model
1.9.1 Dimensions and Weight
Double roll model
100
(H) 727
676.5
671
817
1132
492
1632
282
56
(W) 850
134 1132
1266
(D) 1150 325

Single roll model
100 1155 700
400
1955
Single roll model
(H) 727
676.5
671
817
282
56
(W) 850
134 1132
1266 Unit: mm
Figure 1-6. Printer Dimensions (Front view)
Unit: mm
Figure 1-5. Printer Dimensions (Top view)

Confidential
Table 1-15. Dimensions and Weight (double roll model) 1.9.2 Part Names
Dimensions
Weight  Front
Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
850 mm 1,134 mm 727 mm Approx. 127 kg
Table 1-16. Dimensions and Weight (single roll model)

Dimensions
Weight
Width (W) Depth (D) Height (H)
850 mm 759 mm 727 mm Approx.119 kg
Figure 1-7. Part Names (Front 1)

Table 1-17. Part Names (Front 1)
No. Name
1 Front Roll Cover
2 Front Roll Lever
3 Front Roll Handle
4 Control Panel
5 Ink Cartridge Cover

Confidential

No. Name
13 Sorter
14 Sorter Tray
No. Name
15 Sorter Switch
6 Unlock Button
16 Air Intake
7 Maintenance Tank Cover
8 Maintenance Tank
9 Top Cover
10 Rear Roll Lever
11 Rear Roll Cover
12 Ink Cartridge

Confidential
 Rear

Table 1-20. Part Names (Front 4
No. Name
Figure 1-11. Part Names (Rear 1)
17 Long print stacker
Table 1-21. Part Names (Rear 1)
No. Name
1 USB Terminal
2 Standard Tray
3 Sorter Terminal
4 Power Switch
5 Moisture Control Unit Power Switch
6 Power Connector
7 Exhaust Hole
8 Trimmed Waste Paper Box

Confidential
Figure 1-12. Part Names (Rear 2)

Table 1-22. Part Names (Rear 2)
No. Name
9 Long Paper Ejection Unit
10 Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover
11 Side Tray
12 Conveyer
13 Long Paper Ejection Inner Cover (Top)
14 Long Paper Ejection Inner Cover (Bottom)

Confidential
 Inner Side Table 1-23. Part Names (Inner Side 1)

No. Name
1 Edge Guide
2 Paper Size Guide
3 Feed Port
4 Roll Shaft Unit
5 Rear Roll Unit
6 Moisture Control Unit Cover
7 Moisture Control Unit (Option)
8 Electrode (Black) (minus)
9 Electrode (Red) (plus)
Figure 1-13. Part Names (Inner Side 1)

Confidential
 Roll Shaft Unit
Figure 1-14. Part Names (Inner Side 2) Figure 1-15. Part Names (Roll Shaft Unit)
Table 1-24. Part Names (Inner Side 2) Table 1-25. Part Names (Roll Shaft Unit)
No. Name No. Name
1 Heater Unit 1 Flange
2 CR Unit 2 Spool

Confidential
 Back Print Unit
Figure 1-16. Part Names (Back Print Unit)

Table 1-26. Part Names (Back Print Unit)
No. Name
1 Ribbon Cassette
2 Knob
3 Tab

Confidential
Accessories / Consumables / Ink Supply Parts/ Replaced Parts 35
1.10.2 Consumables
1.10 Accessories / Consumables / Ink Supply Parts/ Replaced Parts
Table 1-28. Consumables
1.10.1 Accessories Name Type
Ink Cartridge Black T7101
Table 1-27. Accessories
Cyan T7102
Name Quantity
Magenta T7103
Tray 1
Yellow T7104
Cleaning Sheet (2 sheets) 1
Light Cyan T7105
Cleaning Material 1
Light Magenta T7106
Flange 4
Maintenance Tank C12C890191
Screws to attach flanges 4 C12C890193 *
Spool 2 Ribbon cassette C43S015620
System application CD *1 1
Note "*": Chinese model
Printer data CD 1
Ribbon cassette 1
Power cable *3
USB cable 1
Paper Band 2
Unpacking Sheet 1
Note "*1": System software, Printer firmware, Manual

"*2": China only

Confidential
Accessories / Consumables / Ink Supply Parts/ Replaced Parts 36
1.10.3 Ink Supply Parts

The service life management sections have life counters, and the machine’s
operation stops when one of them reached its life end.
The counters keep track of remaining life of the parts. Once

C A U T IO N
any one of the counters reached its upper limit, the printer
causes a maintenance error and becomes unusable. To
properly use the counters, make sure to reset them after
replacing the corresponding parts.
Table 1-29. Service Life Management Section
Name Management Value Service Life Value
Supply Ink Tube Pass number of driving 36,828,000 passes *1
CR Unit
Ink Supply Passage Unit Supplying suction 300 hours *1
operation
Ink Supply Decompression Unit Pump operation time 120 hours *2
Note "*1": Equivalent to 3,000,000 prints.

"*2": Equivalent to 1,200,000 prints.
1.10.4 Replaced Parts

Periodic replacement parts should be replaced when the counter reached
certain amount of value.
Table 1-30. Periodically Replaced Parts

Part Name Management Value Value for Replacement
Cutter Unit Number of cut 1,100,000 cuts *
Note "*": When cutting standard papers of 152 mm (6 inch) in width.

Confidential
CHAPTER
2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Printer Mechanism 38
2.1 Printer Mechanism
2.1.1 Carriage Mechanism

Carriage Print Head
The carriage mechanism operates the CR Unit including the print head Encoder Sensor
properly. Carriage CR Unit
Home Detection Sensor
The mechanism components include the CR Unit, CR Motor, Carriage
Carriage Sub Shaft
Timing Belt, CR Encoder Sensor, Carriage Scale, etc. CR Motor
The CR Unit is driven by the CR Motor and moves along the Carriage Main Carriage Scale
Shaft and Sub Shaft. Then, it stops at the print start position detected by the
Carriage Main Shaft
PW Sensor. The CR Encoder Sensor, which is included in the unit, detects
the position of the CR Unit by reading the pattern of the Carriage Scale. Carriage
When the CR Unit Home Position Sensor detected a light shut-off state, the Timing Belt
printer judges that the CR Unit is at the home position.
PW Sensor
Paper Feed
Figure 2-1. Configuration of Carriage Mechanism

Confidential
2.1.2 Suction Mechanism

The suction mechanism keeps paper on the Platen flat for stable printing. Valve Cam Plate
Paper is suctioned and stuck to the Platen by the Absorber Unit in it, and
kept flat. The following are the main components of the mechanism:
Platen
 Absorber Unit Paper Feed
Sticks paper to the Platen.

 Area Suction Motor
Valve Cam Plate
Operates the Valve Cam Plate, which switches the suction area
according to the paper width. Cam Gears
Suction (3 pcs)
Cam
Area Suction Motor

Camshaft
Absorber Unit
Area Suction
Box Unit
Suction
Cam
Area Suction Home

Detection Sensor
Figure 2-2. Configuration of Suction Mechanism

Confidential
2.1.3 Ink Supply Mechanism & Ink System Mechanism

Ink Tube
2.1.3.1 Ink Supply Mechanism Ink Decompression Pump
The ink supply mechanism components include the Ink Decompression

Pump, Ink Passage Pumps, Ink Tube, etc. The function of each component
is as follows:
Ink Passage
Pumps
 Ink Decompression Pump
Suctions air in the ink supply mechanism to reduce the pressure.
 Ink Passage Pump
Suctions ink in the Ink Cartridge to supply it to the Print Head via the
Ink Tube.
Figure 2-3. Configuration of Ink Supply Mechanism

Confidential
2.1.3.2 Ink System Mechanism

Ink Tube
The ink system mechanism (Capping Unit) keeps the printer in a favorable
condition for proper ink shooting of the Print Head. Each mechanism Auto Ink Detection Board
behaves as follows:
 Capping Mechanism
Prevents the Print Head from drying by capping it while printing is Ink Passage
stopped.
Pump
 Pump Mechanism Mechanism
Suctions ink for charging ink or cleaning. Capping Unit
 Cleaner Mechanism
Removes solidified ink, dust, and dirt near the nozzle (Wiping).
 Maintenance Tank Cleaner
Mechanism Capping Mechanism
Stores ink drained from the pump mechanism.
 Auto Ink Detection Board
Detects clogging of the Print Head automatically.
Maintenance
Tank
Figure 2-4. Configuration of Ink System Mechanism

Confidential
2.1.4 Paper Feed Mechanism

This machine has two paper feed paths, and two paper ejection paths for different paper lengths.
“ Paper Ejection Path (Long Paper

Ejection Unit) (p47)”
“ Paper Ejection Sequence
“ Paper Feed Sequence (Front Roll)

(p43)”
“ Paper Feed Sequence (Rear

Roll) (p45)”
Figure 2-5. Paper Feed Mechanism

Confidential
2.1.4.1 Paper Feed Sequence (Front Roll) 12. The Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch turns on, and the Middle
The Front Roll paper feed sequence is explained below. (See Figure 2-6.) Roller Motor and Paper Feed Motor rotate the Middle Roller, Paper
Feed Roller, and Front Inlet Roller. Then, the paper returns to the
1. Set a roll paper to the Front Roll. initial feed position.
2. The Front Roll End Sensor detects the paper.
3. The Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch turns on, and the Middle
Roller Motor rotates the Middle Roller and Front Inlet Roller.
Then, the paper goes and returns between the Middle Roller and the
Front Roll End Sensor several times in order to correct paper skew.
4. The Front Roll Motor rotates to loosen the roll paper in the Front
Roll. The motor rotates according to paper feed, and feeds the roll
paper.
5. The Front Paper Slack Sensor detects a slack of paper.
6. The suction area of the Platen changes according to the paper size,
and the Absorber Unit operates. (See 2.1.2 Suction Mechanism
(p39).)
7. The CR Unit moves to the center.
8. The Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch turns on, and the Middle
Roller Motor rotates the Middle Roller and Front Inlet Roller.
Then, the paper is sent in front of the Paper Feed Roller.
9. The Paper Feed Motor rotates the Paper Feed Roller to feed the
paper to the position near the PW sensor.
10. The paper is sent to the position near the Cutter Unit, and the Paper
Feed Motor and the Middle Roller Motor stop.
11. After the first paper feed, the Cutter Unit cuts the paper at the
specified cut position.

Confidential
Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch
Front Inlet Roller

Paper Feed Roller Cutter Unit
Front Roll End Sensor
Front Roll Unit
Paper
Paper Feed Motor
Middle Roller
Middle Roller Motor
Front Paper Slack Sensor
Front Roll Motor
Figure 2-6. Configuration of Paper Feed Path (Front Roll)

Confidential
2.1.4.2 Paper Feed Sequence (Rear Roll) 12. The Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch turns on, and the Middle
The Rear Roll paper feed sequence is explained below. Roller Motor and Paper Feed Motor rotate the Middle Roller, Paper
Feed Roller, and Rear Inlet Roller. Then, the paper returns to the
1. Set a roll paper to the Rear Roll. initial feed position.
2. The Rear Roll End Sensor detects the paper.
Rear Roll Electromagnetic Rear Inlet Roller Cutter Unit
3. The Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch turns on, and the Middle Clutch
Roller Motor rotates the Middle Roller and Rear Inlet Roller. Then,
Paper Feed Roller
the paper goes and returns between the Middle Roller and the Rear Rear Roll End Sensor
Roll End Sensor several times in order to correct paper skew. Middle Roller
4. The Rear Roll Motor rotates to loosen the roll paper in the Rear
Roll. The motor rotates according to paper feed, and feeds the roll
paper.
5. The Rear Paper Slack Sensor detects a slack of paper.
6. The suction area of the Platen changes according to the paper size,
and the Absorber Unit operates. (See 2.1.2 Suction Mechanism
(p39).)
7. The CR Unit moves to the center. Middle Roller Motor
Paper Feed Motor
8. The Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch turns on, and the Middle
Roller Motor rotates the Middle Roller and Rear Inlet Roller. Then, Paper
the paper is sent in front of the Paper Feed Roller. Rear Roll Motor
9. The Paper Feed Motor rotates the Paper Feed Roller to feed the
paper to the position near the PW Sensor.
10. The paper is sent to the position near the Cutter Unit, and the Paper Rear Paper Slack
Sensor
Feed Motor and the Middle Roller Motor stop.
11. After the first paper feed, the Cutter Unit cuts the paper at the
specified cut position.
Figure 2-7. Configuration of Paper Feed Path (Rear Roll)

Confidential
2.1.4.3 Paper Ejection Sequence

The paper ejection sequence is explained below.
1. The Finish Motor rotates, and the drive force is transmitted to three Cutter Unit Finish Rollers Decurl Unit
Finish Rollers via the Finish Timing Belt. Then, paper is sent to the Decurl Unit Paper Detector
paper ejection section.
2. When the Back Print Unit (option) is installed, printing on the back
side starts.
3. The Decurl Unit Paper Detector detects the paper, and then the
Decurl Unit bends it.
4. The paper is ejected to the Rear Tray.
Back Print Unit

Finish Timing Belt Rear Tray
Finish Motor Decurl Motor
Figure 2-8. Configuration of Paper Ejection Path

Confidential
2.1.4.4 Paper Ejection Path (Long Paper Ejection Unit)

When the Long Paper Ejection Unit (option) is installed, it switches paper
ejection paths according to the paper length.
Long Paper Ejection Unit
 When the paper length is less than 305 mm Paper Ejection Roller
1. The Long Ejection Release Motor rotates and lifts the flapper.
2. The Long Ejection Motor rotates the Paper Ejection 1st Roller.
Then, the paper is ejected from the printer to the conveyer. Paper Ejection 2nd
Roller
 When the paper length is 305 mm or more Long Ejection
Release Motor
1. The Long Ejection Release Motor rotates and lowers the flapper.
Long Ejection
2. The Long Ejection Motor rotates the Paper Ejection 1st and 2nd Motor
Rollers, and the Paper Ejection Roller. Then, the paper is ejected
from the printer onto the Top Cover.
Paper Ejection 1st
Roller
Conveyer
Flapper
Figure 2-9. Configuration of Paper Ejection Path

(Long Paper Ejection Unit)

Confidential
Operation Sequence 48
2.2 Operation Sequence

The following shows the operation sequences of power on/off of the printer.
2.2.1 Power On Sequence

Start
Maintenance Tank can be

Power ON Detection of Ink Cartridge
recognized?
Yes No
Sensor system & Power system All durability counters can be
No Maintenance Tank Error Detection of Maintenance Tank
(42V/24V) ON recognized?
Yes No
• Decompression Pump Maintenance
After checking the power High, Ink Cartridge and Maintenance
Error
standby for two seconds Tank are detected properly?
• Tube Durability Maintenance Error
• Ink Cartridge Holder Maintenance Error Yes No
• Maintenance Tank Holder
• No Ink Error
Maintenance Error • Ink Cartridge memory error
Capping Unit TI Receive Ink Cartridge Cover is closed? Initial Ink Charge Flag is set?
• Auto Ink Detection Board • Maintenance Tank memory error
Communication Error • Waste Ink Overflow Error
Yes No Yes No
System Initialization Command to
Maintenance Tank Cover is closed? Ink Cartridge Cover Open Error Initial Ink Change Cleaning
Head Controller Board
Yes No
All exterior covers are closed? Ink Cartridge is detected properly? Maintenance Cover Open Error No error occurred? No error occurred?
Yes No Yes No No Yes

• Ink Cartridge memory error Area Suction Motor Rotation • No Ink Error
Carriage Home Position Seek (Home Exterior Cover Error Ink End Sensor shows no error? • Ink Cartridge memory error
• No Ink Error (CCW)
= Capping position) is set? • Waste Ink Overflow Error
Yes No Yes No
Maintenance Tank is detected
Ink Cartridge can be recognized? Carriage Operation Error Ink End Sensor Detection Error EP Count is corrected to “1”
properly?
Yes No Yes No
A
Ink Cartridge Error Maintenance Tank Detection Error
Figure 2-10. Power On Sequence (1)

Confidential
Area Suction Motor Rotation Count Finish Release Motor Stop at

Decurl Motor reached 16,000 ppr?
is 98,000 ppr or more? 3,100EP
No Yes
Yes No
Area Suction Motor Rotation Decurl Motor Stop at 1516EP Finish Roller
(CCW) 2,700 ppr after Area Suction Area Suction Motor Stop Decurl Operation Error
(350) Home Position Setting
Home Detection Sensor ON
Mechanical Error Decurl Home Position Setting Sorter & Long Paper Ejection Unit
The current area is remembered
are connected? No
A-5
Yes If either is disconnected
Decurl Sensor Home Position The current position is set as Finish Bottom Paper Detection Sensor
Temporary Setting Release Roller Home Position Connection Error
detected paper?
No Yes
Finish Release Sensor detected light • Conveyer is connected? A-6
Decurl Motor Rotation (CW) • Long Paper Ejection Unit is
shut-off?
No connected?
Yes • Sorter is set as paper ejection
setting?
Decurl Sensor detected A-3 No
Finish Release Motor (CW) reaches
light shut-off? 10,300 ppr
A-8 A-6
No
A-2 Yes Yes
Decurl Motor reached A-1 Finish Release Sensor detected light Sorter Tray Command Flag ON?
16,000 ppr? shut-off? Yes
Yes No
No A-3 Yes
No
A-7
Decurl Sensor detected Finish Release Motor reaches • Conveyer is operating?
light shut-off? 34,900 ppr and stops • No paper on the conveyer?
Yes • Sorter Tray Operation is going on?
Yes
No A-1 A-4
A-2 No
Decurl Motor reached A-7
Finish Release Motor reached
16,000 ppr? Bottom Paper Detection Sensor ON?
34,900 ppr?
Yes Yes Yes
No No No
Decurl Sensor detected Finish Release Roller Finish Roller Sorter Motor (CCW)
Bottom Paper Detection Error
light shut-off? Home Position Setting Release Operation Error 380,000 ppr
Yes
No A-2
Finish Release Sensor detected B

Decurl Motor EP Count Start Decurl Operation Error
light shut-off?
No
A-4
Yes

Confidential
B
No Yes
Sorter Motor reached Cutter Motor Rotation (CW) Cutter Motor Rotation (CW)
447,300 ppr?
Yes
A-7 B-2 B-2
No
Next Paper Flag ON? Encoder Count is Encoder Count is

Sorter Operation Error
corrected to “1” corrected to “1”
A-6
No Yes
A-8
Conveyer Motor Rotation (CW) Encoder Count is Encoder Count is
206,300 ppr 160,000EP or more? 160,000EP or more?
A-5
No No
Back Print Unit is connected? B-1
No Yes B-1 Yes
Yes
B-4
Status Real-Time Transmission Cutter Motor Stop Cutter Home Position Sensor ON?
Cutter Home Position Sensor ON?
Response (5th or 6th bit)?
No
No B-2 B-2
No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Command Transmission Cutter Motor Rotation (CW) Cutter Motor Rotation (CW)
• Printer Initialization 5th bit = ON? 6th bit = ON? Mechanical Error
4,900 ppr 6,000 ppr
• Ribbon Take-Up
• Print Setting Command No No
Yes B-4 Yes B-4
B-4
System Error (Board) Head HOT Error Cutter Motor Stop
Cutter Home Position Sensor ON? C

Confidential
Count of flag numbers of the

following sensors
• Front Roll End Sensor
• Rear Roll End Sensor
• Paper End Sensor
No. of flags = C-1 C-2 No. of flags =

0 to 4 No. of flags = 5 No. of flags = 6 7 or more
Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch Front/Rear Roll Electromagnetic
Paper Ejection by
turns ON to drive Paper Feed Motor/ turns ON to drive Paper Feed Motor/ Clutches turn ON to drive Paper Feed
Paper Feed Motor/ Motor/Middle Roller Motor/Front Roll
Middle Roller Motor/Rear Roll Middle Roller Motor/Rear Roll
Long Ejection Motor/ Motor/Rear Roll Motor, whether paper
Motor, and the top of the rear roll Motor/Font Roll Motor, and the top of
Finish Motor is set to Front Roll or Rear Roll is
paper is detected the front roll paper is detected detected
Sensor detected paper? Sensor detected paper?

• Correction Value Print Unit Paper • Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector Paper is detected?
Detector • Decurl Unit Paper Detector
• Decurl Unit Paper Detector • Long Ejection Paper Detection
• Long Ejection Paper Detection
Sensor Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes No
Front Roll is detected... C-1
Rear Paper Feed Release Paper JAM Error Rear Paper Feed Release Paper JAM Error
Rear Roll is detected... C-2
Paper Feed Motor rotates and

the paper is cut & ejected
Sensor detected paper?

• Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector
• Decurl Unit Paper Detector
• Long Ejection Paper Detection
C-3 No
Yes
Long Paper Ejection Unit is Rear Paper Feed Release Paper JAM Error
connected?
No
Yes
The current position is temporarily set as Long D-1 C-3
Ejection Path Switching Home Position

Confidential
D
D-1
Long Ejection Release Motor PW sensor ON Middle Roller Motor Rotation

Rotation (CCW) 300,000ppr reached the specified number?
Yes No
Long Ejection Paper Switch Sensor Carriage moves and remembers ATC measurement finished Paper JAM Error
detected light shut-off? No the position on the Platen successfully?
D-2
Yes D-3 Yes No
Finish Release Motor reached Suction area change finished
PW sensor OFF Paper JAM Error
300,000 ppr? successfully?
Yes
No Yes No
Long Ejection Paper Switch Sensor CR Unit moves to Roll paper width detection finished Mechanical Error
detected light shut-off? Yes the carriage home position successfully?
D-3
D-2
No Yes No
Long Ejection Release Motor Home-side paper width detection • No Paper Error
reached 300,000 ppr? Cap CLOSED
(side 1) finished successfully? • Paper Setting Error
Yes
No Yes No
Long Ejection Paper Switch Sensor Paper feed home position seek
Paper Setting Error
detected light shut-off? finished successfully?
No D-4
D-2
Yes
Long Ejection Release Motor EP No paper in Rear Roll? No paper in Front Roll? Yes No
Value Count Start
No D-4 No D-5 D-5

Yes Yes
Long Ejection Release Motor Lower Roll Replacement Flag is Upper Roll Replacement Flag is
Heater is set to “Hi” Paper Feed Error
reached 300,000 ppr? set to “1” set to “1”
Yes
No
Long Ejection Release Motor Rotation The following motors and rollers The following motors and rollers
Finish
55,800 ppr operate to feed the lower roll operate to feed the upper roll
paper: paper:
• Rear Roll Motor • Front Roll Motor
• Middle Roller Motor • Middle Roller Motor
The current position is set as Long • Paper Feed Motor • Paper Feed Motor
Long Paper Ejection Operation
Ejection Path Switching Home Position • Rear Inlet Motor • Front Inlet Motor
Error
After the first paper feed, and after After the first paper feed, and after
43,200 seconds standby at the 43,200 seconds standby at the
print start position, the paper top is print start position, the paper top is
cut. (See “Paper Feed Sequence cut. (See “Paper Feed Sequence
Cap OPEN (Rear Roll)” (p45).) (Front Roll)” (p43).)

Confidential
2.2.2 Power Off Sequence
Start
Mechanical Error occurred? Cap OPEN

Yes
No
B Capping Motor rotates and the cap
Exterior covers are opened
moves to escape from wiping
Yes
No
B
Heater OFF Empty Suction
Rear Paper Feed Release Pump Release
Cleaning Flag ON? Ink Detection
Yes
No
A Waste Ink Detection
Cap CLOSED
An error occurred during ink or

waste ink detection?
Yes
No
A • No Ink Error
• Waste Ink Overflow Error
Figure 2-15. Power Off Sequence (1)

Confidential
CR Lock Set Flag ON? Passage Pump Durability Detection
B Flashing for power off Tube Maintenance Detection

A-1
Auto Ink Detection Board Detection

Head Controller Board OFF
Timer reached the specified time?
Yes A-2
No
Sensor system & Power system Ink Cartridge is recognized Auto Ink Detection Board Writing ink consumption to
OFF successfully? Detection Judgement cartridge's memory
Finish
Maintenance Tank is recognized Writing the waste ink amount to
Error occurred? maintenance tank's memory
successfully?
No
Yes A-1
Auto Ink Detection Board • Auto Ink Detection Board Error

Error occurred?
Detection Invalid Flag Reset • Nozzle Clogging
A-1
Yes
No
Error occurred? Cap CLOSED Cap OPEN

Yes
No
No paper? Cap CLOSED B • Maintenance Tank memory error

• Ink Cartridge memory error
No
• No Ink Error
• Waste Ink Overflow Error
Yes
A-2
Ink Decompression Pump

Durability Detection
Figure 2-16. Power Off Sequence (2)

Confidential
Data Flow 55
2.3 Data Flow

The following shows data flows from a PC to the printer.
 With Printer PC
Client PC Printer PC Printer

Ethernet USB2.0
Printer Client System Printer Server System Mecha Controller
Board
Maintenance Utility
Data Controller
Board
Print Head
Head Controller
Board
Figure 2-17. Data Flow (with Printer PC)

 Without Printer PC
Client PC Printer
USB2.0
Printer Client System
Mecha Controller
Board
Maintenance Utility
Data Controller
Printer Server System Board
Print Head
Head Controller
Board
Figure 2-18. Data Flow (without Printer PC)

Confidential
CHAPTER
3
TROUBLE SHOOTING
General Overview 57
3.1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure

3.1 General Overview
Follow the flowchart given below to troubleshoot problems efficiently.
This chapter explains the basic procedure for analyzing and troubleshooting
problems on the printer quickly and efficiently. Occurrence of Trouble
3.1.1 Preliminary Check
An error message is displayed on PC.
Make sure to verify or perform the following items whenever servicing the
printer. Yes No
Table 3-1. Preliminary Check List “3.2 Troubleshooting by Error

“3.3 Error and Remedy” (p117)
Message” (p58)
No. Check Item
There is no foreign material which interferes with proper operation of the
1
printer. Problem is solved?
2 Both outside and inside of the printer are free from significant dirt.
Yes No
3 None of the parts or components of the printer is missing, chipped or damaged.
Finish Perform “5.2.1 Sensor
All of the harnesses are free from damages and their connectors are connected
4 Check” (p427), “5.2.2 Printer
properly (straight in the correct direction) to their connectors.
Function Check” (p431), and
5
The cams and gears in the printer mechanism are engaged correctly showing no signs analyze the cause of the problem.
of wear.
Figure 3-1. Troubleshooting Procedure
C H E C K
When the buzzer that indicates a printer error is sounding,
P O IN T see “1.7 Warning Buzzer” (p25) for remedy.

Confidential
Troubleshooting by Error Message 58
When occurred the Mechanical Error/System Error on Pre-operation Check,

3.2 Troubleshooting by Error Message appears Error code in the screen as show in below.
3.2.1 How to Check Error Message C H E C K

Confirm the screen (Figure 3-3) while moving the Error
P O IN T Screen (Figure 3-2).
When an error occurs, the following Error Screen will be displayed on the
Maintenance Utility Screen.
Error ID Error Message Displays remedies that users correspond.
Figure 3-2. Error Screen
Figure 3-3. Error Screen (Pre-operation Check)

Confidential
Also, previous errors can be browsed on “Operation History” of the

Maintenance Utility
1 2 3 4
Figure 3-4. Operation History Screen
No. Item Description

1 Error ID Previous error numbers are displayed.
Code Error codes are displayed.
2
(See “3.2.3 Error Code” (p73).)
3 Date and Time Errors occurrence date and time are displayed.
4 Error Details Error details are displayed.

Confidential
3.2.2 Error massages

Table 3-2. Information
Error
Error ID Message Cause (Status) Remedy
ID
Processing the Auto Nozzle Check CR Unit maintenance is in progress. Auto Nozzle Check is in progress.
1004 ---
Please wait.

Confidential

Error
ID
All nozzle clogging [Detect Clogging] could not be performed correctly. The Head Controller Board (DRV) is damaged. 1. Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and if the two
Perform [Print Check Pattern] from [Nozzle Check] to check the The Auto Ink Detection Board is damaged. lines (for one head) are not printed, replace the
status of the print head. Head Controller Board (DRV). (P. 175)
2. Check the connection between the Auto Ink
1005
Detection Board and the Capping Unit and also
check its conduction. (P. 518)
3. Replace the Auto Ink Detection Board if the
problem is not solved. (P. 315)
Current leak error  Foreign material is in the Capping Unit. 1. Perform the head cleaning for all Print Head.
 Insulation of auto ink detection systemgot worse. (P. 454)
The Auto Ink Detection Board is damaged. 2. Check if there is any foreign object in the
Capping Unit. (P. 518)
3. Check if there is any foreign object attached on
the Print Head (Print Head surface).
(P. 518)
1006
4. Check the status of the mechanism conducting
and insulating state Auto Ink Detection
mechanism. (P. 518)
6. Replace the Capping Unit if the problem is not
solved. (P. 307)
Auto Ink Detection Board No communication between the Auto Ink Detection 1. Check the FFC connection between the Auto
communication error (abnormal test Board and the Data Controller Board. Ink Detection Board and the Data Controller
1007 pulse) Board (MAIN). (P. 518)
Temperature error  The temparature is out of the standard range. 1. Check if the temperature is between 15 C and
(15 C to 30 C). 30 C.
1008
The Print Head is damaged. 2. Replace the Print Head if the problem is not
solved. (P. 188)
Auto Ink Detection Board No communication between the Auto Ink Detection 1. Check the FFC connection between the Auto
communication error (abnormal Board and the Data Controller Board. Ink Detection Board and the Data Controller
1009 termination) Board (MAIN). (P. 518)

Confidential

Error
ID
Noise error [Detect Clogging] could not be performed correctly.  Foreign material is in the Capping Unit. 1. Perform the head cleaning for all Print Head.
Perform [Print Check Pattern] from [Nozzle Check] to check the  Insulation of auto ink detection systemgot worse. (P. 454)
status of the print head. The Auto Ink Detection Board is damaged. 2. Check if there is any foreign object in the
Capping Unit. (P. 518)
3. Check if there is any foreign object attached on
(P. 518)
1010
4. Check the status of the mechanism conducting
and insulating state Auto Ink Detection
mechanism. (P. 518)
6. Replace the Capping Unit if the problem is not
solved. (P. 307)
Paper end error Paper Out has been processed. Remove the paper from the tray, No paper on the Front Roll/Rear Roll. Remove paper remaining in the paper feed path.
1011
(confirmation for reloading) and then click [OK].
Remove paper error The check pattern has been printed. Remove the prints from the Check pattern is printed. Remove paper from the Top Tray.
1012
(For test print and such) paper tray, and then click [OK].
Maintenance Tank near end Replace maintenance tank soon. The replacement time of Maintenance Tank is Check the Maintenance Tank Space on the Printer
Prepare a new maintenance tank (xxxxxxxxxx)*3. approaching. Information Screen. (P. 417)
1211
You may continue printing until replacement of the maintenance
tank is required.
1311 Ink low (Y) error Ink low. (xx)*1 The replacement time of the corresponding color’ s Check the corresponding color’s Ink Level on the
Prepare a new correct cartridge. Ink Cartridge is approaching. Printer Information Screen. (P. 417)
1312 Ink low (M) error
You may continue printing until replacement of the ink cartridge
1313 Ink low (C) error is required.
1314 Ink low (K) error
1316 Ink low (LC) error
1317 Ink low (LM) error
Ink Tube life near end (Notice) It is nearly time to replace parts. (ink supply tube) The replacement time of Ink Tube is near. 1. Replace the Ink Tube with a new one. (P. 311)
1321 Contact a technical representative. 2. Reset the counter of the Supply System Ink
You cannot print if it has reached the end of its service life. Tube. (P. 439)

Confidential

Error
ID
Ink Decompression Pump Unit life near It is nearly time to replace parts. (ink supply decompression The replacement time of Ink Decompression Pump 1. Replace the Ink Decompression Pump Unit with
end (Notice) pump) Unit is approaching. a new one. (P. 309)
Contact a technical representative. 2. Reset the counter of the Ink Decompression
1323 You cannot print if it has reached the end of its service life. Pump Unit. (P. 439)
3. Update the “Date to Replace Parts that need
Periodic Replacement” of the Ink
Decompression Pump Unit. (P. 441)
Ink Cartridge Holder life near end It is nearly time to replace parts. (ink supply pump) The replacement time of Ink Path Pump Unit is 1. Replace the Ink Path Pump Unit with a new
(Notice) Contact a technical representative. approaching. one. (P. 323)
1324
You cannot print if it has reached the end of its service life. 2. Reset the counter of the Ink Path Pump Unit.
(P. 439)
Ink Tube life near end (Warning) It is nearly time to replace parts. (ink supply tube) The replacement time of Ink Tube is approaching. 1. Replace the Ink Tube with a new one. (P. 311)
1341 Contact a technical representative. 2. Reset the counter of the Supply System Ink
You cannot print if it has reached the end of its service life. Tube. (P. 439)
Ink Decompression Pump Unit life near It is nearly time to replace parts. (ink supply decompression The replacement time of Ink Decompression Pump 1. Replace the Ink Decompression Pump Unit with
end (Warning) pump) Unit is approaching. a new one. (P. 309)
Contact a technical representative. 2. Reset the counter of the Ink Decompression
1343 You cannot print if it has reached the end of its service life. Pump Unit. (P. 439)
Ink Cartridge Holder life near end It is nearly time to replace parts. (ink supply pump) The replacement time of Ink Path Pump Unit is 1. Replace the Ink Path Pump Unit with a new
(Warning) Contact a technical representative. approaching. one. (P. 323)
1344
You cannot print if it has reached the end of its service life. 2. Reset the counter of the Ink Path Pump Unit.
(P. 439)
Auto Nozzle Check; nozzle clogging Clogged nozzle(s) detected. The clogged nozzle is detected on the Startup Make sure to print a nozzle check pattern and check
(Command, Startup Inspection) Print head cleaning recommended before start printing. Inspection. for condition of the Print Head, and then perform
1501
To perform Auto Cleaning, click [Cleaning]. To close the the head cleaning. (P. 454)
message, click [OK].
Ink Cartridge Cover open Ink cartridge cover open. • The Ink Cartridge Cover is open. 1. Close the Ink Cartridge Cover.
2001 (When in standby or paused due to Close the cover, and then click [OK]. • The Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor is broken. 2. Replace Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor with
error) a new one. (P. 296)
Maintenance Tank Cover open Maintenance tank cover open. • The Maintenance Tank Cover is open. 1. Close the Maintenance Tank Cover.
2002 (When in standby or paused due to Close the cover, and then click [OK]. • The Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor is 2. Replace the Maintenance Tank Cover Open
error) broken. Sensor with a new one. (P. 297)
Door open error 1 Rear roll cover open. • The Rear Roll Front Cover is open. 1. Close the Rear Roll Front Cover.
(Rear roll cover) Close the cover, and then click [OK]. • The Front Door Open Sensor is broken. 2. Replace the Front Door Open Sensor with a new
2003
(When in standby or paused due to one. (P. 298)
error)

Confidential

Error
ID
Door open error 2 The front roll paper feeder is raised. • The Front Roll is lifted. 1. Lower the Front Roll.
(Front roll unit lifted) Lower the front roll paper feeder, and then click [OK]. • The Front Roll Position Sensor is broken. 2. Replace the Front Roll Position Sensor with a
2004
(When in standby or paused due to new one. (P. 294)
error)
Door open error 3 Front roll cover open. • The Front Roll Cover is open. 1. Close the Front Roll Cover.
(Front roll cover) Close the cover, and then click [OK]. • The Front Roll Cover Open Sensor is broken. 2. Replace the Front Roll Cover Open Sensor with
2005
(When in standby or paused due to If the error continues to occur, push the front roll lever while the a new one. (P. 299)
error) cover is closed to lock the cover, and then click [OK].
Door open error 4 Top cover open. The Top Cover is open. Close the Top Cover. (P. 154)
(Top cover) Close the cover, and then click [OK].
2006
(When in standby or paused due to
error)
Back Print Unit setting detection error The back printing unit is out of position. • The Back Print Link Unit is not set properly. 1. Set the Back Print Link Unit properly. (P. 338)
2007 (When in standby or paused due to Set to the correct position, and then click [OK]. • The Back Print Position Sensor is broken. 2. Replace the Back Print Position Sensor with a
error) new one. (P. 284)
Door open error 5 Long paper ejection unit cover open. • The Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover is open. 1. Clove the Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover.
(Long paper ejection unit cover) Close the cover, and then click [OK]. • The Long Ejection Cover Open Sensor is broken. (P. 383)
2008 (When in standby or paused due to 2. Replace the Long Ejection Cover Open Sensor
error) with a new one. (P. 382)
Ink Cartridge Cover open The Ink Cartridge Cover has been opened. The Ink Cartridge Cover was opened during 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(In operation) There may still be paper inside the printer. printing. 2. Close the Ink Cartridge Cover.
2011
Remove paper inside the printer, close the cover, and then click
[OK].
Maintenance Tank Cover open The Maintenance Tank Cover has been opened. The Maintenance Tank Cover was opened during 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(In operation) There may still be paper inside the printer. printing. 2. Close the Maintenance Tank Cover.
2012
Remove paper inside the printer, close the cover, and then click
[OK].
Door open error 1 The rear roll cover has been opened. The Rear Roll Front Cover was opened during 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(Rear roll cover) There may still be paper inside the printer. printing. 2. Close the Rear Roll Front Cover.
2013 (In operation) Remove paper inside the printer, close the cover, and then click
[OK].
Door open error 2 The front roll paper feeder has been raised. The Front Roll was lifted during printing. 1. Lower the Front Roll.
(Front roll unit lifted) There may still be paper inside the printer. 2. Remove paper inside of the printer.
2014
(In operation) Remove paper inside the printer, lower the front roll paper feeder,
and then click [OK].

Confidential

Error
ID
Door open error 3 The front roll cover has been opened. There may still be paper in The Front Roll Cover was opened during printing. 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(Front roll cover) the printer. 2. Close the Front Roll Cover.
(In operation) Remove paper inside the printer, close the cover, and then click
2015
[OK].
If the error continues to occur, push the front roll lever while the
cover is closed to lock the cover, and then click [OK].
Door open error 4 The top cover has been opened. The Top Cover was opened during printing. 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(Top cover) There may still be paper inside the printer. 2. Close the Top Cover. (P. 154)
2016
[OK].
Back Print Unit setting detection error The back printing unit has not been installed in the correct The Back Print Link Unit was pulled out during 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(In operation) position. printing. 2. Set the Back Print Link Unit.
2017 There may still be paper inside the printer.
Remove paper inside the printer, set the back printing unit to the
correct position, and then click [OK].
Door open error 5 The long paper ejection unit has been opened. The Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover was opened 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
(Long paper ejection unit cover) There may still be paper inside the printer. during printing. 2. Close the Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover.
2018
[OK].
Paper Jam A paper jam occurred while printing from the front roll. Paper jam occurred on the Front Paper during 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
Remove the paper inside the printer, rewind the paper onto the printing. 2. Reset the roll paper on the Front Paper.
2103
roll, and then reload it to the paper feed slot.
Click [OK] after loading the paper.
Door open error 2 A paper jam occurred while printing from the rear roll. The Front Roll was lifted during printing. 1. Lower the Front Roll.
(Front roll unit lifted) Remove the paper inside the printer, rewind the paper onto the 2. Remove paper inside of the printer.
2104
(In operation) roll, and then reload it to the paper feed slot.
Paper skew error An error occurred in the paper feeding unit. Paper is not fed straight. Remove paper and insert it again.
2105 Reload the paper.
Paper setting error The front roll paper is not loaded correctly. Paper is not inserted to the Edge Guide (Front Roll) Adjust the position of Edge Guide (Front Roll)
2108 Check the position of the paper width guide and reload the paper. properly. according to the paper width, and insert the paper
Click [OK] after loading the paper. again.
Paper setting error The rear roll paper is not loaded correctly. Paper is not inserted to the Edge Guide (Rear Roll) Adjust the position of Edge Guide (Rear Roll)
2109 Check the position of the paper width guide and reload the paper. properly. according to the paper width, and insert the paper
Click [OK] after loading the paper. again.
Sorter full error The front sorter tray is full. Papers are remaining on the front tray of Sorter. Remove paper from the Sorter Tray
2110
Remove the prints from the sorter tray, and then click [OK].

Confidential

Error
ID
Paper end error (front roll) The front roll is out of paper. No paper is installed as Front Paper. Install a new roll paper as Front Paper.
Remove the paper from the tray.
2111
Load new paper then click [OK], or click [Force] if the forced
print operation is needed.
Paper end error (rear roll) The rear roll is out of paper. No paper is installed as Rear Paper. Install a new roll paper as Rear Paper.
Remove the paper from the tray.
2112
Load new paper then click [OK], or click [Force] if the forced
print operation is needed.
Paper out/Paper end error Paper is out or not loaded correctly. Paper is not set properly as Front Paper and Rear Set specified paper as Front Paper and Rear Paper.
2114 Load paper: Width = xxxx*2 mm, Type = xxxx*2, and then click Paper.
[OK].
Paper out/Paper end error The front roll is out of paper or not loaded correctly. No paper is installed as Front Paper. Set specified paper as Front Paper.
2115 Load paper: Width = xxxx*2 mm, Type = xxxx*2, and then click
[OK].
Paper out/Paper end error The rear roll is out of paper or not loaded correctly. No paper is installed as Rear Paper. Set specified paper as Rear Paper.
2116 Load paper: Width = xxxx*2 mm, Type = xxxx*2, and then click
[OK].
Incorrect paper size error The print settings and the type of loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed do not • Set specified paper.
Load paper: Width = xxxx*2 mm, Type = xxxx*2, and then click correspond. • Select the installed Paper Types with the Paper
2117
[OK]. Click [Front] to print from the front roll, or click [Rear] to Type Setup Switches on the panel. (P. 24)
print from the rear roll.
Incorrect paper size error The print settings and the type of loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed as Front • Set specified paper as Front Paper.
2118 Load paper: Width = xxxx*2 mm, Type = xxxx*2, and then click Paper do not correspond. • Select the installed Paper Type with the Paper
[OK]. Click [Front] to print from the front roll. Type Setup Switch A on the panel. (P. 24)
Incorrect paper size error The print settings and the type of loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed as Rear • Set specified paper as Rear Paper.
[OK]. Click [Rear] to print from the rear roll. Type Setup Switch B on the panel. (P. 24)
Incorrect paper size error The print settings and the width of the loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed do not • Set specified paper.
2120
Incorrect paper size error The print settings and the width of the loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed as Front • Set specified paper as Front Paper.
Incorrect paper size error The print settings and the width of the loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed as Rear • Set specified paper as Rear Paper.

Confidential

Error
ID
Incorrect paper size error The print settings, and the width and type of loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed do not • Set specified paper.
2123
Incorrect paper size error The print settings, and the width and type of loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed as Front • Set specified paper as Front Paper.
Incorrect paper size error The print settings, and the width and type of loaded paper differ. The paper setting and the paper installed as • Set specified paper as Rear Paper.
2125 Load paper: Width = xxxx*2 mm, Type = xxxx*2, and then click Rear Paper do not correspond. • Select the installed Paper Type with the Paper
Incorrect paper size error The front roll paper does not match the print settings. The paper setting and the paper installed as Rear • Set specified paper as Rear Paper.
[OK]. Click [Front] to print from the front roll. Type Setup Switch B on the panel. (P. 24)
Incorrect paper size error The rear roll paper does not match the print settings. The paper setting and the paper installed as Rear • Set specified paper as Rear Paper.
Paper reload for force print error Select a paper roll which the paper will be loaded from. Click The paper feed path is not selected after selecting Select the paper feed path.
2129
[Rear] to print from the rear roll. force print at paper end.
Paper reload for force print error Select a paper roll which the paper will be loaded from. The paper feed path is not selected after selecting Select the paper feed path.
2130 Click [Front] to print from the front roll, or click [Rear] to print force print at paper end.
from the rear roll.
Paper Jam A paper jam occurred. After resolving the error, paper remains inside of 1. Remove paper inside of the printer.
Remove the paper inside the printer, rewind the paper onto the the printer.
2131
roll, and then reload it to the paper feed slot.
Paper end error (front) The front roll is out of paper. No paper is installed as Front Paper. 1. Install a new roll paper as Front Paper.
2132 (For pattern file) Remove the paper from the tray.
Load new paper, and then click [OK].
Paper end error (rear) The rear roll is out of paper. No paper is installed as Rear Paper. 1. Install a new roll paper as Rear Paper.
2133 (For pattern file) Remove the paper from the tray.
Load new paper, and then click [OK].
Paper Jam A paper jam occurred in the back printing unit. Paper remains in the Back Print Unit. 1. Remove the paper from the Back Print Unit.
2134 (Back Printing Unit) Remove paper inside the printer, and then reload the paper.
Paper Jam A paper jam occurred in the decurl unit. Paper remains in the Decurl Unit. 1. Remove the paper from the Decurl Unit.
2135 (Decurl Unit) Remove paper inside the printer, and then reload the paper.

Confidential

Error
ID
Paper Jam A paper jam occurred in the long paper ejection unit. Paper remains in the Long Paper Ejection Unit. 1. Remove the paper from Long Paper Ejection
2136 (Long Paper Ejection Unit) Remove paper inside the printer, and then reload the paper. Unit.
Confirmation for intermittent printing One long length sheet printed. Paper is remaining on the Top Tray. Remove paper from the Top Tray.
2190 To continue printing, you need to remove prints from the tray.
Remove the prints from the tray, and then click [OK].
Notification for cleaning Roller cleaning complete. Cleaning with a cleaning sheet is completed. Remove the cleaning sheet from the printer body.
2191 Remove the cleaning sheet from the roll holder, and then click (P. 536)
[OK].
Cleaning sheet insert error The cleaning sheet is loaded with the wrong side up. Cleaning sheet is inserted with wrong side up. Insert the cleaning sheet in the correct direction.
2192
Load the cleaning sheet front-side up, and then click [OK]. (P. 536)
Maintenance Tank not installed error Maintenance tank error. The Maintenance Tank is not recognized. 1. Replace the Maintenance Tank with a new one.
2201 Replace maintenance tank (xxxxxxxxxx)*3, and then click [OK]. 2. Replace the Maintenance Holder Unit with a
new one. (P. 325)
Maintenance Tank full error Maintenance tank usage exceeded the application limit. The replacement time of Maintenance Tank is Replace the Maintenance Tank with a new one.
2211
Replace maintenance tank (xxxxxxxxxx)*3, and then click [OK]. approaching.
Trimmed Waste Paper Box full error The trimmed waste paper box is full. Trimmed Waste Paper Box Usage became 100%. 1. Take out the Trimmed Waste Paper Box and
Empty the trimmed waste paper box. dump trimmed waste paper.
2251 After emptying the trimmed waste paper box, click [Reset] to 2. Press the [Clear] button to reset the Trimmed
reset the trimmed waste paper box usage. Waste Paper Box Usage on Printer Information
screen. (P. 417)
2301 No Ink Cartridge error (Y) Ink cartridge error. (xx)*1 The corresponding color's Ink Cartridge is not 1. Remove paper and insert it again.
If the ink cartridge is not set correctly, set it correctly. Please recognized. 2. Replace the corresponding color's Ink Cartridge
2302 No Ink Cartridge error (M)
install correct cartridge. with a new one.
2303 No Ink Cartridge error (C)
2304 No Ink Cartridge error (K)
2306 No Ink Cartridge error (LC)
2307 No Ink Cartridge error (LM)

Confidential

Error
ID
Ink end error (Y) Replace ink cartridge: (xx)*1, and then click [OK]. The ink of the corresponding color's Ink Cartridge Replace the corresponding color's Ink Cartridge
2311
Epson recommends the genuine Epson cartridge. is close to running out. with a new one.
Ink end error (M)
2312
Ink end error (C)

2313
Ink end error (K)

2314
Ink end error (LC)

2316
Ink end error (LM)

2317
No Ink Cartridge error (Y) Replace ink cartridge: (xx)*1, and then click [OK]. The corresponding color's Ink Cartridge is not 1. Reset the corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge.
2321
Epson recommends the genuine Epson cartridge. recognized. 2. Replace the corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge
No Ink Cartridge error (M) with a new one.
2322 3. Connect the FFC that connects the Ink Cartridge
Board and the SUB-H Board again.
No Ink Cartridge error (C)
2323 4. Replace the FFC that connects the Ink Cartridge
Board and the SUB-H Board with a new one.
No Ink Cartridge error (K) (P. 179)
5. Replace the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit with a
2324 new one. (P. 317)
6. Replace the SUB-H Board with a new one.
(P. 179)
Maintenance Tank memory error Maintenance tank error. The Maintenance Tank is not recognized. 1. Replace the Maintenance Tank with a new one.
2326 Replace maintenance tank (xxxxxxxxxx) *3, and then click [OK]. 2. Replace the Maintenance Holder Unit with a
new one. (P. 325)
2327 Unavailable Ink Cartridge error (Y) Insufficient ink left to perform initial charge: (xx)*1 The Ink Cartridge does not have enough ink for Replace the corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge
Replace ink cartridge, and then click [OK]. initial ink charge in it. with a new one.
2328 Unavailable Ink Cartridge error (M)
2329 Unavailable Ink Cartridge error (C)
2330 Unavailable Ink Cartridge error (K)
Unavailable Maintenance Tank error Insufficient maintenance tank capacity left to perform head There is not enough room available in the Replace the Maintenance Tank with a new one.
2332 cleaning or initial charge. Maintenance Tank.
Replace maintenance tank, and then click [OK].

Confidential

Error
ID
No Ink Cartridge error (LC) Replace ink cartridge: (xx)*1, and then click [OK]. The corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge is not 1. Reset the corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge.
2333
Epson recommends the genuine Epson cartridge. recognized. 2. Replace the corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge
No Ink Cartridge error (LM) with a new one.
3. Connect the FFC that connects the Ink Cartridge
Board and the SUB-H Board again.
4. Replace the FFC that connects the Ink Cartridge
Board and the SUB-H Board with a new one.
2334 (P. 179)
5. Replace the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit with a
new one. (P. 317)
6. Replace the SUB-H Board with a new one.
(P. 179)
Unavailable Ink Cartridge error (LC) Insufficient ink left to perform initial charge: (xx)*1 The Ink Cartridge does not have enough ink for Replace the corresponding color’s Ink Cartridge
2335
Replace ink cartridge, and then click [OK]. initial ink charge in it. with a new one.
2336 Unavailable Ink Cartridge error (LM)

Detect the non-genuine ink cartridge You have not installed genuine Epson ink cartridges. Non-genuine ink cartridge is recognized. Replace the genuine ink cartridge.
Information about ink levels may not be displayed, and use of
non-genuine ink is recorded for possible use in service support.
2350 For optimum quality and reliability Epson recommends using
genuine Epson ink.
Please call Epson user service hot-line xxx-xxx-xxxx for genuine
I/C purchase.
2351 Detect the non-genuine ink cartridge Replace genuine Epson ink cartridges. Non-genuine ink cartridge is recognized. Replace the genuine ink cartridge.
Heater Unit temperature error Adjusting heater unit temperature. Please wait. Printing starts The temperature of Heater Unit exceeded its upper Do not start printing until the unit gets proper
automatically when temperature adjustment is complete. limit. temperature.
2401 Click [Start] to print without waiting for the process to complete.
(Note) Uneven color may occur if printing is started before
processing is complete.
Heater Unit not installed error The heater unit is not installed. The Heater Unit is not installed. Install the Heater Unit. (P. 211)
2402
Install the heater unit, and then click [OK].
Auto Nozzle Check; nozzle clogging Clogged nozzle(s) detected. The clogged nozzle is detected when printing is Make sure to print a nozzle check pattern and check
(when starting/finishing a print job) Print head cleaning recommended before start printing. started/finished. for the condition of the Print Head to perform the
4021
To perform Auto Cleaning, click [Cleaning]. To continue head cleaning. (P. 454)
printing, click [OK].

Confidential

Error
ID
Communication error The printer is disconnected. • The Printer PC and the Client PC cannot 1. Connect the LAN cable that connects Printer PC
Check the cable connection, and then turn the printer back on. communicate. and Client PC again.
If the error continues to occur, contact a technical representative. • The system error occurs. 2. Identify the error code referring to “3.2.1 How
5001
to Check Error Message (p58)”
3. Perform the remedy corresponding to the
identified error.
Network communication error A network communication error occurred. A network communication error occurred. • Connect the USB cable that connects the printer
Check the LAN cable connection. and the PC again.
5002
If the error continues to occur, contact a technical representative. • Connect the power cable again.
• Restart the Printer, Client PC and Printer PC.
Tube maintenance error Parts have reached the end of their service life. (ink supply tube) The Ink Tube has reached its end of life. 1. Replace the Ink Tube with a new one. (P. 311)
6107 Contact a technical representative. 2. Reset the counter of Supply System Ink Tube.
(P. 439)
Decompression Pump maintenance Parts have reached the end of their service life. (ink supply The Ink Decompression Pump Unit has reached its 1. Replace the Ink Decompression Pump Unit with
error decompression pump) end of life. a new one. (P. 309)
Contact a technical representative. 2. Reset the counter of Ink Decompression Pump
6109 Unit. (P. 439)
Cartridge Holder maintenance error Parts have reached the end of their service life. (ink supply pump) The Ink Path Pump Unit has reached its end of life. 1. Replace the Ink Path Pump Unit with a new
Contact a technical representative. one. (P. 323)
6110
2. Reset the counter of Ink Path Pump Unit.
(P. 323)
Sorter connection error A sorter/long paper ejection unit connection error occurred. The Sorter Motor is not detected. 1. Check if the Sorter Motor is installed properly.
Turn off the printer and then check the connections. 2. Check the connection between the Sorter Motor
and the Sorter Relay Board.
3. Replace the Sorter Motor with a new one.
(P. 344)
4. Replace the encoder cable between the
7101
Conveyer Motor and the Sorter Relay Board
with a new one.
5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new
one. (P. 171)
6. Replace the Sorter Relay Board with a new one.
(P. 351)

Confidential

Error
ID
Motor overheat error The motor temperature exceeded the maximum value. The temperature of the motor exceeded its upper Leave it with the printer power on for 30 minutes or
7102 Leave the printer power on and wait for at least 30 minutes while limit. more.
the printer cools down, and then click [OK].
Mechanical error A mechanical error occurred. The mechanical error occurs. 1. Identify the error code referring to “3.2.1 How
Check if there is any paper remaining inside the printer, and then to Check Error Message (p58)”
7301 click [OK]. 2. Perform the remedy corresponding to the
If the error continues to occur, a malfunction may have occurred. identified error.
Contact a technical representative.
System error 2 A printer system error occurred. The system error occurs. 1. Reboot the printer.
Turn off the printer, and then perform a Pre-operation Check. 2. Identify the error code referring to “3.2.1 How
7501 If the error continues to occur, a malfunction may have occurred. to Check Error Message (p58)”
Contact a technical representative. 3. Perform the remedy corresponding to the
identified error.
Note "*1": The specified paper length and paper surface type will be indicated.
"*2": The corresponding ink cartridge’s color name will be indicated.
"*3": The part code will be indicated.

Confidential
3.2.3 Error Code

Error codes are indicated as eight-digit error codes (hexadecimal). You can
judge the type of error (mechanical error, system error) from these codes.
3.2.3.1 How to Read an Error Code
A B C D
Table 3-3. Type of Error Codes

Item Descriptions
Indicates the type of error.
00: System error 1 (P. 74, P. 77)
(Recovery: Impossible, Communication with PC:
Impossible)
01: System error 2 (P. 83)
A
(Recovery: Impossible, Communication with PC:
Possible)
02: Mechanical error (P. 98)
(Recovery: Possible, Communication with PC:
Possible)
Indicates the board where the error has occurred.
00: Data Controller Board
B
01, 02: Mecha Controller Board
03: Communication error
C Indicates the element (part or task) where the error has occurred.
D Indicates the error symptom.

Confidential
3.2.3.2 List of Service Calls

 System Error 1 (Data Controller Board) C D
A B
No. Element No. Symptom
If any of the errors in the following table occurs, replace the Data
Controller Board with a new one and install the latest version of firmware. 00 [Mail] Memory allocation failed
01 [Mail] Memory release failed
C D
A B 02 [Mail] Mail reception failed
No. Element No. Symptom Printer status
04 03 [Mail] Memory allocation failed
control
01 Mail sending failed 04 [Mail] Malformed mail reception
02 Mail reception failed 05 Task initialization error
03 Memory allocation failed 06 Task process error
04 Memory release failed 00 Task start failed
Idle-time
01 05 Mail Box generation error 01 Mail sending failed
processing
06 Event Flag generation error 02 Mail reception failed
07 Memory Pool creation error 03 Memory allocation failed
08 TASK creation error 04 Memory release failed
09 TASK start error 06 Other task forced quit failed
01 Mail sending failed 00 00 05 Command analysis 07 Malformed mail reception
02 Mail reception failed 08 Task initialization failed
00 00 03 Memory allocation failed 09 Data receiver function registration failed
Communication
board 04 Memory release failed 0A Command analysis process error
02
synchronization 05 F/W Update processing data destination error 0B Command parameter error
control
06 Finalization time-out 0C Term mode request error
07 Power OFF process time-out 0D Firmware update failed
08 Power shut-off error (AC shut-off) 00 Memory allocation failed
01 Mail sending failed 01 Memory release failed
02 Mail reception failed 02 Mail sending failed
Mechanical control 03 Memory allocation failed Command analysis
03 (for mechanical 06 03 Mail reception failed
(when printing)
sequence section) 04 Memory release failed 04 Task forced quit failed
05 Task forced start failed 05 Task restart failed
07 Parameter error 06 PATCH data ignore failed

Confidential
C D C D
A B A B
No. Element No. Symptom No. Element No. Symptom
00 Memory allocation failed 00 Memory allocation error
01 Memory release failed 01 Memory release error
02 Mail sending failed 02 Mail sending failed
Command analysis
07 03 Mail reception failed 03 Mail reception failed
(D4)
04 Other task forced quit failed 04 FeRAM reading failed
10 NVRAM control
05 Task restart failed 05 FeRAM writing failed
06 Malformed mail reception 06 FeRAM data error
00 Memory allocation failed 07 Initialization failed
01 Memory release failed 08 Dispatch authorization failed
Print data 02 Mail sending failed 09 Dispatch prohibition failed
processing
08 03 Mail reception failed 01 Mail sending failed
(for printing
operation) 09 Raster cue registration failed 02 Mail reception failed
12 Timer control
0A Line buffer search overflow 03 Memory allocation failed
0B Receiving one frame feed setting overlapped 04 Memory release failed
00 00 00 Memory allocation failed 01 Mail sending failed
01 Memory release failed 02 Mail reception failed
02 Mail sending failed 03 Memory allocation failed
Command reply 00 00 13 Time control
09 03 Mail reception failed 04 Memory release failed
processing
04 Memory release failed 05 Time control illegal data error
05 Other task restart failed 06 Time control Access time-out Error
06 Malformed mail reception XX Mail sending failed
00 Task start failed XX Mail reception failed
17 Interface control
01 Mail sending failed XX Memory allocation failed
02 Mail reception failed XX Memory release failed
Communication 03 Memory allocation failed Print data 00 Main loop error
0E processing
between boards 04 Memory release failed 18 Image processing completion failed
(for image 01
05 Event Flag setting failed
processing)
06 Event Flag waiting failed 00 Task start failed
10 API destination ID error
01 Mail sending failed
02 Mail reception failed
19 Head control 03 Memory allocation failed
04 Memory release failed
06 Receiving mail after forced wake-up failed
09 Incorrect event occurred

Confidential
C D
A B
00 Task start failed
Automatic ink 02 Mail reception failed
1B
detection 03 Memory allocation failed
05 Internal logic error
00 00 01 Mail sending failed
Mechanism
1E 03 Memory allocation failed
sequence control
05 Ink cartridge or Maintenance tank memory error
06 Other task wake-up error
Time handler for an indirect service call registration
FF OS system control 05
error

Confidential
 System Error 1 (Mecha Controller Board) Table 3-4. System Error 1 (Mecha Controller Board)
C D
If any of the errors in the following table occurs, replace the Mecha A B
Controller Board with a new one and install the latest version of firmware.
Table 3-4. System Error 1 (Mecha Controller Board) 01 Mail sending failed
C D 02 Mail reception failed

A B 03 Memory allocation failed
No. Element No. Symptom Mechanism
04 04 Memory release failed
21 Mail sending failed sequence control
Incorrect value error of transition time setting for
22 Mail reception failed 05
power saving
23 Memory allocation failed
Paper feed 06 Incorrect value error of Buzzer volume
00 24 Memory release failed
processing 07 Other task wake-up error
25 Task forced start failed
26 Accumulated PF feeding steps overflow
27 Parameter error
05 Task wait failed
Idle-time 06 Mail Box clear failed
01 05 Mail Box generation error
processing 10 IS_MNT Task task start failed
06 Event Flag generation error 00 01
11 IS_MNT Task mail sending failed
07 Memory Pool creation error
00 01 12 IS_MNT Task mail reception failed
08 TASK creation error
13 IS_MNT Task memory allocation failed
09 TASK start error
14 IS_MNT Task memory release failed
01 Mail sending failed Mechanism control
05 15 IS_MNT Task task wait failed
02 Mail reception failed (Ink system)
Synchronization 16 IS_MNT Task Mail Box clearing failed
02 control between 03 Memory allocation failed
20 IS_PMP Task task start failed
boards 04 Memory release failed
21 IS_PMP Task mail sending failed
05 F/W Update processing data destination error
22 IS_PMP Task mail reception failed
23 IS_PMP Task memory allocation failed
24 IS_PMP Task memory release failed
Mechanism control 03 Memory allocation failed
25 IS_PMP Task task wait failed
03 (for mechanism 04 Memory release failed
26 IS_PMP Task Mail Box clearing failed
sequence section) 05 Task forced start failed
30 IS_CR Task task start failed
06 Overflow of accumulated No. of Paper Feed steps
31 IS_CR Task mail sending failed
07 Parameter error
32 IS_CR Task mail reception failed
33 IS_CR Task memory release failed

Confidential
Table 3-4. System Error 1 (Mecha Controller Board) Table 3-4. System Error 1 (Mecha Controller Board)
C D C D
A B A B
34 IS_CR Task memory release failed 00 Task start failed
Mechanism control
02 35 IS_CR Task task wait failed 01 Mail sending failed
(Ink system)
36 IS_CR Task Mail Box clearing failed 02 Mail reception failed
00 Task start failed 03 Memory allocation failed
01 Mail sending failed CR (carriage) 04 Memory release failed
15
02 Mail reception failed control 05 Event Flag setting failed
Communication 03 Memory allocation failed 06 Event Flag waiting failed
0C
between boards 04 Memory release failed 07 Cyclic handler error
05 Event Flag setting failed 08 Internal error
06 Event Flag waiting failed FF Default error
10 API destination ID error 00 Task start failed
00 Memory allocation error 01 Mail sending failed
01 Memory release error 02 Mail reception failed
02 Mail sending failed 03 Memory allocation failed
03 Mail reception failed 04 Memory release failed
16 PF motor control
04 FeRAM reading failed 05 Event Flag setting failed
0E NVRAM control
00 01 05 FeRAM writing failed 00 01 06 Event Flag waiting failed
06 FeRAM data error 07 Cyclic handler error
07 Initialization failed 08 Internal error
08 Dispatch authorization failed FF Default error
09 Dispatch prohibition failed 00 Task start failed
02 Mail reception failed 02 Mail reception failed
10 Timer control
03 Memory allocation failed 03 Memory allocation failed
04 Memory release failed Absorption area 04 Memory release failed
17
01 Mail sending failed control 05 Event Flag setting failed
02 Mail reception failed 06 Event Flag waiting failed
03 Memory allocation failed 07 Cyclic handler error
11 Time control
04 Memory release failed 08 Internal error
05 Time control illegal data error FF Default error
06 Time control access time-out Error 05 Error information NVRAM storage failed
Sensor status Initialization error 18 DC motor control 06 Cyclic handler error
13 00
control 07 Internal error

Confidential
C D C D
A B A B
01 Mail sending failed 00 Task start failed
03 Memory allocation failed 02 Mail reception failed
04 Memory release failed 03 Memory allocation failed
Middle Roller
19 05 Event Flag setting failed 04 Memory release failed
Motor control 1E Cutter control
06 Event Flag waiting failed 05 Event Flag setting failed
07 Cyclic handler error 06 Event Flag waiting failed
08 Internal error 07 Cyclic handler error
FF Default error 08 Internal error
00 Task start failed FF Default error
01 Mail sending failed 00 Event Flag setting failed
02 Mail reception failed 01 Event Flag waiting failed
1F Fan control
03 Memory allocation failed 02 Cyclic handler error
Ink Supply 04 Memory release failed 03 Internal error
1B Decompression 00 01
Unit control 05 Event Flag setting failed 01 Mail sending failed
00 01
06 Event Flag waiting failed 02 Mail reception failed
07 Cyclic handler error 21 Panel control 03 Memory allocation failed
08 Internal error 04 Memory release failed
FF Default error 05 Mail replying failed
00 Task start failed 00 Task start failed
02 Mail reception failed 02 Mail reception failed
03 Memory allocation failed 03 Memory allocation failed
Rear Roll Motor
Ink System 04 Memory release failed 23 04 Memory release failed
control
1C Maintenance 05 Event Flag setting failed 05 Event Flag setting failed
control 06 Event Flag waiting failed 06 Event Flag waiting failed
07 Event Flag acquisition error 07 Cyclic handler error
08 Cyclic handler error 08 Internal error
09 Internal error
FF Default error

Confidential
C D C D
A B A B
00 Task start failed 01 Mail sending failed
01 Mail sending failed 02 Mail reception failed
02 Mail reception failed Mechanism control 03 Memory allocation failed
03 (for mechanism
03 Memory allocation failed sequence section) 04 Memory release failed
Front Roll Motor
24 04 Memory release failed 05 Task forced start failed
control
05 Event Flag setting failed 07 Parameter error
06 Event Flag waiting failed 00 Task start failed
01 07 Cyclic handler error 01 Mail sending failed
08 Internal error 02 Mail reception failed
Mechanism
05 Event Flag setting failed 04 03 Memory allocation failed
sequence control
Mechanism control 06 Event Flag waiting failed 04 Memory release failed
25 (for printing
sequence section) 07 Cyclic handler error 05 Back Print Unit number error
08 Internal error 06 Other task wake-up error
Time handler for an indirect service call registration 00 Task start failed
FF OS System control 05
00 error 01 Mail sending failed
01 Mail sending failed 00 02 02 Mail reception failed
02 Mail reception failed 03 Memory allocation failed
Communication
03 Memory allocation failed 09
between boards 04 Memory release failed
04 Memory release failed 05 Event Flag setting failed
Idle-time
01 05 Mail Box generation error 06 Event Flag waiting failed
processing
06 Event Flag generation error 10 API destination ID error
07 Memory Pool creation error 00 Memory allocation error
02
08 TASK creation error 01 Memory release error
09 TASK start error 02 Mail sending failed
Synchronization 02 Mail reception failed 04 FeRAM reading failed
02 control between 03 Memory allocation failed 0B NVRAM control
05 FeRAM writing failed
boards 04 Memory release failed 06 FeRAM data error
05 F/W update processing data destination error 07 Initialization failed
08 Dispatch authorization failed
09 Dispatch prohibition failed

Confidential
C D C D
A B A B
01 Mail sending failed 00 Task start failed
0D Timer control
03 Memory allocation failed 02 Mail reception failed
04 Memory release failed 03 Memory allocation failed
01 Mail sending failed Control of paper 04 Memory release failed
17 ejection from the
02 Mail reception failed top panel 05 Event Flag setting failed
03 Memory allocation failed 06 Event Flag waiting failed
04 Memory release failed 07 Cyclic handler error
11 Conveyor control 05 Event Flag setting failed 08 Internal error
06 Event Flag waiting failed FF Default error
07 Cyclic handler error 05 Event Flag setting failed
08 Internal error Switching control 06 Event Flag waiting failed
18 of paper ejection
FF Default error from the top panel 07 Cyclic handler error
05 Error information NVRAM save FF Default error
12 DC Motor control 06 Cyclic handler error 00 02 00 Task start failed
00 02
07 Internal error 01 Mail sending failed
00 Event Flag setting failed 02 Mail reception failed
19 Heater control
01 Event Flag waiting failed 03 Memory allocation failed
13 Fan control
02 Cyclic handler error 04 Memory release failed
03 Internal error 05 OS system call error
00 Task start failed 01 Mail sending failed
02 Mail reception failed 03 Memory allocation failed
03 Memory allocation failed Conveyance 04 Memory release failed
04 Memory release failed 1B control for the rear 05 Event Flag setting failed
15 Decurl control paper feeding
05 Event Flag setting failed 06 Event Flag waiting failed
06 Event Flag waiting failed 07 Cyclic handler error
07 Cyclic handler error 08 Internal error
08 Internal error FF Default error
FF Default error

Confidential
Table 3-4. System Error 1 (Mecha Controller Board)

C D
A B
Control of the rear
1C 05 Event Flag setting failed
paper feeding
06 Event Flag waiting failed
07 Cyclic handler error
08 Internal error
FF Default error
1D Sorter control 05 Event Flag setting failed
06 Event Flag waiting failed
00 02
07 Cyclic handler error
08 Internal error
FF Default error
Back printing 02 Mail reception failed
1E
control 03 Memory allocation failed
05 Back Print Unit buffer maximum error
05 Event Flag setting failed
Mechanism control 06 Event Flag waiting failed
1F (for printing
sequence section) 07 Cyclic handler error
08 Internal error
Time handler for an indirect service call registration
FF OS system control 05
error

Confidential
 System Error 2
If any of the errors in the Table3-5 occurs, check the Remedy column and solve the problem.
C H E C K
How to Do the Checks in the Table3-5.
P O IN T  Harnesses/FFC connection check
Visually check the following points. If any abnormality is
observed, disconnect and then reconnect, and see if the
printer recovers from the error.
 Disconnected or inserted diagonally?
 Cable coating is damaged?
 Either or both of the cable ends peeled off?
 Motor check
Check the following points.
 Move the driving parts or components by hand to see if
they move normally without any abnormal load.
 Visually check cams, gears, and drive paths for foreign
objects.
 Visually check the connectors for damages and to see if
they are connected correctly.
 Encoder/Scale check
Visually check the following points. If any abnormality is
observed, wipe off them with a dustless wipe (Ex. BEMCOT)
moistened with alcohol or pure water (do not wipe off too
strongly), and see if the printer recovers from the error.
 Any foreign objects or mist are attached?
 Scratched or damaged?

Confidential
Table 3-5. System Error 2

C D
A B Cause Remedy
CPU error An error such as an illegal memory access has Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
00
occurred.
01 CPU
Unknown H/W reset Because unknown HW reset occurred at the previous
01
booting, NVRAM was not saved.
Data Controller Board (MAIN) The printer version and the main version of the Data Update the firmware to the latest version.
01
version check error Controller Board are different.
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The printer version and the main version of the Mecha Update the firmware to the latest version.
02
version check error Controller Board are different.
Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
03
version check error
Head Controller Board (DRV) A/ The printer version and the main version of the Head Update the firmware to the latest version.
04
B version check error Controller Board are different.
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The Data Controller Board and the Mecha Controller 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board and the
controllers communication check Board cannot communicate. Mecha Controller Board.
error 2. Check the connection between the Mecha Controller Board and the
05
SUB-B Board.
01 00 02 Start & Shut-down error 3. Replace a cable that connects the Mecha Controller Board and the
SUB-B Board with a new one.
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) 4. Replace the SUB-B Board with a new one. (P. 178)
controllers communication check 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
error 6. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
06
7. Replace the cable that connects the Data Controller Board and the
Mecha Controller Board with a new one.
Other controller error A system error has occurred on a board other than the Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
07
Mecha Controller Board.
RECOVERY restart • The startup program of a board other than the Update the firmware to the latest version.
08 Mecha Controller Board is wrong.
• The update failed.
NVRAM initialization NVRAM initialization failed Firmware failure or hardware failure of the NVRAM. 1. Restart the printer.
failed 2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Data
03 00
Controller Board, and update the firmware. (P. 501)
3. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174).

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Data Controller Board (MAIN) The data transmission from a PC to the printer has Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
01
Board data transmission error failed.
Data Controller Board (MAIN) The data writing to the Data Controller Board has Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
02
Board data writing error failed.
Head Controller Board (DRV) A/ • The data transmission to the Head Controller Board 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board and the
B Board data writing error has failed. Head Controller Board.
• The data writing to the Head Controller Board has 2. Check the connection between the Head Controller Board and the
08 FW update
failed. SUB-B Board.
3. Replace the cable that connects the Head Controller Board and SUB-
03
B Board with a new one.
4. Replace the SUB-B Board with a new one. (P. 178)
5. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
6. Replace the FFC that connects the Data Controller Board and the
Mecha Controller Board with a new one.
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The following failures have occurred due to the Head 1. Check the Head FFC to see if it is inserted diagonally into the
00
main fuse 1 blowout FFC inserted diagonally. connector.If so, reinsert it correctly.
Head Controller Board (DRV) A • The drive circuit in the Print Head got damaged. 2. Check the connectors of the Head FFC and the Print Head to see if
01 they are stained with ink.If so, wipe off the ink.
main fuse 2 blowout • The fuse of the Head Controller Board A has
blown. 3. Check the end terminal of the Head FFC for breaking or damages
Head Controller Board (DRV) A
02 such as peeled-off coating. If any abnormality is found, replace the
main fuse 3 blowout
01 00 Head FFC with a new one.
03 4. Replace the Head Controller Board A and Print Head with new ones.
main fuse 4 blowout
(P. 175, P. 188)
04
sub fuse 1 blowout
05
sub fuse 2 blowout
0A Head Control Head Controller Board (DRV) A
06
sub fuse 3 blowout
07
sub fuse 4 blowout
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The power supply to the Head Controller Board A has 1. Check the connection between the Head Controller Board and the
24V power supply error an error. SUB-B Board.
0A
2. If the problem persists, replace the cable that connects the Head
Controller Board and the SUB-B Board with a new one.
Head Controller Board (DRV) A 3. Replace the SUB-B Board with a new one. (P. 178)
42V power supply error 4. Replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one. (P. 175)
0B
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The Head Controller Fan Unit is not detected. 1. Replace the Head Controller Fan Unit with a new one. (P. 175)
0C
external fan error 2. Replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one. (P. 175)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The temperature of the Head Controller Board A 1. Turn the printer off and then back on to see if the printer recovers
temperature error exceeded its specified limit. from the error.
0D
2. If the error reoccurs in a short time, replace the Head Controller
Board A with a new one. (P. 175)
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The Head Controller Board A has an error. Replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one.
0E
device error (P. 175)
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The Data Controller Board detected a device error of 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN40,
EMG error the Head Controller Board A. CN41) and the Head Controller Board A (CN3, CN4).
0F 2. Replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one. (P. 175)
3. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one.
(P. 174).
Head Controller Board (DRV) B The following failures have occurred due to the Head 1. Check the Head FFC to see if it is inserted diagonally into the
10
main fuse 1 blowout FFC inserted diagonally. connector.If so, reinsert it correctly.
Head Controller Board (DRV) B • The drive circuit in the Print Head got damaged. 2. Check the connectors of the Head FFC and the Print Head to see if
11 they are stained with ink.If so, wipe off the ink.
main fuse 2 blowout • The fuse of the Head Controller Board B is blown.
Head Controller Board (DRV) B 3. Check the end terminal of the Head FFC for breaking or damages
12 such as peeled-off coating. If any abnormality is found, replace the
main fuse 3 blowout
Head FFC with a new one.
01 00 0A Head Control Head Controller Board (DRV) B 4. Replace the Head Controller Board B and Print Head with new ones.
13
main fuse 4 blowout
(P. 175, P. 188)
Head Controller Board (DRV) B
14
sub fuse 1 blowout
15
sub fuse 2 blowout
16
sub fuse 3 blowout
17
sub fuse 4 blowout
Head Controller Board (DRV) B There is something wrong with the power supply to 1. Check the connection between the Head Controller Board and the
1A 24V power supply error the Head Controller Board B. SUB-B Board.
2. If the problem persists, replace the cable that connects the Head
Controller Board and the SUB-B Board with a new one.
3. Replace the SUB-B Board with a new one. (P. 178)
1B 42V power supply error
4. Replace the Head Controller Board B with a new one. (P. 175)
Head Controller Board (DRV) B The Head Controller Fan Unit is not detected. 1. Replace the Head Controller Fan Unit with a new one. (P. 175)
1C external fan error 2. Replace the Head Controller Board B with a new one. (P. 175)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Head Controller Board (DRV) B The temperature of the Head Controller Board B 1. Turn the printer off and then back on to see if the printer recovers
temperature error exceeded its specified limit. from the error.
1D
2. If the error reoccurs in a short time, replace the Head Controller
Board B with a new one. (P. 175)
Head Controller Board (DRV) B The Head Controller Board B has an error. Replace the Head Controller Board B with a new one. (P. 175)
1E
device error
Head Controller Board (DRV) B The Data Controller Board detected a device error of 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN42,
00 0A Head Control EMG error the Head Controller Board B. CN43) and the Head Controller Board B (CN3, CN4).
1F
3. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174).
Head Controller Board (DRV) A Head ID is abnormal. 1. Write the Head ID. (P. 453)
20
Temperature correction error 2. Replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one. (P. 175)
Head Controller Board (DRV) B 1. Write the Head ID. (P. 453)
21
Temperature correction error 2. Replace the Head Controller Board B with a new one. (P. 175)
01 Command (when printing) Command error System software failure. Install the latest application software.
0C 00
analysis
Matching SN command mecha System software failure. Install the latest application software.
0D Command analysis 00
parameter version failed
CPU error An error such as an illegal memory access has Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
00
occurred.
01 CPU
01
01
NVRAM initialization failed Firmware failure or hardware failure of the NVRAM. 1. Restart the printer.
2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
03 NVRAM 00
3. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The data transmission between the Data Controller Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
01
Board data transmission error Board and the Mecha Controller Board has failed.
08 FW update
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The data writing to the Mecha Controller Board has Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
02

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Auto Ink Detection The Data Controller Board cannot communicate with 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board and the
communication error the Auto Ink Detection Board. Auto Ink Detection Board.
00 2. Replace the Auto Ink Detection Board with a new one. (P. 315)
3. Replace the cable that connects the Data Controller Board and the
0A Ink System Auto Ink Detection Board.
Incorrect ink addition amount Firmware failure. An abnormally large amount of ink 1. Restart the printer.
error consumed by printing or cleaning was attempted to 2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
01 add the ink consumption counter. Controller Board, and update the firmware. (P. 501)
WDT error A watchdog timer error has occurred. The possible 1. Restart the printer.
cause is hardware failure or software bug. 2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
3. Run the Printer Function Check - Paper Feed Function Check to see
if the “Rear Roll Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Rear Roll Motor and SUB-E
0B Rear Roll Motor 00
Board (CN63, CN78).
01 01 5. Check the connection between the SUB-E Board (CN203, CN205,
CN206) and Mecha Controller Board (CN203, CN205, CN206).
6. Visually check the Rear Roll Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Rear Roll Motor with a new one. (P. 224)
if the “Front Roll Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Front Roll Motor and SUB-E
0C Front Roll Motor 00 Board (CN64, CN79).
5. Check the connection between the SUB-E Board (CN203, CN205,
6. Visually check the Front Roll Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Front Roll Motor with a new one. (P. 255)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
if the “Middle Roller Motor” and “Middle Roller Encoder Sensor”
operate normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor/
00 Middle Roller Motor and SUB-E Board (CN51, CN74).
0D Middle Roller Motor 6. Visually check the Middle Roller Motor and Middle Roller Encoder
Sensor for damages.
7. Replace the Middle Roller Motor with a new one. (P. 207)
8. Replace the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor with a new one. (P. 303)
Heat generation correction value Firmware failure or an invalid value has been stored in 1. Restart the printer.
error the NVRAM. 2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
01
3. Run the Middle Roller Motor Measurement. (P. 486)
01 01
if the “Paper Feed Motor” and “Paper Feed Encoder Sensor” operate
normally. (P. 431)
4. Visually check the Paper Feed Motor for damages.
00
5. Check the connection between the Paper Feed Motor/Paper Feed
Encoder Sensor and SUB-D Board (CN3, CN22).
6. Check the connection between the SUB-D Board (CN204, CN207)
0E Paper Feed Motor and Mecha Controller Board (CN204, CN207).
7. Replace the Paper Feed Motor with a new one. (P. 204)
8. Replace the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor with a new one. (P. 300)
01
3. Run the Paper Feed Motor Measurement. (P. 486)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
if the “Area Suction Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Area Suction Motor/Encoder and
0F Area Suction Motor 00
SUB-E Board (CN61, CN73).
6. Visually check the Area Suction Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Area Suction Motor with a new one. (P. 209)
if the “CR Motor” and “CR Encoder Sensor” operate normally. (P.
431)
01 01
4. Check the connection between the CR Motor/Encoder and SUB-E
Board (CN75).
00
6. Check the connection between the CR Encoder Sensor and CR
Relay Board.
10 CR Motor 7. Check the connection between the CR Relay Board (CN3) and SUB-
D Board (CN1).
and Mecha Controller Board (CN204, CN207).
9. Visually check the CR Motor for damages.
10. Replace the CR Motor with a new one. (P. 185)
01
3. Run the CR Motor Measurement. (P. 450)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
if the “Cutter Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Cutter Motor/Encoder and SUB-
11 Cutter Motor 00
E Board (CN60, CN76).
6. Visually check the Cutter Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Cutter Motor with a new one. (P. 212)
3. Run the Printer Function Check - Ink System Function Check to see
if the “Decompression Pump Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
Decompression Pump 4. Check the connection between the Decompression Pump Motor/
01 01 12 00 Encoder and SUB-D Board (CN4, CN21).
Motor
6. Visually check the Decompression Pump Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Decompression Pump Motor with a new one. (P. 309)
3. Run the Printer Function Check - Ink System Function Check to see
if the “Capping Unit Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Capping Unit Motor and SUB-E
13 Capping Unit Motor 00
Board (CN62, CN77).
6. Visually check the Capping Unit Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Capping Unit with a new one. (P. 307)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
CPU error An error such as an illegal memory access has Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
00
occurred.
01 CPU
01
NVRAM NVRAM initialization failed Firmware failure or hardware failure of the NVRAM. 1. Restart the printer.
2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
03 00
01
Board data transmission error failed.
08 FW update
02
3. Run the Printer Function Check - Paper Ejection Function Check to
01 02 see if the “Conveyer Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
4. Check the connection between the Conveyer Motor and Sorter Relay
09 Conveyer Motor 00
Board (CN3, CN4).
5. Check the connection between the Sorter Relay Board (CN1, CN2)
6. Visually check the Conveyer Motor for damages.
7. Replace the Conveyer Motor with a new one. (P. 358)
3. Check the connection between the Sorter Motor and Sorter Relay
Board (CN5, CN6).
0A Sorter Motor 00
4. Check the connection between the Sorter Relay Board (CN1, CN2)
5. Visually check the Sorter Motor for damages.
6. Replace the Sorter Motor with a new one. (P. 344)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
if the “Rear Paper Feed Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
0B Rear Paper Feed Motor 00
4. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Motor and
Mecha Controller Board (CN212).
5. Visually check the Rear Paper Feed Motor for damages.
6. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Motor with a new one. (P. 270)
Rear Paper Feed Release if the “Rear Paper Feed Release Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
01 02 0C 00
Motor 4. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor
and Mecha Controller Board (CN212).
5. Visually check the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor for damages.
6. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor with a new one. (P. 275)
Rear Paper Feed Decurl if the “Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
0D 00
Motor 4. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor
5. Visually check the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor for damages.
6. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor with a new one. (P. 278)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
see if the “Long Paper Ejection Release Motor” operates normally.
Long Paper Ejection (P. 431)
0F 00
Release Motor 4. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Release
Motor and Mecha Controller Board (CN214).
5. Visually check the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor for damages.
6. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor with a new one.
(P. 368)
01 02
see if the “Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor” operates normally. (P.
Long Paper Ejection Feed 431)
10 00
Motor 4. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor
5. Visually check the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor for damages.
6. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor with a new one.
(P. 365)
Heater Controller Board The Heater Controller Board is not detected. Check the connection between the Mecha Controller Board and the
1B Heater control 00
connection error Heater Controller Board.
Back Print Unit Board error The Back Printing Unit Relay (SUB-G) Board is Replace the Back Printing Unit with a new one. (P. 335)
00
broken.
1C Back Print Unit
Back Print Unit connection error The Back Printing Unit Relay (SUB-G) Board is not Check the connection between the Mecha Controller Board and the Back
01
detected. Printing Unit Relay (SUB-G) Board.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Heater Controller Board 24V de- 24V power has not been supplied to the Heater 1. Check the connection between the Heater Unit and the Heater
energization error Controller Board due to disconnected connector, cable Controller Board (CN2, CN7).
disconnection, or 24V power supply system failure. Or 2. Check the connection between the Heater Unit and the Heater
the fuse on the Heater Controller Board has melted Controller Board (CN5) and the SUB-B Board (CN15).
down due to the 24V fans* circuit failure. 3. Check the fan for cooling the Heater Controller Board (CN10) and
00 *24V fans: a fan for cooling down the board, fan of the the Duct Unit fan for connection, and operation.
Duct Unit, and that in the Heater Unit. 4. Check the connection between the Duct Unit fan and the Heater
Controller Board (CN9).
6. Replace the Heater Unit with a new one. (P. 211)
Fan inside the heater unit 24V power has not been supplied to the fan in the 1. Check the connection between the Heater Unit and the Heater
01 02 1D Heater 24V de-energization error Heater Unit due to failure of the fan, cables, or circuit Controller Board (CN2, CN7).
01 on the Mecha Controller Board. 2. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
Communication reply time-out The Mecha Controller Board and the Heater Controller 1. Check the connection between the Mecha Controller Board (CN8)
02 error Board cannot communicate with each other. (No reply and the Heater Controller Board (CN219).
has come from the Heater Controller Board.) 2. Replace the Heater Controller Board with a new one. (P. 180)
Communication command time- The Mecha Controller Board and the Heater Controller 3. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
03 out error Board cannot communicate with each other. (Periodic
communication has been lost.)
COOLDOWN time-out error A trouble occurred in the control IC of the Heater 1. Restart the printer.
05 Controller Board. Communication is possible but 2. Replace the Heater Controller Board with a new one. (P. 180)
status has not been updated.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The Data Controller Board and the Mecha Controller 1. Replace the cable that connects the Data Controller Board and the
00 communication error Board cannot communicate. Mecha Controller Board.
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) 3. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
01 communication error
Head Controller Board (DRV) A The Data Controller Board and the Head Controller 1. Replace the FFC that connects the Data Controller Board and the
communication error Board B cannot communicate. Head Controller Board B.
02
3. Replace the Data Controller Board 1 with a new one. (P. 174)
Head Controller Board (DRV) B The Data Controller Board and the Head Controller 1. Replace the FFC that connects the Data Controller Board and the
communication error Board A cannot communicate. Head Controller Board A.
03
2. Replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one. (P. 175)
Serial communication
3. Replace the Data Controller Board 2 with a new one. (P. 174)
01 error (Data Controller
Board (MAIN)) Ink Cartridge Control Board 1 The Data Controller Board and the Ink Cartridge 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board and the
communication error Board 1 cannot communicate. SUB-H Board.
2. Check the connection between the SUB-H Board and the Ink
01 03
04 Cartridge Board.
3. Replace the Ink Supply Pump Unit with a new one. (P. 323)
4. Replace the SUB-H Board with a new one. (P. 179)
Ink Cartridge Control Board 2 The Data Controller Board and the Ink Cartridge 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board and the
communication error Board 2 cannot communicate. SUB-H Board.
2. Check the connection between the SUB-H Board and the Ink
05 Cartridge Board.
4. Replace the SUB-H Board with a new one. (P. 179)
Data Controller Board (MAIN) The Data Controller Board and the Mecha Controller 1. Replace the cable that connects the Data Controller Board and the
communication error Board cannot communicate. Mecha Controller Board.
Serial communication 00
02 error (Mecha Controller
Board (MCU))
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The Mecha Controller Board has an error. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
01
communication error

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Data Controller Board (MAIN) The Data Controller Board and the Mecha Controller 1. Replace the cable that connects the Data Controller Board and the
communication error Board cannot communicate. Mecha Controller Board.
00
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The Mecha Controller Board has an error. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
01
communication error
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) The Data Controller Board and the Back Printing 1. Replace the cable that connects the Mecha Controller Board and the
Serial communication Serial communication error Relay (SUB-G) Board cannot communicate. Back Printing Relay (SUB-G) Board.
02 (Back Printing control / Heater
01 03 03 error (Mecha Controller 2. Replace the Back Printing Unit with a new one. (P. 335)
Board (MCU)) control) 3. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
Heater Controller Board (MCU- The Data Controller Board and the Heater Controller 1. Replace the cable that connects the Mecha Controller Board and the
B)/ Mecha Controller Board Board cannot communicate. Heater Controller Board.
03
(MCU) Serial communication 2. Replace the Heater Controller Board with a new one. (P. 180)
error 3. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
Mecha Controller Board (MCU)/
04 Heater Controller Board (MCU-B)
Serial communication error

Confidential
 Mechanical Error
If any of the errors in the following table occurs, check the Remedy column and solve the problem.
Table 3-6. Mechanical Error

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Head Controller Board (DRV) A • The FFC is disconnected. 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN40,
connection error • A board is broken. CN41) and the Head Controller Board A (CN3, CN4).
00
Head Controller Board (DRV) A FW • The printer was powered off during updating the 1. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Head
error firmware. Controller Board and the Data Controller Board, and update the
• The FFC is disconnected. firmware. (P. 501)
01 • A board is broken. 2. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN40,
CN41) and the Head Controller Board A (CN3, CN4).
Head Controller Board (DRV) A • The FFC is disconnected. 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN40,
channel hardware error • A board is broken. CN41) and the Head Controller Board A (CN3, CN4).
03
02 00 0A Head Control
Head Controller Board (DRV) B • The FFC is disconnected. 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN42,
connection error • A board is broken. CN43) and the Head Controller Board B (CN3, CN4).
05
Head Controller Board (DRV) B FW • The printer was powered off during updating the 1. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Head
error firmware. Controller Board and the Data Controller Board, and update the
• The FFC is disconnected. firmware. (P. 501)
06 • A board is broken. 2. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN42,
CN43) and the Head Controller Board B (CN3, CN4).
Head Controller Board (DRV) B • The FFC is disconnected. 1. Check the connection between the Data Controller Board (CN42,
channel hardware error • A board is broken. CN43) and the Head Controller Board B (CN3, CN4).
08

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Abnormal Head environmental • The Head Thermistor is broken. 1. Check the connection between the Print Head and Head Controller
temperature error • The FFC is disconnected. Board A (CN21, CN22, CN23, CN24, CN25, CN26).
• A board is broken. 2. Check the connection between the Print Head and Head Controller
Board B (CN21, CN22, CN23, CN24).
3. Check the connection between the Head Controller Board A (CN3,
CN4) and Data Controller Board (CN40, CN41).
0A
4. Check the connection between the Head Controller Board B (CN3,
CN4) and Data Controller Board (CN42, CN43).
5. Replace the Head Controller Board A and B with new ones.
(P. 175)
7. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (P. 188)
Head data transition time out error The Data Controller Board causes this error when 1. Restart the printer.
carriage movement for printing was not started within 2. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Data
02 00 0A Head Control 0B a predetermined time after the head became ready for Controller Board, and update the firmware. (P. 501)
printing. 3. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
Overlapping commands during Head • The Carriage Scale is dirty. 1. Visually check the Carriage Scale for dirt or damages. When
0C Controller Board (DRV) A Head • The FFC is disconnected. wiping the dirt off, wipe from the left side of the printer (home
control data transition • A board is broken. position side) toward the right.
Overlapping commands during Head 2. Check the connection between the Head Controller Board B (CN3,
0D Controller Board (DRV) A CN4) and Data Controller Board (CN42, CN43).
waveform delivery 3. Replace the Head Controller Board B with a new one. (P. 175)
Overlapping commands during Head 4. Replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)
0E Controller Board (DRV) B Head
control data transition
Overlapping commands during Head
0F Controller Board (DRV) B waveform
delivery
00 Ink End Sensor error (Y) Despite the amount of remaining ink is enough, the 1. Replace the Ink Supply Pump Unit with a new one. (P. 323)
01 Ink End Sensor error (M) Ink End Sensor detected the no ink status of the 2. Replace the cable between the Ink End Sensor and the SUB-D
corresponding color. Board.
02 Ink End Sensor error (C)
02 01 0A Ink System 3. Replace the SUB-D Board with a new one. (P. 178)
03 Ink End Sensor error (K)
Tube maintenance error The value of the Tube Counter exceeded the 1. Replace the Ink Tube with a new one. (P. 311)
05
threshold. 2. Reset the counter of Supply System Ink Tube. (P. 439)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Decompression Pump maintenance The number of Ink Decompression Pump Motor 1. Replace the Ink Decompression Pump Unit with a new one. (P.
error rotations exceeded the threshold. 309)
06 2. Reset the counter of Ink Decompression Pump Unit. (P. 439)
3. Update the “Date to Replace Parts that need Periodic Replacement”
of the Ink Decompression Pump Unit. (P. 441)
Cartridge Holder maintenance error The one-tenth of the number of Ink Decompression 1. Replace the Ink Path Pump Unit with a new one. (P. 323)
07
Pump Motor rotations exceeded the threshold. 2. Reset the counter of Ink Path Pump Unit. (P. 439)
Head HOT error (A/B) 1. The Head FFC is not connected properly. 1. Check the Head FFC to see if it is inserted diagonally into the
08 2. The Head Thermistor detected the temperature connector. If so, reinsert it correctly.
rise exceeding the specified value. 2. Check the Head FFC for breaking or damages such as peeled-off
Head HOT error (C/D) • The Head printed without firing ink because coating of the end terminal. If any abnormality is found, replace the
09 the ink path is kept blocked for some reason. Head FFC with a new one.
• The ink cartridges has run out of ink but the 3. Run the nozzle check to see if the nozzles are abnormally clogged.
Head HOT error (E/F) status has not been detected due to an ink (P. 454)
0A level detection error. The Head printed 4. Replace the ink cartridges with new ones.
without firing ink. 5. Check the ink path for clogging. If any clogged part is found,
Head HOT error (G/H) 3. The Head Thermistor is broken. replace the part or unit.
02 01 0A Ink System 0B 6. Replace the Head Controller Board with a new one. (P. 175)
(When the last two digits of the error code are 08 or 09, replace the
Head HOT error (I/J) Head Controller Board B, and when those are 0A, 0B or 0C,
0C replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one.)
CR (carriage) control dead lock error The carriage cannot be unlocked, or cannot move for 1. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
other reason. Controller Board, and update the firmware. (P. 501)
2. Remove jammed paper or any other obstacles from the carriage
path if any exists.
0D
3. Check the connection of the Capping Unit (CN62, CN77).
4. Turn the printer on, and check to see if the Carriage Lock Lever
moves up and down.
0E Ink End Sensor error (LM) Despite the amount of remaining ink is enough, the 1. Replace the Ink Supply Pump Unit with a new one. (P. 323)
Ink End Sensor error (LC) Ink End Sensor detected the no ink status of the 2. Replace the cable between the Ink End Sensor and the SUB-D
0F corresponding color. Board.
3. Replace the SUB-D Board with a new one. (P. 178)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Head HOT error (K/L) 1. The Head FFC is not connected properly. 1. Check the Head FFC to see if it is inserted diagonally into the
2. The Head Thermistor detected the temperature connector. If so, reinsert it correctly.
rise exceeding the specified value. 2. Check the Head FFC for breaking or damages such as peeled-off
• The Head printed without firing ink because coating of the end terminal. If any abnormality is found, replace the
the ink path is kept blocked for some reason. Head FFC with a new one.
• The ink cartridges has run out of ink but the 3. Run the nozzle check to see if the nozzles are abnormally clogged.
status has not been detected due to an ink (P. 454)
10 level detection error. The Head printed 4. Replace the ink cartridges with new ones.
without firing ink. 5. Check the ink path for clogging. If any clogged part is found,
3. The Head Thermistor is broken. replace the part or unit.
0A Ink System 6. Replace the Head Controller Board with a new one. (P. 175)
(When the last two digits of the error code are 08 or 09, replace the
Head Controller Board B, and when those are 0A, 0B or 0C,
replace the Head Controller Board A with a new one.)
Capping error The Capping Unit is not operating. 1. Check the connection between the Capping Unit and SUB-E Board
02 01
(CN59, CN62, CN77).
11 2. If there are foreign objects such as pieces of paper on the Capping
Unit, remove them and clean the unit, then turn ON the printer.
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Rear Roll Unit and the Rear Roll Motor are installed
00
exceeded the standard value. properly.
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. 2. Check the connection between the Rear Roll Motor and the SUB-E
01
Board.
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 3. Replace the Rear Roll Motor with a new one. (P. 224)
0B Rear Roll Motor 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Rear Roll Motor and
03 Lock error The rotation of the motor is not detected.
the SUB-E Board.
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
6. Replace the SUB-E Board with a new one. (P. 179)
05 Driving time-out error There is something wrong with the firmware or board.
06 Overheat error An internal mechanism is overloaded for some reason.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Front Roll Unit and the Front Roll Motor are installed
exceeded the standard value. properly.
2. Check the connection between the Front Roll Motor and the SUB-E
Board.
00 3. Replace the Front Roll Motor with a new one. (P. 255)
4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Front Roll Motor and
the SUB-E Board.
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. 1. Visually check the scale of the Front Roll Motor for foreign objects
(An abnormal short-period control signal was detected or damages.
01 while the motor was under deceleration control.) 2. Replace the Front Roll Motor with a new one. (P. 255)
Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 1. Visually check if any jammed paper or obstacle exist.
02 01 0C Front Roll Motor 2. Visually check the scale of the Front Roll Motor for foreign objects
02 or damages.
Lock error The rotation of the motor is not detected. 1. Run the Printer Function Check - Paper Feed Function Check to see
if the “Front Roll Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
2. Visually check if any jammed paper or obstacle exist.
3. Check the connection between the Front Roll Motor and the SUB-E
Board (CN64, CN79).
03 4. Check the connection between the SUB-E Board (CN203, CN205,
CN206) and the Mecha Controller Board (CN203, CN205,
CN206).
5. Visually check the Front Roll Motor for damages.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Reversing error The motor rotation direction is incorrect. (The encoder 1. Check the connection between the Front Roll Motor and the SUB-E
output failure, dirt or foreign object on the encoder or Board (CN64, CN79).
the scale) 2. Check the connection between the SUB-E Board (CN203, CN205,
CN206) and the Mecha Controller Board (CN203, CN205,
04
CN206).
3. Visually check the scale and encoder of the Front Roll Motor for
foreign objects or damages.
0C Front Roll Motor
Driving time-out error There is something wrong with the firmware or board. 1. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
05 Controller Board, and update the firmware. (P. 501)
Overheat error An internal mechanism is overloaded for some reason. 1. Leave the printer with powered for at least 30 minutes for cooling it
down, and check to see if the printer recovers from the error.
06
02 01 3. Replace the Front Roll Unit with a new one. (P. 256)
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Middle Roller Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Middle Roller Motor and the
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. SUB-E Board.
01
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Middle Roller Motor
and the SUB-E Board.
0D Middle Roller Motor
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 6. Replace the SUB-E Board with a new one. (P. 179)
Measurement error on auto tension

07
control feeding

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Paper Feed Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Paper Feed Motor and the SUB-
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. D Board.
01
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Paper Feed Motor and
the SUB-D Board.
0E Paper Feed Motor 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 6. Replace the SUB-D Board with a new one. (P. 178)
07 Measurement error on paper feeding
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Area Suction Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Area Suction Motor and the
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. SUB-E Board.
01
3. Replace the Area Suction Motor with a new one. (P. 209)
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Area Suction Motor
02 01 0F Area Suction Motor
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the CR Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the CR Motor and the SUB-E
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. Board.
01
3. Replace the CR Encoder Sensor with a new one. (P. 184)
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the CR Motor with a new one. (P. 185)
Lock error The rotation of the motor is not detected. 5. Replace the FFC of the CR Encoder Sensor with a new one.
03
10 CR Motor 6. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
07 Overheat error There is something wrong with the firmware or board.
08 CR (carriage) control operation error The Home Position of the CR Unit is not detected.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Cutter Unit is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Cutter Motor and the SUB-E
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. Board.
01
3. Replace the Cutter Unit with a new one. (P. 212)
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Cutter Motor and the
SUB-E Board.
11 Cutter Motor 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
06 PID control driving error
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Ink Supply Pump Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Ink Supply Pump Motor and the
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. SUB-D Board.
01
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Ink Supply Pump
02 01 12 Ink Supply Pump Motor Motor and the SUB-D Board with a new one.
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 6. Replace the SUB-D Board with a new one. (P. 178)
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Capping Unit is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Capping Motor and the SUB-E
01 Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. Board.
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Capping Motor and the
SUB-E Board with a new one.
13 Capping Unit Motor 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
06 Cap error The capping is not performed normally.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
24V fuse blowout error The fuse blown due to a 4A or larger electric current The Mecha Controller Board must be replaced with a new one. (P. 171)
caused by failure of the Absorber Unit or clutch, or After replacing the board, check the following points.
shorted out cable. 1. Check the connection between the Suction Fan Motor and the
SUB-E Board (CN71).
3. Check the connection between the Rear Roll Electromagnetic
Clutch, Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch and SUB-D Board
(CN23, CN24).
Fan control 5. Using a tester, check the resistance between the power terminals
14 (Mecha Controller Board 00 with the connectors disconnected to see if the Absorber Unit has
(MCU)) shorted out. If the measured value is infinity or indicates the fan
shorted out, replace the Absorber Unit with a new one. (Sometimes
02 01
the symptom does not appear when the Absorber Unit stops. If
restarting the printer without replacing the Absorber Unit, check to
see if it has any abnormalities.) (P. 210)
6. Using a tester, check to see if the Rear Roll Electromagnetic
Clutch or Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch has shorted out with
the connectors disconnected. Replace the failed one if an abnormal
value is detected. (P. 218)
<Standard>
Normal: coil resistance is 165 ohms +/-10 %.
Abnormal: shorted out or infinity
PW detection error The PW sensor is broken. 1. Check the connection between the PW sensor and the Head Relay
Board.
15 PW sensor 03 2. Replace the PW sensor with a new one. (P. 195)
3. Replace the SUB-D Board with a new one. (P. 178)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Sensing error Signals from the sensor are not detected. 1. Check the connection between the Cutter Home Detection Sensor
Cutter Home Detection
1C 02 2. Replace the Cutter Unit with a new one. (P. 212)
Sensor
01 Sensing error Signals from the sensor are not detected. 1. Check the connection between the Area Suction Home Detection
Sensor and the SUB-E Board.
Area Suction Home 2. Replace the Area Suction Home Detection Sensor with a new one.
1D 02 (P. 306)
Detection Sensor
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Conveyer Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Conveyer Motor and the Sorter
01 Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. Relay Board.
3. Replace the Conveyer Motor with a new one. (P. 358)
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Conveyer Motor and
09 Conveyer Motor the Sorter Relay Board with a new one.
02 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 6. Replace the Sorter Relay Board with a new one. (P. 351)
02 Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Sorter Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Sorter Motor and the Sorter
01 Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. Relay Board.
3. Replace the Sorter Motor with a new one. (P. 344)
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Conveyer Motor and
the Sorter Relay Board with a new one.
0A Sorter Motor 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 6. Replace the Sorter Relay Board with a new one. (P. 351)
06 Sorter connection error The Sorter Motor is not detected.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Rear Paper Feed Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Motor and the
01 Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. Mecha Controller Board.
3. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Motor with a new one. (P. 270)
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable.
0B Rear Paper Feed Motor 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Rear Paper Feed Motor
and the Mecha Controller Board with a new one.
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor is installed properly.
00
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor
01 Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. and the Mecha Controller Board.
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 3. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor with a new one.
Rear Paper Feed Release (P. 275)
0C 03 Lock error The rotation of the motor is not detected.
Motor 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Rear Paper Feed
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. Release Motor and the Mecha Controller Board with a new one.
05 Driving time-out error There is something wrong with the firmware or board. 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
02 02 06 Origin detection error The origin of the Rear Paper Feed Unit cannot be set.
Overload error The motor cannot rotate at the target speed. 1. Run the Printer Function Check - Paper Feed Function Check to see
if the “Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor” operates normally. (P. 431)
2. Check the connection between the Decurl Motor and the Mecha
00
3. Visually check the Decurl Motor for damages.
4. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor with a new one.
(P. 278)
Rear Paper Feed 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
0D
Decurl Motor 01 Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. 1. Check if the Decurl Motor is installed properly.
02 Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 2. Check the connection between the Decurl Motor and the Mecha
Controller Board.
3. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor with a new one.
04 Reversing error The cable is inserted in the opposite direction. (P. 278)
05 Driving time-out error There is something wrong with the firmware or board. 4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Decurl Motor and the
06 Control error The motor cannot be controlled. Mecha Controller Board with a new one.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Exhaust Fan (MCU) lock error The Exhaust Fan (MCU) cannot rotate due to its 1. Check the connection between the Exhaust Fan (MCU) and the
failure or being locked by obstacles. Mecha Controller Board (CN215).
00
2. Replace the Exhaust Fan (MCU) with a new one. (P. 333)
PS Exhaust Fan lock error PS Exhaust Fan is not operating. 1. Check the connection between the PS Exhaust Fan and the Mecha
01
2. Replace the PS Exhaust Fan with a new one. (P. 329)
Fan control (Mecha 3. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
02 02 0E
Controller Board (MCU)) BPU cooling fan 1 lock error Printer Cooling Platen Fan is not operating. 1. Check the connection between the Printer Cooling Platen Fan and
the Mecha Controller Board (CN227).
02
2. Replace the Printer Cooling Platen Fan with a new one. (P. 327)
BPU cooling fan 2 lock error Printer Cooling Front Fan is not operating. 1. Check the connection between the Printer Cooling Front Fan and
the Mecha Controller Board (CN228).
03
2. Replace the Printer Cooling Front Fan with a new one. (P. 326)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Long Ejection Release Motor is installed properly.
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Release
Motor and the Mecha Controller Board.
3. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor with a new one. (P.
00
368)
4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Long Paper Ejection
Release Motor and the Mecha Controller Board.
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. 1. Visually check the scale of the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor
(An abnormal short-period control signal was detected for foreign objects or damages.
01 while the motor was under deceleration control.) 2. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Unit with a new
one. (P. 368)
Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 1. Visually check the paper paths if any jammed paper or obstacle
exist.
Long Paper Ejection 2. Visually check the scale of the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor
02 02 0F
Release Motor Unit 02 for foreign objects or damages.
3. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Unit with a new
one. (P. 368)
Lock error The rotation of the motor is not detected. 1. Run the Printer Function Check - Paper Ejection Function Check to
see if the “Long Paper Ejection Release Motor” operates normally.
(P. 431)
2. Visually check the paper paths if any jammed paper or obstacle
exist.
3. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Release
03
Motor and the Mecha Controller Board (CN214).
4. Visually check the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor for
damages.
one. (P. 368)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Reversing error The motor rotation direction is incorrect. (The encoder 1. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Release
output failure, dirt or foreign object on the encoder or Motor and the Mecha Controller Board (CN214).
the scale) 2. Visually check the scale and encoder of the Long Paper Ejection
04
Release Motor for foreign objects or damages.
one. (P. 368)
Long Paper Ejection
0F Driving time-out error There is something wrong with the firmware or board. 1. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
Release Motor Unit
06
one. (P. 368)
Overload error The electric current flowing through the motor 1. Check if the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor is installed properly.
exceeded the standard value. 2. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor
and the Mecha Controller Board.
02 02 3. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit with a new one.
00
(P. 365)
4. Replace the encoder cable that connects the Long Paper Ejection
Feed Motor and the Mecha Controller Board.
Overspeed error The motor cannot be controlled. 1. Visually check the scale of the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor for
Long Paper Ejection Feed (An abnormal short-period control signal was detected foreign objects or damages.
10 while the motor was under deceleration control.)
Motor Unit 01 2. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit with a new one.
(P. 365)
Speed deviation error The control of the motor is not stable. 1. Visually check the paper paths if any jammed paper or obstacle
exist.
2. Visually check the scale of the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor for
02 foreign objects or damages.
3. Replace the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit with a new one.
(P. 365)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Lock error The rotation of the motor is not detected. 1. Run the Printer Function Check - Paper Ejection Function Check to
see if the “Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor” operates normally. (P.
431)
2. Visually check the paper paths if any jammed paper or obstacle
exist.
03 3. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor
and the Mecha Controller Board (CN214).
4. Visually check the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor for damages.
(P. 365)
Long Paper Ejection Feed Reversing error The motor rotation direction is incorrect. (The encoder 1. Check the connection between the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor
10 output failure, dirt or foreign object on the encoder or and the Mecha Controller Board (CN214).
Motor Unit
the scale) 2. Visually check the scale and encoder of the Long Paper Ejection
04
Feed Motor for foreign objects or damages.
(P. 365)
02 02
Driving time-out error There is something wrong with the firmware or board. 1. Perform the adjustments that are required after replacing the Mecha
06
(P. 365)
Initialization error The sensor cannot be initialized. 1. Execute the Printer Function Check, and check the operation of the
00 Rear Paper Feed Release Home Position Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Release Home
Position Sensor and the Mecha Controller Board.
Adjustment error The sensor cannot be adjusted.
Rear Paper Feed Release 3. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Release Home Position Sensor with a
11 01 new one. (P. 285)
Home Position Sensor
4. Replace the cable that connects the Long Ejection Feed Motor and
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. the Mecha Controller Board.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. 1. Execute the Printer Function Check, and check the operation of the
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Check the connection between the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home
Rear Paper Feed Decurl
12 02 3. Replace the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor with a
new one. (P. 286)
4. Replace the cable that connects the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home
Initialization error The sensor cannot be initialized. 1. Execute the Sensor Check, and check the operation of the Back
00 Printing Unit Set Sensor. (P. 427)
2. Check the connection between the Back Printing Unit Set Sensor
Back Print Unit Set 3. Replace the Back Printing Unit Set Sensor with a new one. (P. 284)
15 01
Sensor 4. Replace the cable that connects the Back Printing Unit Set Sensor
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
02
02 02 Initialization error The sensor cannot be initialized. 1. Execute the Printer Function Check, and check the operation of the
00 Sorter Tray Home Position Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Check the connection between the Sorter Tray Home Position
Sensor and the Sorter Relay Board.
Sorter Tray Home 3. Replace the Sorter Tray Home Position Sensor with a new one. (P.
16 01 347)
Position Sensor
4. Replace the cable that connects the Sorter Tray Home Position
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. Sensor and the Sorter Relay Board with a new one.
00 Bottom Paper Detection Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Check the connection between the Bottom Paper Detection Sensor
and the Sorter Relay Board.
Bottom Paper Detection 3. Replace the Bottom Paper Detection Sensor with a new one. (P.
17 01 349)
Sensor
4. Replace the cable that connects the Bottom Paper Detection Sensor
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. and the Sorter Relay Board.

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
00 Long Ejection Paper Switch Sensor. (P. 431)
2. IF the problem persists, check the connection between the Long
Ejection Paper Switch Sensor and the Mecha Controller Board.
Long Ejection Paper 3. Replace the Long Ejection Paper Switch Sensor with a new one. (P.
18 01 381)
Switch Sensor
4. Replace the cable that connects the Long Ejection Paper Switch
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. Sensor and the Mecha Controller Board.
02 02 00 Long Ejection Release Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Check the connection between the Long Ejection Release Sensor
Long Ejection Release 3. Replace the Long Ejection Release Sensor with a new one. (P. 381)
19 01
Sensor 4. Replace the cable that connects the Long Ejection Release Sensor
Sensing error Signals from the sensor cannot be detected. 5. Replace the Mecha Controller Board with a new one. (P. 171)
02
Head HOT error The Back Printing Unit detected a high temperature Leave the printer unused for a while for cooling it down. The printer
1C Back Printing Unit 00 (higher than 100 degrees Celsius). recovers from the error when the temperature drops. If the error occurs
frequently, replace the Back Printing Unit with a new one. (P. 335)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
Heater low temperature error After it became proper temperature, the temperature See “3.3.4 Troubleshooting Heater Problems (p122)”.
00
of the heater has fallen below the specified value.
Heater high temperature error After it became proper temperature, the temperature See “3.3.4 Troubleshooting Heater Problems (p122)”.
01
of the heater has exceeded the specified value.
02 Thermistor open error The thermistor of the heater is open or short-circuited. 1. Reinstall the Heater Unit. (P. 211)
03 Thermistor short-circuit error
3. Replace the Heater Controller Board with a new one. (P. 180)
Back Print Unit fan lock error The Exhaust Fan is not operating. 1. Check if there is any foreign object in the fan. Remove the foreign
04
object if any.
Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) The fan of the Heater Controller Board is not 2. Check the connection between the fan and the Heater Controller
cooling Fan fan lock error operating. Board.
05 3. Replace the Heater Controller Board with a new one. (P. 180)
4. Replace the Exhaust Fan with a new one.
Excessive temperature rise error The temperature of the excessive temperature 1. Reinstall the Heater Unit. (P. 211)
06 thermistor has exceeded its controlled limit. 2. Replace the Heater Unit with a new one. (P. 211)
02 02 1D Heater Warm-up low temperature error Appropriate temperature cannot be reached even See “3.3.4 Troubleshooting Heater Problems (p122)”.
07 (Time out error) 1,000 seconds has passed after the heater was turned
ON.
Heater unit uninstalled error A Heater operation is required with the heater 1. Check if the Heater Unit is installed properly. (P. 211)
uninstalled. 2. Visually check the connector of the Heater Unit for foreign objects
or disconnection.
08 3. Check the connection between the Heater Unit and Heater
Controller Board (CN2, CN7).
HEIN fan lock error Printer Cooling BPU Fan is not operating. 1. Check the connection between the Printer Cooling BPU Fan and
the Heater Controller Board (CN4).
09
2. Replace the Printer Cooling BPU Fan with a new one. (P. 327)
HEOUIT fan lock error Printer Cooling Heater R Fan is not operating. 1. Check the connection between the Printer Cooling Heater R Fan
and the Heater Controller Board (CN7).
0A
2. Replace the Printer Cooling Heater R Fan with a new one. (P. 331)

Confidential

C D
A B Cause Remedy
HE fan lock error The Fans in the Heater unit are not operating. 1. Check the connection between the Heater Unit and Heater
0B
Overheat thermistor open error Abnormal thermistor in the Heater Unit. 1. Replace the Heater Unit with a new one. (P. 211)
0C
Overheat thermistor short-circuited
0D
02 02 1D Heater error
AC error • AC power cannot be detected. 1. Check the connection between the AC inlet and Heater Controller
0E • Heater Controller Board is broken. Board (CN1).
AC power fluctuating error • Voltage of AC power is fluctuating. 1. Check the connection between the AC inlet and Heater Controller
• Heater Controller Board is broken. Board (CN1).
0F
3. Confirm the voltage of AC power is normal.

Confidential
Error and Remedy 117
3.3 Error and Remedy
3.3.1 Troubleshooting Power Supply Problems

This section explains the procedure for troubleshooting problems on the power supply.
Table 3-7. Troubleshooting Power Supply Problems

Symptom Cause Remedy
The primary power does not Power cable failure Replace the power cable with a new one.
turn on.
• Any of the boards listed below is broken or the connection of harnesses 1. Disconnect the connectors of SUB-B Board (CN11, CN12, CN13, CN15, and CN16), and check if the
is faulty. power switch lights.
• Power Supply Board (5V) 2. If the power switch lights, a failure of any of the boards listed below and the faulty connection of harnesses
• Power Supply Board (42V) are possible causes.
• Mecha Controller Board Connect and disconnect the cables of the following boards one by one to identify the cause.
• SUB-B Board • Power Supply Board (5V)
• The connection of harnesses is faulty. • Power Supply Board (42V)
• Mecha Controller Board
• SUB-B Board
• Any of the boards listed below is broken or the connection of harnesses 1. Disconnect the connectors other than those of the Mecha Controller Board (CN1 and CN201), and check if
is faulty. the power switch lights.
• Data Controller Board 2. If the power switch lights, a failure of any of the boards listed below and the faulty connection of harnesses
• Head Controller Board are possible causes.
• Heater Controller Board Connect and disconnect the cables of the following boards one by one to identify the cause.
• SUB-D Board • Data Controller Board
• SUB-E Board • Head Controller Board
• Back Printing Unit Relay (SUB-G) Board • Heater Controller Board
• Sorter Relay Board • SUB-D Board
• The connection of harnesses is faulty. • SUB-E Board
• Back Printing Unit Relay (SUB-G) Board
• Sorter Relay Board

Confidential
3.3.2 Troubleshooting USB Cable Connection

This section explains the procedure for troubleshooting problems on the USB cable connection.
Table 3-8. Troubleshooting on USB Cable Connection

The printer and the PC do USB cable failure Replace the USB cable with a new one.
not communicate.
The Data Controller Board is broken. 1. Check if the LED on the Data Controller Board lights.
2. If the LED is off, check the connection between the Data Controller Board and SUB-B Board.
3. If the LED flashes, replace the Data Controller Board with a new one. (P. 174)

Confidential
3.3.3 Troubleshooting Print Quality Problems

This section explains the procedure for troubleshooting problems on the print quality problems.
Table 3-9. Troubleshooting Print Quality Problems

Ink stuck inside/on the surface of the nozzles. Perform cleaning. (P. 454)
The pump is not operating normally. Check the connection of the pump tube of Capping Unit.
Check if there is any broken or pressed part on the pump tube of Capping Unit.
Check the connection of the Capping Motor.
Replace the Capping Unit with a new one. (P. 307)
The wiper is not operating normally. Check the Wiper for any damage.
Check the connection of the Capping Motor.
Dot missing
Replace the Capping Unit with a new one. (P. 307)
There is something wrong in the ink path. 1. Perform the ink discharge and initial ink charge. (P. 480, P. 485)
2. If not improved, replace the Ink Tube and the Ink Supply Pump Unit with new ones. (P. 311, P. 323)
The Head FFC is not connected properly. Check the connection of the Head FFC, and if there is abnormality (slant connection or the like), correct it.
(P. 188, P. 175)
The case those remedies above do not improve the symptom. Replace the following parts with new ones:
• Print Head (P. 188)
• Head Controller Board (P. 175)
The printed area of paper is contaminated by ink smear in the paper feed 1. Check the paper feed path of Front Paper Feed System for ink smudges.
path. 2. Clean it using a cleaning sheet if any dirt is found. (P. 536)
1. Check the Rear Paper Feed Release (Sponge) Roller for ink smudges.
2. Replace the following parts if any dirt is found:
• Rear Paper Feed Release Roller (P. 261)
• Decurl Unit (P. 264)
Paper is rubbed by the Print Head. Perform the Head Height Adjustment to adjust the height of Head. (P. 442)
Ink smear (printed area) Paper is floating from the platen. 1. Perform the Printer Function Check of Absorber Unit. (P. 431)
2. Replace the Absorber Unit with a new one if any abnormality is found. (P. 210)
The paper width to print does not correspond to the suction area. 1. Perform the Printer Function Check of Area Suction Motor. (P. 431)
2. Replace the Area Suction Motor with a new one if any abnormality is found. (P. 209)
1. Perform the Printer Function Check of Area Suction Home Detection Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Replace the Area Suction Home Detection Sensor with a new one if any abnormality is found. (P. 306)
This smear occurs because ink dries slowly. 1. Perform the Sensor Check of Heater Unit. (P. 427)
2. Replace the Heater Unit with a new one if any abnormality is found. (P. 211)

Confidential
Table 3-9. Troubleshooting Print Quality Problems

The backside of paper is contaminated by ink smear in the paper ejection 1. Clean the following parts if any dirt is found:
path. • Rear Paper Feed Front Paper Guide (P. 282)
• Rear Paper Feed Rear Paper Guide (P. 282)
• Finish Roller
• Platen (P. 535)
2. Replace the following part if any dirt is found:
Ink smear (backside)
• Decurl Unit (P. 264)
Printing is made on the platen, so it is contaminated. Check if anything is printed on the Platen when the paper setting and the size of paper actually to be printed are
different.
The Platen Wasted Ink Pad A/B for borderless printing is not securely Check if the Platen Wasted Ink Pads A and B are installed properly. (P. 215)
attached and contaminating paper.

Horizontal banding There is something wrong with paper feeding. 1. Check the Paper Feed Scale for scratch and contamination.
2. Replace the Paper Feed Scale with a new one if any contamination or scratch is found. (P. 202)
1. Perform the Printer Function Check of Paper Feed Encoder Sensor. (P. 431)
2. Replace the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor if any abnormality is found. (P. 300)
1. Perform the Paper Feed Motor Measurement. (P. 486)

2. Perform the Paper Feed Correction. (P. 487)
3. Replace the Paper Feed motor with a new one. (P. 204)
The Print Head has not been adjusted properly. 1. Perform the Inclination Adjustment of Paper Feed Direction. (P. 458)
2. Perform the Head Inclination Adjustment. (P. 461)
If the banding occurs soon after replacing the Head Data Controller Write parameters stored in the NVRAM on the previous board into the NVRAM on the new board.
Board, the parameter settings of the NVRAM may be incorrect.
The Print Head has a defect. Replace the Print Head with a new one. (P. 188)
The Head Controller Board has a defect. Replace the Head Controller Board with a new one. (P. 175)

Confidential

Vertical banding Adjustments have not been carried out properly. 1. Perform the Print Timing Correction 1. (P. 467)
2. Perform the Print Timing Correction 2. (P. 472)
1. Perform the CR Motor Measurement. (P. 450)

The Print Head movement is unstable. Check the installation status of the CR Motor, the Carriage Timing Belt, and the Release Pulley.
(P. 185, P. 197)

Confidential
3.3.4 Troubleshooting Heater Problems  Remedies when “Abnormal” is Displayed
When the following errors related to the heater occur, perform the Error code Remedy
procedure below. 1. Connect and disconnect the connector on the Heater Unit.
2. Check if there is any foreign object attached on the connector of
 Error code the Heater Unit.
 02021D00 02021D00
3. Check the connection between Heater Unit and the Heater
Controller Board.
 02021D01
 02021D07 5. Replace the AC harness between the Heater Unit and terminal
 Procedure using Heater Unit Operation Check Function block.
02021D01 1. Replace the Heater Controller Board with a new one. (P. 180)
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance 043. Printer
Function Check  0431. Paper Feed Function Check in  Error occurs occasionally
Maintenance Utility. (P. 431) 1. Confirm the installation location of the printer is in a low
temperature and low voltage. (See below table.)
2. Click [Heater OFF]. *The warm-up time in this situation is approximately 1,000
seconds.
3. If “OFF” is not displayed in the status column within
approximately 30 seconds (during the cooling-down period), judge Table 3-10. Warm-up Time according to Installation Sites
it is a heater problem. Refer to Remedies when “Abnormal” is Voltage
Displayed (p122) and perform the remedy according to the error Room
temperature When -10% from
02021D07 When Rated
code. Rated
Normal 150 seconds 500 seconds
4. When “OFF” is displayed in the status column, click [Heater ON].
15 oC 250 seconds 1,000 seconds
5. When “Normal” is displayed in the status column, confirm the (Warm-up time is for reference only.)
installation location of the printer is in a low temperature and low  Error occurs continuously
voltage environment. 1. Replace the Heater Unit with a new one. (P. 211)
6. When “Abnormal” is displayed in the status column, refer to 3. Replace the AC harness between the Heater Unit and terminal
Remedies when “Abnormal” is Displayed (p122) and perform the block.
remedy according to the error code.

Confidential
CHAPTER
4
DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY
Overview 124
4.1 Overview C A U T IO N
 When reassembling the printer, make sure to connect the
connectors of the electric components or parts correctly
Unless otherwise specified, disassembled units or components can be and securely. Use extreme care when connecting FFCs
reassembled by reversing the disassembly procedure. (flexible flat cables). Improper connection of the FFCs,
such as inserting them diagonally into the connectors,
4.1.1 Precautions could cause short-circuiting and lead to breakdown of the
electric elements on the boards.
 Always wear gloves for disassembly and reassembly to  Be careful not to get the FFCs disconnected. Secure the
W A R N IN G
avoid injury from sharp metal edges. FFCs to the frame with clothespins etc.
 Make sure to unplug the AC cable before disassembly/  When connecting/disconnecting the FFCs to/ from the
reassembly because high voltage current flows through connectors, follow the precautions below. Otherwise the
some parts of this printer and touching such parts board may be damaged.
directly may result in electric shock. Insert the FFC terminal firmly into the connector.
 Do not move the CR Unit manually when the main power Do not damage the metallic foil of the FFC terminal.
switch is ON unless you are handling an emergency Before applying current, confirm there is no slant
situation or trouble such as a paper jam. connection of the FFC.
Do not fold the FFC at other than the original folds.
C A U T IO N
 Make sufficient work space for servicing. Do not distort the reinforcing plate of the FFC terminal.
 Locate the printer on a stable and flat surface.  When reassembling the printer, make sure to route the
 Use only recommended tools for disassembly, assembly or FFCs and other cables as specified in this chapter.
adjustment of the printer. (Failure to do so may cause an unexpected contact of the
 When an air duster is used in repair or maintenance cables with sharp metal edges, or lead to lower the noise
work, the use of air duster products containing immunity.)
inflammable gas is prohibited.  When the printer has to be operated with the covers
 Be careful not to soil the printer or the floor with the removed, take extra care not to get your fingers or clothes
leaked ink when removing the ink-path-related caught in moving parts.
components or parts. Spread a sheet of paper or cloth on  The cutter blade is razor-sharp. Be especially careful
the floor in advance. when handling the cutter.
 Do not touch electrical circuit boards with bare hands as  When you removed any parts (especially cables) that are
the elements on the board are so sensitive that they can be secured with tape, double-sided tape, clamp or banding
easily damaged by static electricity. If you have to handle band, be sure to reinstall and secure them with the tape as
the boards with bare hands, use static electricity exactly the same as they were.
discharge equipment such as anti-static wrist straps.

Confidential
Overview 125
4.1.2 Orientation Definition

 Disassembling the frame and some components of the
C A U T IO N
printer is prohibited because they are assembled with
precise measurements in 1/100 mm unit at the factory. Top
 Do not remove any screws marked in red. (See "4.4
Screws that Cannot be Removed" (p.147))
Rear
Left
Right
Front
Bottom
Figure 4-1. Orientation Definition

Confidential
Overview 126
4.1.3 Recommended Tools Table 4-1. List of screws to be used

ASP Parts Code ASP Parts Code
See "7.1 Service Tool" (p546). Shape/Size Shape/Size
Name Name
4.1.4 List of screws to be used --- ---
Phillips, Cup S-tite Step bolt, M3x6
Table 4-1. List of screws to be used machine screw M3x6
Shape/Size Shape/Size 1546452 1544008
Name Name
Step screw, M3x6 Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6
--- ---
Phillips, Pan machine Phillips, Pan machine
1544040 1544051
screw with S.W M1.3x6 screw with S.W M2.3x6
Phillips, Bind machine Phillips, Flat Bind S-tite,
1544031 1544046 screw M3x6 M3x6
Phillips, Bind machine Phillips, Bind S-tite with
1544006 ---
screw with P.W M2.3x8 P.W M2.3x8
Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6 Phillips, Bind B-tite M3x8
1544037 ---
Phillips, Bind machine Phillips, Bind B-tite M4x8
--- 1544007
screw M2.5x16
Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x8 Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x8
1544033 ---
Phillips, Bind P-tite Phillips, Cup S-tite
1544015 ---
M2.6x5 M3x10
Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8 Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x6
--- ---
Phillips, Bind P-tite Phillips, Cup S-tite
--- 1548967
M3x10 M3x12
Phillips, Bind machine Phillips, Bind S-tite
1544044 --- screw M4x10 M4x11
Phillips, Bind S-tite Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x4
--- 1544060
M3x12
Phillips, Hexagon socket Phillips, Bind machine
--- 1544049 machine screw M4x6 screw M4x8
Phillips, Bind machine Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6
1544067 ---
screw M3x4
Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8 Phillips, Bind S-tite
R screw machine screw M4x8

Confidential
Overview 127
Table 4-1. List of screws to be used

Shape/Size Shape/Size
Name Name
1544055 1544324
Phillips, Bind S-tite Phillips, Bind machine
M3x12 screw M3x30
1555092 1544292
Phillips, Bind machine Phillips, Bind P-tite M4x6
screw M4x8
1546453
Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6

Confidential
Parts Diagram 128
4.2 Parts Diagram

 Exterior Parts
Left Top Cover (p158)

Top Cover (p154) Top Cover Open Sensor (p287)
Middle Cover (p157) Heater Unit (p211)
Left Frame (p160) Rear Upper Frame (p162)
Front Top Cover (p167)

Right Top Cover (p159)
Left Front Cover (p164)

Rear Lower Frame (p163)
Maintenance Tank Cover (p156)
Maintenance Tank Cover Frame (p165)
Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor (p297)
Long Paper Ejection Tray (p168)
Right Frame (p161)
Single roll model
Right Front Cover (p165)
Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor (p296)

Front Door Open Sensor (p298)
Ink Cartridge Cover (p156)
Rear Roll Front Cover (p155)
Ink Cartridge Cover Frame (p166)
Figure 4-2. Parts Diagram (Exterior Parts)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 129
 Electric Circuit Components
Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) (p180)
SUB-M Board (p181)
Auto Ink Detection Board (p315) Mecha Controller Board (MCU) (p171)
Head Relay Board (p200)

Head Controller Board (DRV) (p175)
SUB-E Board (p179)
SUB-D Board (p178)
SUB-B Board (p178)
Data Controller Board (MAIN) (p174)
Ink Cartridge Controller Board 1/2 (p324)
SUB-H Board (p179)
Panel Board (p182)

Power Supply Board (24V/42V) / Power Supply Board (5V) (p172)
Figure 4-3. Parts Diagram (Electric Circuit Components)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 130
 Carriage Related Parts
Print Head (p188)

CR Unit Home Position Sensor (p196)
CR Unit (p201)
CR Encoder Sensor (p184)
Carriage Timing Belt (p197) PW Sensor (p195)
Carriage Scale (p183)
CR Motor (p185)
Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor (p306)
Area Suction Motor Unit (p209)
Platen Unit (p217)

Waste Ink Absorber A/B (p215)
Figure 4-4. Parts Diagram (Carriage Mechanism)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 131
 Paper Feed Mechanism 1
Absorber Unit (p210)
Paper End Sensor (p295)

Middle Roller Motor (p207)
Clutch Timing Belt (p220)
Middle Roller Scale (p206)

Paper Feed Pulley Unit (p205)
Middle Roller Timing Belt (p208)
Middle Roller Encoder Sensor (p303)
Paper Feed Motor (p204)

Front Roll Position Sensor (p294)
Paper Feed Encoder Sensor (p300)
Paper Feed Scale (p202)
Front Roll Feed Timing Belt (p222) Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor (p302)
Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch/ Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch (p218)
Figure 4-5. Parts Diagram (Paper Feed Mechanism 1)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 132
Edge Guide (Rear Roll) (p232)
Edge Guide (Front Roll) (p260)

Front Roll End Sensor (p292)
Rear Roll End Sensor (p293)
Edge Guide (Rear Roll) (p232)

Front roll paper feeder (p233)
Front Roll Unit (p256)
Front Roll Cover Open Sensor (p299)
Front Roll Motor (p255)
Front Paper Slack Sensor (p288)

Rear Roll Unit (p225)
Rear Roll Motor (p224)
Rear Paper Slack Sensor (p290)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 133
Rear Paper Feed Release Motor (p275) Decurl Motor (p278)
Rear Paper Feed Release Detection Sensor (p285)

Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor (p286)
Cutter Unit (p212)

Cutter Unit (p212)
Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller (p261)
Decurl Unit Paper Detector (p281)

Decurl Unit (p264)
Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt (p279)
Cutter Motor (p213)
Cutter Encoder Sensor (p305)

Rear Paper Feed Motor (p270)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 134
 Ink Supply and Ink Draining Mechanism
Capping Unit (p307) Ink Tube (p311)
Maintenance Tank Holder Unit (p325)
Ink Path Pump Unit (p323)
Ink Supply Decompression Unit (p309)
Ink Cartridge Holder Unit (p317)
Figure 4-8. Parts Diagram (Ink Supply and Ink Draining Mechanism)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 135
 Fans
Exhaust Fan (MCU-B) (p334)
Printer Cooling Heater R Fan Exhaust Fan (MCU) (p333)

(Left Exhaust Fan Unit (p330))
Printer Cooling Heater R Fan

(Right Exhaust Fan Unit (p331))
Exhaust Fan (DRV) (p332)

Printer Cooling Front Fan (p326)
Printer Cooling BPU Fan

(Rear Exhaust Fan Unit (p327))
Printer Cooling Platen Fan
(Rear Exhaust Fan Unit (p327))
PS Exhaust Fan (p329)
Figure 4-9. Parts Diagram (Fans)

Confidential
Parts Diagram 136
 Optional Parts
Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt (p378)
Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Unit
Back Printing Unit (p335)
Moisture Control Power Supply Board (p389)
Back Printing Link Unit (p338) Long Paper Eject

Unit Sensors
SUB-F Board (p390)
Sorter Tray (p354)
Moisture Control Unit

(Rear Roll) (p387)
Sorter Tray Base (p355)
Long Paper Ejection Release Belt (p380)
Conveyer Belt (p359)
Conveyer Motor (p358)
Sorter Relay Board (p351)
Sorter Motor (p344)
Sorter Tray Detection Sensor (p347)
Sorter Reduction Gear / Sprocket (p356)
Sorter Front Paper Sensor (p349)
Sorter Switch (p352)

Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll) (p385)
Figure 4-10. Parts Diagram (Optional Parts)

Confidential
Disassembly Flowchart 137
4.3 Disassembly Flowchart

 Housing
Start
Rear Roll Front Cover

Middle Cover (p157) Top Cover (p154) Heater Unit (p211) Sorter and Conveyer (p340)
(p155)
Right Top Cover (p159) Left Top Cover (p158) Rear Lower Frame (p163)
Long Paper Ejection Tray Maintenance Tank Cover Printer Cooling Front Fan
Left Top Cover (p158) Right Front Cover (p165) Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Left Frame (p160)
(p168) (p156) (p326)
Ink Cartridge Cover Maintenance Tank Cover Maintenance Tank Cover Front Door Open
Top Frame (p160) Right Front Cover (p165) Right Frame (p161) Left Front Cover (p164)
(p156) Frame (p165) Open Sensor (p297) Sensor (p298)
Top Cover Open Sensor Ink Cartridge Cover Frame Ink Cartridge Cover Open Long Paper Ejection Unit
Left Front Cover (p164) Sensor (p296)
(p287) (p166) (p362)
Long Paper Ejection Tray Left Top Cover (p158)

(p168)
Front Top Cover (p167) Left Frame (p160)
Paper End Sensor (p295) Rear Lower Frame (p163)
Rear Upper Frame (p162)
Figure 4-11. Disassembly Flowchart (Housing)

Confidential
 Electric Circuit Components
Start
Middle Cover (p157) Rear Lower Frame (p163)
Left Top Cover (p158) Head Relay Board (p200) Right Top Cover (p159) Mecha Controller Board PS Exhaust Fan (p329)
Left Top Cover (p158) SUB-B Board (p178)
(MCU) (p171)
Auto Ink Detection Board Power Supply Board (24V/

Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Right Front Cover (p165) Left Frame (p160)
(p315) 42V) / Power Supply Board
(5V) (p172)
Heater Controller Board

Right Frame (p161) Panel Board (p182) SUB-E Board (p179) SUB-M Board (p181)
(MCU-B) (p180)
Ink Cartridge Cover Head Controller Board Data Controller Board

SUB-D Board (p178)
(p156) (DRV) (p175) (MAIN) (p174)
Ink Cartridge Cover

Frame (p166)
Ink Supply Decompression

Unit (p309)
Ink Cartridge Holder Unit

(p317)
SUB-H Board (p179)
Figure 4-12. Disassembly Flowchart (Electric Circuit Components)

Confidential
 CR Unit Mechanism
Start
Middle Cover (p157)
PW Sensor (p195) CR Unit Home Position

Right Top Cover (p159) Left Frame (p160)
Sensor (p196)
CR Encoder Sensor (p184) CR Motor (p185)

Top Frame (p160) Carriage Scale (p183) SUB-D Board (p178)
Print Head (p188) Paper Feed Scale (p202)
Paper Feed Encoder Sensor

Carriage Scale (p183)
(p300)
CR Motor (p185) Carriage Timing Belt (p197)
CR Unit (p201)
Figure 4-13. Disassembly Flowchart (Carriage Mechanism)

Confidential
 Front Paper Feed Mechanism
Start
Front Paper Slack Sensor Rear Paper Slack Sensor

Middle Cover (p157)
(p288) (p290)
Right Top Cover (p159) Left Top Cover (p158)
Left Top Cover (p158) Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Left Frame (p160)
Maintenance Tank Cover Area Suction Motor Unit

Top Frame (p160) Right Frame (p161) Middle Roller Motor (p207)
(p156) (p209)
Paper Feed Roller Long Paper Ejection Unit Maintenance Tank Cover Paper Suction Area Home
Left Exhaust Fan Unit (p330) Paper Feed Motor (p204)
Home Sensor (p302) (p362) Frame (p165) Position Sensor (p306)
Right Exhaust Fan Unit Paper Feed Encoder Sensor Front Roll Electromagnetic Maintenance Tank Holder Middle Roller Encoder
Left Top Cover (p158) Absorber Unit (p210)
(p331) (p300) Clutch/ Rear Roll Unit (p325) Sensor (p303)
Electromagnetic Clutch
(p218)
Cutter Unit (p212) Paper Feed Scale (p202) Left Frame (p160) Rear Roll Unit (p225) Middle Roller Motor (p207)
Paper Feed Motor (p204) Clutch Timing Belt (p220) Rear Upper Frame (p162) Rear Roll Motor (p224) Middle Roller Scale (p206)
Paper Feed Pulley Unit Middle Roller Timing Belt

(p205) (p208)
Right Exhaust Fan Unit

(p331)
Exhaust Fan (DRV) (p332) Cutter Motor (p213)
Cutter Encoder Sensor

Cutter Unit (p212)
(p305)
Figure 4-14. Disassembly Flowchart (Front Paper Feed Mechanism)

Confidential
 Rear Paper Feed Mechanism
Start
Middle Cover (p157)
Right Top Cover (p159)
Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Left Top Cover (p158)
Right Frame (p161) Top Frame (p160)
Rear Paper Feed Motor Long Paper Ejection Unit Heater Unit (p211)
(p270) (p362)
Long Paper Ejection Unit Left Top Cover (p158) Left Frame (p160)
(p362)
Left Top Cover (p158) Left Frame (p160) Left Exhaust Fan Unit (p330)
Top Frame (p160) Rear Upper Frame (p162) Right Exhaust Fan Unit
(p331)
Rear Paper Feed Driven

Left Frame (p160) Decurl Unit (p264)
Roller (p261)
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Decurl Unit Paper Detector Correction Value Print Unit Back Printing Position Sensor Rear Paper Feed Release Rear Paper Feed Release
Rear Upper Frame (p162) Decurl Motor (p278)
Home Position Sensor (p286) (p281) Paper Detector (p282) (p284) Motor (p275) Detection Sensor (p285)
Decurl Unit (p264) Exhaust Fan (DRV) (p332)
Rear Lower Frame (p163) Cutter Motor (p213)
Right Exhaust Fan Unit Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt

(p331) (p279)
Figure 4-15. Disassembly Flowchart (Rear Paper Feed Mechanism)

Confidential
 Front Roll
Start
Edge Guide (Front Roll) Edge Guide (Rear Roll)

Middle Cover (p157) Front roll paper feeder (p233)
(p260) (p232)
Right Top Cover (p159) Rear Roll Front Cover

Front Roll Frame Unit (p243)
(p155)
Front Roll Position Front Roll End Sensor Front Roll Cover Open Front Roll Feed Timing Belt
Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Front Roll Unit (p256) Front Inlet Roller (p257)
Sensor (p294) (p292) Sensor (p299) (p222)
Front Edge Guide Plate Front Roll Electromagnetic

Right Frame (p161) Front Roll Motor (p255)
(p259) Clutch/ Rear Roll
Electromagnetic Clutch
(p218)
Right Front Cover (p165)
Lower Inlet Roller (p227)
Ink Cartridge Cover

Frame (p166) Lower Edge Guide Plate
(p231)

Rear Roll End Sensor
(p293)
Left Front Cover (p164)
Maintenance Tank Cover

Frame (p165)
Top Frame (p160)
Front Top Cover (p167)
Figure 4-16. Disassembly Flowchart (Front Roll)

Confidential
 Ink Supply and Ink Draining Mechanism
Start
Middle Cover (p157)
Waste Ink Absorber A/B

Right Top Cover (p159) Left Top Cover (p158)
(p215)
Left Top Cover (p158) Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Left Frame (p160)
Area Suction Motor Unit

Top Frame (p160) Left Frame (p160) Right Frame (p161)
(p209)
Maintenance Tank Cover Ink Supply Decompression

Left Frame (p160) Capping Unit (p307) Platen Unit (p217)
(p156) Unit (p309)

Ink Tube (p311) Ink Cartridge Cover (p156) Frame (p165)
Ink Cartridge Cover Frame Maintenance Tank Holder

(p166) Unit (p325)
Sorter and Conveyer (p340)
Right Frame (p161)
Ink Supply Decompression

Unit (p309)

(p317)
Ink Path Pump Unit (p323)
Ink Cartridge Controller

Board 1/2 (p324)
Figure 4-17. Disassembly Flowchart (Ink Supply and Ink Draining Mechanism)

Confidential
 Fans
スタート
Middle Cover (p157) Sorter and Conveyer (p340)
Right Top Cover (p159) Left Top Cover (p158) Rear Lower Frame (p163)
Left Top Cover (p158) Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Left Frame (p160) PS Exhaust Fan (p329) Exhaust Fan (MCU) (p333)
Top Frame (p160) Right Frame (p161) Printer Cooling Front Fan Exhaust Fan (MCU-B)
(p326) (p334)
Left Exhaust Fan Unit (p330) Right Exhaust Fan Unit Long Paper Ejection Unit Exhaust Fan (DRV) (p332)
(p331) (p362)
Left Frame (p160)
Rear Exhaust Fan Unit

(p327)
Figure 4-18. Disassembly Flowchart (Fans)

Confidential
 Optional Parts (main body)
Start
Moisture Control Unit (Front Moisture Control Unit (Rear

Middle Cover (p157) Back Printing Unit (p335)
Roll) (p385) Roll) (p387)
Left Frame (p160)
Moisture Control Power

SUB-F Board (p390) Right Top Cover (p159)
Supply Board (p389)
Top Frame (p160)
Heater Unit (p211)
Left Exhaust Fan Unit (p330)
Rear Paper Feed Driven

Roller (p261)
Back Printing Unit (p335)
Back Printing Link Unit

(p338)
Figure 4-19. Disassembly Flowchart (Optional Parts (Main Body))

Confidential
 Optional Parts (Sorter/Conveyer)
Start
Sorter and Conveyer (p340) Sorter Relay Board (p351) Sorter Tray (p354)
Sorter Tray Detection Sensor Sorter Front Paper Sensor

Sorter Motor (p344) Sorter Switch (p352) Sorter Tray Base (p355)
(p347) (p349)
Sorter Reduction Gear /

Conveyer Motor (p358) Conveyer Belt (p359)
Sprocket (p356)
Figure 4-20. Disassembly Flowchart (Optional Parts (Sorter/Conveyer))

 Optional Parts (Long Ejection Unit)
Start
Long Paper Ejection Paper Long Paper Ejection Cover Long Paper Ejection Switch Long Paper Ejection Long Paper Ejection Drive Long Paper Ejection Release Long Paper Ejection 2nd
Detection Sensor (p383) Open Sensor (p382) Home Position Sensor/ Long Release Belt (p380) Belt (p378) Roller (p369) Release Roller (p372)
Paper Ejection Release Home
Position Sensor (p381)
(p362)
Long Paper Ejection Drive Long Paper Ejection Feed Long Paper Ejection Release
Belt (p378) Motor Unit (p365) Motor Unit (p368)
Long Paper Ejection

Release Belt (p380)
Long Paper Ejection 1st

Release Roller (p375)
Figure 4-21. Disassembly Flowchart (Optional Parts (Long Ejection Unit))

Confidential
Screws that Cannot be Removed 147
4.4 Screws that Cannot be Removed

This product includes the screws that can not be removed for the reason to
maintain the quality of the product. Make sure to check the following table 1 1 1 1 1
of contents before disassembling the printer.
Table 4-2. List of Screws Cannot be Removed

Number of
No. Screwed Parts Reference
Screws 1 1 1 1 1
1 Platen 10 Figure 4-22
2 Bottom Flow Path Pump Cover 3 Figure 4-23
3 Carriage Sub Shaft 9 Figure 4-24
Figure 4-22. Screws cannot be removed (1)
4 Right Main Frame 22 Figure 4-25
5 Left Main Frame 23 Figure 4-26
6 Right Main Frame Holder / 5 each Figure 4-27
Left Main Frame Holder
7 Right Side Frame Reinforcing Plate / 4 each Figure 4-28 2
Left Side Frame Reinforcing Plate
8 Right Paper Feed Frame Fixing Plate / 2 each Figure 4-29 2
Left Paper Feed Frame Fixing Plate
9 Middle Frame 4 Figure 4-30 2
10 Bottom Right Sprocket 4 Figure 4-31

11 Bottom Left Sprocket 4 Figure 4-32

Confidential
3 5
3 5
3
5
5 5 5
3 5 5
3 5
3 5
5 5
5
5 5
5 5
5 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
5
4
4
4
4 4
4 Figure 4-26. Screws cannot be removed (5)
4 4
4
4 4 4
4
4 6
4 4
6
4
4 4
4
6 6
4
6
4 6
6 6
6 6
Figure 4-25. Screws cannot be removed (4) Figure 4-27. Screws cannot be removed (6)

Confidential
7 7
8 8
8 8
7 7

7 7
9 9 9 9
7 7
Figure 4-28. Screws cannot be removed (7) Figure 4-30. Screws cannot be removed (9)

Confidential
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11

Confidential
Disassembly and Assembly Procedure 151
4.5 Disassembly and Assembly Procedure
4.5.1 Special Operation for Servicing 109 compounding

gear
4.5.1.1 Unlocking the CR Unit

Two procedures of unlocking the CR Unit are described below.
 Unlocking manually
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P. 157)
2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P. 158)
3. Remove the Left Frame. (P. 160)
4. Rotate the 109 compound gear of the Capping Unit in the direction
indicated by the arrow and unlock the CR Unit by lowering the
carriage lock lever.
Capping Unit
Carriage lock lever
Figure 4-33. Unlocking manually

Confidential
 Unlocking with the Maintenance Utility

1. Start the Maintenance Utility and go to the Maintenance Mode.
(See "5.1.6 Maintenance Utility" (p411))
2. Select 03. CR Unit Adjustment/Maintenance033. CR Unit Click
Location0331. Lock/Unlock CR Unit.
3. Click [Move] of Move CR Unit Maintenance Position indicated in
the Figure 4-34.
4. The CR Unit is moved to the full side.
5. Unplug the printer power cable.
Figure 4-34. Maintenance Utility Screen

Confidential
4.5.1.2 Operating the Front Roll When the Left Front Cover is removed, press the Roll SW.
C H E C K
Be sure to perform the following procedures when lifting or lowering the P O IN T
Front Roll.
Roll SW
 Lifting the Front Roll
1. Push down the Front Roll.
2. Lift up the Front Roll while pressing down the Release button.
Front Roll
Release Button
 Lowering the Front Roll
1. Lower the Front Roll until it clicks.
Front Roll
Figure 4-35. Operating the Front Roll (1)
Figure 4-36. Operating the Front Roll (2)

Confidential
4.5.2 Housing
4.5.2.1 Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover.
2. Remove the four screws and remove the Top Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Flat Bind S-tite, M3x6: four pieces
Top Cover
Figure 4-37. Removing the Top Cover

Confidential
4.5.2.2 Rear Roll Front Cover

1. Remove the screw, and remove the fixing metal plate that secures the
Rear Roll Front Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: one piece
2. Remove the Rear Roll Front Cover in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
C H E C K The following figure shows the shape of single roll model’s

P O IN T Rear Roll Front Cover.
Fixing metal plate

A
Figure 4-38. Removing the Rear Roll Front Cover

Confidential
4.5.2.3 Maintenance Tank Cover 4.5.2.4 Ink Cartridge Cover

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) 1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157)
2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) 2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159)
3. Remove the screw, and remove the fixing metal plate that secures the 3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340)
Maintenance Tank Cover.
4. Remove the screw, and remove the fixing metal plate that secures the
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: one piece Ink Cartridge Cover.
4. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover. A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: one piece
5. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover.
Ink Cartridge Cover
A
A
Fixing metal plate
Fixing metal plate
Figure 4-39. Removing the Maintenance Tank Cover Figure 4-40. Removing the Ink Cartridge Cover

Confidential
4.5.2.5 Middle Cover

1. Open the Top Cover. (P.154)
2. Remove the six screws, and remove the Middle Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: six pieces
A Middle Cover
A A
Figure 4-41. Removing the Middle Cover

Confidential
4.5.2.6 Left Top Cover

Long Paper Ejection Tray
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157)
2. Open the Rear Roll Front Cover. (single roll model only)
3. Remove the two screws, and lift the Long Paper Ejection Tray.
(single roll model only) A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x6: two pieces

A
4. Remove the six screws, and remove the Left Top Cover.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: six pieces
Figure 4-42. Removing the Left Top Cover (1)
B
Left Top Cover
B B
Figure 4-43. Removing the Left Top Cover (2)

Confidential
4.5.2.7 Right Top Cover

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Long Paper Ejection Tray
2. Open the Rear Roll Front Cover. (single roll model only)
(single roll model only)
A
4. Remove the six screws, and remove the Right Top Cover. A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: six pieces
Figure 4-44. Removing the Right Top Cover (1)
Right Top Cover
B B
Figure 4-45. Removing the Right Top Cover (2)

Confidential
4.5.2.8 Top Frame 4.5.2.9 Left Frame

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) 2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158)
3. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) 3. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Left Frame.
4. Remove the twelve screws and remove the Top Frame. A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: seven pieces
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8: eight pieces
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces Left Frame
A
B
Top Frame
A
B A
A
A A
A
A A
A
Figure 4-47. Removing the Left Frame

Figure 4-46. Removing the Top Frame

Confidential
4.5.2.10 Right Frame

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159)
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340)
4. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Right Frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: seven pieces
Right Frame
A
A
A
A A
Figure 4-48. Removing the Right Frame

Confidential
4.5.2.11 Rear Upper Frame

Hook
Rear Upper Frame
4. Remove the Right Frame. (P.161)
Hook A
5. Remove the Long Ejection Unit. (P.362)
6. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158)
7. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) A
8. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (P.163)

A
9. Remove the five screws, and remove the Rear Upper Frame.
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: five pieces
Engage the two hooks of the Rear Upper Frame on the frame. A
(Figure 4-49)
Figure 4-49. Removing the Rear Upper Frame

Confidential
4.5.2.12 Rear Lower Frame

2. Loosen the two screws.
3. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Lower Frame.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: two pieces
B A
Rear Lower Frame
Figure 4-50. Removing the Rear Lower Frame

Confidential
4.5.2.13 Left Front Cover

Dust sheet
3. Remove the Printer Cooling Front Fan. (P.326) Switch Cover
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Left Front Cover. A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: two pieces Frame

5. Remove the Dust sheet and frame of the fan from the Left Front Cover.
C H E C K The following figure shows the shape of single roll model’s

Left Front Cover
P O IN T Left Front Cover.
Left Front Cover
Figure 4-51. Removing the Left Front Cover
Lubrication Lubricate the parts before installing the Switch Cover

referring to "6.4 Lubrication (p537)" when the Switch Cover
is replaced. (not applicable for single roll model.)

Confidential
4.5.2.14 Maintenance Tank Cover Frame 4.5.2.15 Right Front Cover

2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) 2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159)
3. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover. (P.156) 3. Disconnect the cable from the Panel Board connector.
4. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector. 4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Right Front Cover.
("4.5.6.14 Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor" Step6 (p297))
5. Remove the three screws, and remove the Maintenance Tank Cover
Frame.
Cable
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: three pieces
Maintenance Tank Cover Frame Panel Board
Right Front Cover
A
A
Figure 4-52. Removing the Maintenance Tank Cover Frame

Figure 4-53. Removing the Right Front Cover

Confidential
4.5.2.16 Ink Cartridge Cover Frame

4. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover. (P.156)
5. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector.
("4.5.6.13 Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor" Step7 (p296))
6. Remove the three screws, and remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: three pieces
Ink Cartridge Cove Frame
Figure 4-54. Removing the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame

Confidential
4.5.2.17 Front Top Cover

Front Top Cover
3. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) A
4. Remove the Right Front Cover. (P.165)

5. Remove the Left Front Cover. (P.164) B
6. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Tray. (single roll model only)
(P.168) A
7. Remove the four screws, and remove the Front Top Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8 R screw: two pieces
B
Figure 4-55. Removing the Front Top Cover (double roll model)
Front Top Cover
Figure 4-56. Removing the Front Top Cover (single roll model)

Confidential
4.5.2.18 Long Paper Ejection Tray
C H E C K This section explains the procedure for single roll model only. Bottom side
P O IN T

3. Open the Rear Roll Front Cover.
Hooks
5. Fully open the three stackers of the Long Paper Ejection Tray, and
release the two hooks on the stacker shown in Figure 4-57, and remove Stackers
the three stackers from the Long Paper Ejection Tray.
Stackers

A
Figure 4-57. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Tray (1)

Confidential
C A U T IO N When carrying out the following step, confirm the Right Top
Cover is removed. If not, the Right Top Cover may be
damaged when removing the Long Paper Ejection Tray.
Dowel on the right
6. Release the dowel on the right of the Long Paper Ejection Tray using a Flat-head screwdriver
flat-head screwdriver or the like, and remove the Long Paper Ejection
Tray.
Install the Long Paper Ejection Tray as follows.

1. With the Long Paper Ejection Tray up as shown below,
align the dowel on the left to the positioning hole on the
Front Top Cover. Front Top Cover
2. Slide the Long Paper Ejection Tray in the direction of the

arrow, and set the dowel on its right into the positioning Dowel
hole on the Front Top Cover.
3. Pull down the Long Paper Ejection Tray. (Figure 4-57)
4. Attach the three stackers to the Long Paper Ejection Tray.
(Figure 4-57)
Dowel
Front Top Cover
Figure 4-58. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Tray (2)

Dowel on the left and the Positioning
positioning hole hole
Dowel on the right

Confidential
4.5.3 Electric Circuit Components Table 4-3. Board Name/Function List

Name Function Reference
4.5.3.1 Board Name/Function List
Heater Controller Board CB09 MCU-B • Controls the heater p180
Table 4-3. Board Name/Function List (MCU-B)
Name Function Reference Moisture Control Power CB09 SUB-F • Controls humidity p389
Supply Board
Mecha Controller Board CB81 MCU • Controls the motors p171
(MCU) Board Panel Board CB09 PNL • Configures LED/buzzers/SW p182
• Controls the sensors
• Controls paper cut Auto Ink Detection Board CA87 SUB-J • Controls auto ink detection p315
• Controls the heater
Ink Cartridge Controller CB09 ICH 1/2 • Controls ink cartridges p324
• Controls the Sorter Unit/ Board 1/2
Conveyer
• Controls the Long Paper Ejection
Unit
• Controls Ink Cartridges/
Maintenance Tank
• Controls the panel
Power Supply Board (24V/ CB09 PSH • Generates 42V/24V p172
42V) / Power Supply
CB09 PSH-B • Generates 5V
Board (5V)
Data Controller Board CA87 MAIN • Controls interface p174
(MAIN) Board • Controls data change
• Controls color conversion
• Controls auto ink detection
• Controls condition
Head Controller Board CB09 DRV • Controls the Printhead p175
(DRV) (A/B)
SUB-B Board CB09 SUB-B • Distributes DC power supply p178
SUB-D Board CB09 SUB-D • Relays connection to mecha p178
parts (sensors/actuators or etc.)
SUB-E Board CB09 SUB-E • Relays connection to mecha p179
parts (sensors/actuators or etc.)
SUB-H Board CA87 SUB-H • Relays Ink Cartridges p179
SUB-M Board CB81 SUB-M • Relays CR Motor p181

Confidential
4.5.3.2 Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
Before working, wear an antistatic wrist band when handling

C A U T IO N
the internal circuit boards to prevent damage from static
electricity.
A
Ground Wire
2. Disconnect the cables and FFCs from all connectors on the Mecha
Controller Board (MCU).
(4.6 Connector Position "Mecha Controller Board (MCU) (p391)")
3. Remove the screw and remove the ground wire.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece
Figure 4-59. Removing the Mecha Controller Board (MCU) (1)
4. Remove the nine screws, and remove the Mecha Controller Board
(MCU).
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: nine pieces
B B B
A D J U S T M E N T Carry out the adjustments referring to "5.8 Board

R E Q U IR E D
Replacement Related Adjustments" (p.500) when the Mecha
Controller Board (MCU) is replaced.
B B
B
B B B
Figure 4-60. Removing the Mecha Controller Board (MCU) (2)

Confidential
4.5.3.3 Power Supply Board (24V/42V) / Power Supply Board

(5V) Clamps
Cable
C A U T IO N Lumiler
electricity. Cable

2. Remove the two screws and remove the lumiler.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup machine screw M3x6: two pieces
A
3. Remove the two screws and pull the Power Supply Board Unit toward
you.
A
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8: two pieces
4. Release the cables from the two clamps.
Figure 4-61. Removing the Power Supply Board (24V/42V)
5. Disconnect the cables from the connectors (CN401 and CN501) on the /Power Supply Board (5V) (1)
Power Supply Board (24V/42V) and the connectors (CN201 and
CN202) on the Power Supply Board (5V). (4.6 Connector Position Power Supply Board Unit
"Power Supply Board (24V/42V) (p398)" and "Power Supply Board
(5V) (p398)")
6. Pull the Power Supply Board Unit and remove it.

/Power Supply Board (5V) (2)

Confidential
 Removing the Power Supply Board (24V/42V) Cables C

1. Disconnect the cables from the connectors (CN001 and CN002) on the
Power Supply Board (24V/42V)
Power Supply Board (24V/42V). C
C
2. Remove the eleven screws, and remove the Power Supply Board (24V/ C
42V). C C
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eleven pieces C
C
C
 Removing the Power Supply Board (5V)
C
1. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN001) on the Power
Supply Board (5V). C
2. Remove the eight screws, and remove the Power Supply Board (5V).
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eight pieces
Cable
D Power Supply Board (5V)
D D
D D
D D
Figure 4-64. Removing the Power Supply Board (5V)

Confidential
4.5.3.4 Data Controller Board (MAIN)
Before working, wear an antistatic wrist band when handling A A

C A U T IO N A
electricity. B
Data Controller Board
(MAIN)
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) A

A
5. Remove the cables and FFCs from all connectors on the Data
Controller Board (MAIN) (4.6 Connector Position "Data Controller
Board (MAIN) (p392)")
A A A
6. Remove the nine screws, and remove the Mecha Controller Board
(MCU).
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eight pieces
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: one piece
A D J U S T M E N T Carry out the adjustments referring to "5.8 Board

R E Q U IR E D
Replacement Related Adjustments" (p.500) when the Data
Controller Board (MAIN) is replaced. Figure 4-65. Removing the Data Controller Board (MAIN)

Confidential
4.5.3.5 Head Controller Board (DRV) A

A
 Before working, wear an antistatic wrist band when

C A U T IO N
handling the internal circuit boards to prevent damage
from static electricity.
 When connecting/disconnecting the FFC to/ from the
connector, follow the precautions below. Otherwise the
Head Controller Board A/B (DRV) may be damaged.
Insert the FFC terminal firmly into the connector.
Do not damage the metallic foil of the FFC terminal.
Before applying current, confirm there is no slant
Board Frame
connection of the FFC. FFC clamp

5. Remove the four screws that secure the Board Frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: four pieces
6. Release the FFC from the FFC clamp, and remove the Board Frame.
A
FFC
Figure 4-66. Removing the Head Controller Board (DRV) (1)

Confidential
7. Disconnect the cables and FFCs from the connectors on the Head
Controller Board B (DRV).
(4.6 Connector Position "Head Controller Board B (DRV) (p393)") Head Controller Board B (DRV)
8. Remove the eight screws, and remove the Head Controller Board B
(DRV). B B B
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eight pieces

9. Remove the three screws and remove the Middle Board Frame.
C) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: three pieces B
B B
Middle Board Frame

Confidential
Controller Board A (DRV). Head Controller Board A (DRV)
(4.6 Connector Position "Head Controller Board A (DRV) (p393)")
11. Remove the eight screws, and remove the Head Controller Board A
D D D
(DRV).
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eight pieces
 Connect the Cables and the FFCs to the connectors of the

Head Controller Board A (DRV) and the Head Controller D
D
Board B (DRV) as shown below. Especially when
connecting the black cable to CN9, confirm the cable is
the one with the protection tube.
D D D
Board Connector Cable/FFC
CN21 FFC: CN21-I
CN22 FFC: CN22-J
CN23 FFC: CN23-G
CN24 FFC: CN24-H
CN25 FFC: CN25-E
Head Controller
CN26 FFC: CN26-F
Board A (DRV)
CN27 FFC: CN27-C Figure 4-69. Removing the Head Controller Board (DRV) (4)
CN28 FFC: CN28-D
 Be sure to perform a resistance test for the Head FFC
CN3 FFC: CN3 (long)
before installing the Board Frame. (p193)
CN4 FFC: CN4 (long)
CN9 Black cable (with protection tube)
CN21 FFC: CN21-A
CN22 FFC: CN22-B A D J U S T M E N T Carry out the adjustments referring to "5.8 Board
R E Q U IR E D
CN23 FFC: CN23-K Replacement Related Adjustments" (p.500) when the Head
Head Controller Controller Board (DRV) is replaced.
CN24 FFC: CN24-L
Board B (DRV)
CN3 FFC: CN3 (short)
CN4 FFC: CN4 (short)
CN9 Black cable (without protection tube)

Confidential
4.5.3.6 SUB-B Board 4.5.3.7 SUB-D Board

1. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (p163) 1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157)
2. Disconnect the cables from all connectors on the SUB-B Board. 2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159)
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-B Board (p394)")
3. Remove the four screws, and remove the SUB-B Board.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces
5. Disconnect the cables and FFCs from all connectors on the SUB-D
Board. (4.6 Connector Position "SUB-D Board (p394)")
6. Remove the four screws, and remove the SUB-D Board.
A A
SUB-B Board
A
A
SUB-D Board
A A
Figure 4-70. Removing the SUB-B Board
Figure 4-71. Removing the SUB-D Board

Confidential
4.5.3.8 SUB-H Board 4.5.3.9 SUB-E Board

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) 2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158)
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) 3. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160)
4. Remove the Right Frame. (P.161) 4. Disconnect the cables and FFCs from all connectors on the SUB-E
Board. (4.6 Connector Position "SUB-E Board (p395)")
5. Remove the four screws, and remove the SUB-E Board.
6. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame. (P.166)
7. Remove the Ink Supply Decompression Unit. (P.309)
8. Remove the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit. (P.317)
9. Disconnect the cables and FFCs from all connectors on the SUB-H
Board. (4.6 Connector Position "SUB-H Board (p396)")
A A
10. Remove the four screws, and remove the SUB-H Board.
SUB-E Board
A
SUB-H Board
A A
A
Figure 4-73. Removing the SUB-E Board
Figure 4-72. Removing the SUB-H Board

Confidential
4.5.3.10 Heater Controller Board (MCU-B)

Cover
A
3. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160)
4. Remove the three screws and remove the cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup machine screw M3x6: three pieces
5. Remove the cables from all connectors on the Heater Controller Board
(MCU-B).
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-M Board (p396)") A
6. Remove the six screws, and remove the Heater Controller Board
(MCU-B).
A
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: six pieces
Figure 4-74. Removing the Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) (1)
B B B

(MCU-B)
B B B
Figure 4-75. Removing the Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) (2)

Confidential
4.5.3.11 SUB-M Board

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) SUB-M Board Frame
2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) Leg of the screw
3. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) Clamp

4. Remove the Cover. ("4.5.3.10 Heater Controller Board (MCU-B)"
Step4 (p180))
A
5. Release the cable from the four clamps. A
6. Remove the cables from all connectors on the SUB-M Board.
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-M Board (p396)")
7. Remove the two screws that secure the SUB-M Board Frame. Clamps
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces Clamp
8. Slide the SUB-M Board in the direction of the arrow taking care not to Figure 4-76. Removing the SUB-M Board (1)
let it touch the leg of the screw, and remove the SUB-M Board.
B
9. Remove the four screws, and remove the SUB-M Board from the B
SUB-M Board Frame. B
B
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces
SUB-M Board
SUB-M Board Frame
Figure 4-77. Removing the SUB-M Board (2)

Confidential
4.5.3.12 Panel Board

Panel Board Cable
Right Front Cover
4. Disconnect the cable from the Panel Board connector.
5. Remove the four screws, and remove the Panel Board and the Panel
Board fixing plate from the Right Front Cover. A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: four pieces
A A
Panel Board fixing plate
Figure 4-78. Removing the Panel Board

Confidential
4.5.4 Carriage Mechanism Right

Hook Tension spring
4.5.4.1 Carriage Scale
C A U T IO N
Be careful not to pull the tension spring too much when you Carriage Scale
perform the following steps. Putting too much tension on the
spring may damage the scale.

4. Remove the tension spring from the frame hook using needle-nose
pliers or a similar tool. Left
Scale Holder
5. Remove the tension spring from the Carriage Scale.
6. From the left side of the main body, remove the Carriage Scale from Carriage Scale
the Scale Holder hook.
Hook
Install the Carriage Scale following steps described below.
1. Remove the Encoder Sensor Cover. (See "4.5.4.2 CR
Encoder Sensor" Step4 (p184))
2. Pass the Carriage Scale through the slit of the Encoder
Sensor.
3. Install the Encoder Sensor Cover.
4. From the left of the main body, hook the Carriage Scale to Figure 4-79. Removing the Carriage Scale
the Scale Holder hook.
5. From the right side of the main body, attach the tension
spring to the Carriage Scale and hook the spring to the
frame hook.

Confidential
4.5.4.2 CR Encoder Sensor

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) CR Encoder Sensor Cover

4. Remove the screw from the rear side of the Carriage Frame, and
remove the CR Encoder Sensor Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M2.6x5: one piece
5. Disconnect the FFC from the sensor connector. A
6. Remove the two screws, and remove the CR Encoder Sensor.

B) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M2.6x5: two pieces
A D J U S T M E N T Carry out the adjustments referring to "5.1.3 Adjustment

R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the CR Figure 4-80. Removing the CR Encoder Sensor (1)
Encoder Sensor is replaced.
FFC
CR Encoder Sensor
B B
Figure 4-81. Removing the CR Encoder Sensor (2)

Confidential
4.5.4.3 CR Motor
Carriage Left Frame
4. Loosen the two screws that secure the pulley frame.
("4.5.4.7 Carriage Timing Belt" Step7 (p197)) A
5. Loosen the two screws that secure the pulley holder.
("4.5.4.7 Carriage Timing Belt" Step8 (p197))
6. Remove the pulley tension spring.
7. Remove the four screws, and remove the Carriage Left Frame.
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: four pieces
8. Disconnect the two cables from the two relay connectors. A
9. Release the cable of the CR Motor from the seven clamps.

Figure 4-82. Removing the CR Motor (1)
Step4 (p180)) SUB-M Board CR Motor
CN1
11. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN1) on the SUB-M Board.
Clamps
Clamps
Cable of the CR Motor
Clamps Cable
Relay connector
Cable

Confidential
12. Remove the carriage tension belt from the pinion gear of the CR
B
Motor.
("4.5.4.7 Carriage Timing Belt" Step10 (p197))
13. Remove the four screws, and remove the CR Motor Unit. B
CR Motor Unit
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: four pieces

Confidential
14. Remove the two screws and remove the CR Motor.

C) Silver, Phillips, Bind M4x8: two pieces

R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the CR
Motor is replaced.
CR Motor

Confidential
4.5.4.4 Print Head

When connecting/disconnecting the FFC to/ from the
C A U T IO N
connector, follow the precautions below. Otherwise the Print
Head may be damaged.
Insert the FFC terminal firmly into the connector.
CARRIAGE GUIDE
Do not damage the metallic foil of the FFC terminal. BLOCK JIG
Before applying current, confirm there is no slant

connection of the FFC.
1. Discharge the ink. ( "5.5.10.1 Ink Draining" (p480))

5. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160)
6. Unlock the Carriage.
( "4.5.1.1 Unlocking the CR Unit" (p151)) Figure 4-86. Removing the Print Head (1)
7. Move the Carriage Timing Belt in the direction indicated by the arrow,
and move the CR Unit to the full side. B A
8. Set the CARRIAGE GUIDE BLOCK JIG in the CR Unit. A
C A U T IO N
 Make sure not to press down the Carriage Top Cover.
Doing so may make the adjustment impossible, then the A
B
parts replacement may be required.
A
 Take care not to apply extra load to the FFC shown in
Carriage
Head Relay Board (Figure 4-89) when removing the part. Timing Belt
9. Remove the six screws that secure the Carriage Top Cover.
A) Black, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x10: four pieces
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw with P.W M3x8: two pieces
Top Carriage Cover
10. Remove the Top Carriage Cover.
Figure 4-87. Removing the Print Head (2)

Confidential
11. Remove the two screws, and remove the FFC Top Guide.
C
C) Black, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x10: two pieces
FFC Top Guide C
Ink path

Confidential
Be sure to check the following when performing the below

C A U T IO N
steps. Ferrite core Back side of the CR Unit
FFC Bottom Guide
 As ink may leak, prepare a waste cloth or the like in Black tape
advance.
 Do not damage the film of the ink path.
 Do not allow ink to get onto the terminal of the Head
FFC. Dowel
Hook
12. Remove the two FFCs from the Head Relay Board. (Figure 4-89)
13. Peel off the black tape that secures the ferrite core. Head Relay D
Flat-blade Board
14. Remove the two screws that secures the FFC Bottom Guide. screwdriver
E
D) Black, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x10: one piece
FFC
E) Black, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x10: one piece
15. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the position shown in Figure 4-89, CR Unit
and release the dowel of the FFC Bottom Guide from the CR Unit.
16. Slide the FFC Bottom Guide in the direction of the arrow, and release
the hook of the FFC Bottom Guide from the CR Unit, then remove the FFC Bottom
Guide
FFC Bottom Guide.

Confidential
F
Make sure to hold the Ink path when taking the following
C A U T IO N
procedure. F
Upper Ink Path

F
Ink path
Ink path Hook

FFC Cover
17. Remove the four screws and remove the ink path part by lifting it
upwards. (Figure 4-90) Double-sided tape
F) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw with P.W M3x12: four pieces
18. Disengage the hook of the FFC Cover from the Head FFC, and remove
the FFC Cover from the Print Head.
19. Disconnect the Head FFC from the connectors on the Print Head.
Print Head Head FFC

Confidential
20. Remove the two tension springs from the Print Head shaft using
needle-nose pliers or a similar tool.
Print Head
C A U T IO N
Be sure to check the following when performing the below
steps.
Washer
 Be careful not to drop the washers.
 As the ink may leak from the ink path, place the Print Tension spring
Head on a waste cloth, etc. making sure the side with the
head is facing up.
G G
Print Head
Surface of Head
Shaft
Tension spring
Shaft

Waste Cloth
21. Remove the three screws and washers, and remove the Print Head.
G) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw with P.W M3x8: three pieces

Confidential
 Tighten the screw that secures the Print Head with  Before installing the Ink path, be sure to perform a
tightening torque about 0.21Nm. (See Figure 4-91.) resistance test for the Head FFC according to the steps
 When installing the Print Head, be sure to secure it with below.
the three screws after hooking the two springs on it. 1. Confirm that the AC Cable is unplugged.
(See Figure 4-91.) 2. Confirm the Head FFC is connected to the Head
 When installing the Print Head, put the three washers on Controller Board A/B (DRV).
the Print Head and secure them with the three screws. 3. Remove the Board Frame. (P.175)
(See Figure 4-91.) 4. Using a tester, measure the level of resistance at the
 Be sure to install the FFC Cover as follows when parts listed in the table below.
installing it. (The FFC Cover protects the connector on
the Print Head from ink spilled when removing the ink
path.) Board Measurement point #1 Measurement point #2
 Align the top of the FFC Cover with the top edge of the CN21: Pin 2
Print Head, and secure them with double sided tape. CN21: Pin 25
 Engage the hooks of the FFC Cover on the back side of
CN22: Pin 5
the Head FFC.
CN22: Pin 30
Head FFC CN23: Pin 2

Hooks
CN23: Pin 25
FFC Cover CN24: Pin 5
Head Controller CN24: Pin 30 The upper left screw on

Board (DRV) A CN25: Pin 2 the board
Double-sided tape
CN25: Pin 25
CN26: Pin 5
CN26: Pin 30
CN27: Pin 2
CN27: Pin 25
CN28: Pin 5
Print Head
CN28: Pin 30
 Tighten the screw that secures the Ink path with
tightening torque about 0.29Nm. (See Figure 4-90.)

Confidential
If not improved, replace the failed part(s) among the

Board Measurement point #1 Measurement point #2
Head FFC, the Head Controller Board (DRV), and the
CN21: Pin 2
Print Head with a new one.
CN21: Pin 25
 Tighten the screws in the order shown below when
CN22: Pin 5 installing the Top Carriage Cover.
Head Controller CN22: Pin 30 The upper left screw on
Board (DRV) B CN23: Pin 2 the board Top Carriage Cover 2 4
CN23: Pin 25 5 6
CN24: Pin 5
CN24: Pin 30
Measurement point (CN21&CN22’s case)

Upper left screw Pin 25 Pin 2
(Measurement point #2) (Measurement point # 1) (Measurement point # 1)
3 1
 Before performing adjustment, see No.4 in "5.9.4 Check

List for the Auto Nozzle Check System" (p.518) and
check the resistance value between the Head Cover Plate
and the Frame Ground.
Pin 5 Pin 30
(Measurement point # 1) (Measurement point # 1)
C H E C K
Packing the Print Head:
P O IN T When shipping the replaced Print Head, pack it with the box
5. Confirm the results of the measurement. and packing materials that were used for new Print Head.
The value is more than 10 K: Normal Put the replaced unit in the box and seal the box with tape.
The value is less than 10 K (close to 0 K):
Check the connection status between FFC and the Head
Controller Board (DRV) A/B. If they are not connected R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the
properly such as if there is a slant connection, correct
Print Head is removed or replaced.
the connection and measure the resistance again.
(Continued to the next column...)

Confidential
4.5.4.5 PW Sensor
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Hook
3. Remove the screw, and remove the PW Sensor Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece
4. Release the hook of the PW Sensor Holder upwards. PW Sensor FFC
5. Remove the PW Sensor Holder by sliding it in the direction indicated

by the arrow.
6. Disconnect the FFC from the sensor connector.
PW Sensor Holder
Install the PW Sensor Cover following steps described below.
1. Insert the sensor cover guide into the groove of the Carriage
Cover.
2. Set the two tabs of the Sensor Cover in the Carriage Cover.
3. Install the Sensor Cover in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
Tabs PW Sensor Cover PW Sensor
A
Sensor Cover Guide
Figure 4-92. Removing the PW Sensor

Groove R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the PW
PW Sensor Cover Sensor is replaced.

Confidential
4.5.4.6 CR Unit Home Position Sensor

3. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector. Cable
A
4. Remove the screw, and remove the frame. Frame

5. Release the hook and remove the CR Unit Home Position Sensor.
CR Unit Home
Position Sensor
Figure 4-93. Removing the CR Unit Home Position Sensor

Confidential
4.5.4.7 Carriage Timing Belt

Rear Pulley Holder Pulley Tension Spring
4. Remove the SUB-D Board. (P.178)
5. Remove the Paper Feed Scale. (P.202) B
Hook
6. Remove the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor. (P.300)
7. Remove the two screws from the rear of the main body, and remove
the pulley frame. (Figure 4-94 and Figure 4-95)
B
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: two pieces A
8. From the rear of the main body, remove the two screws that secure the
pulley holder. (Figure 4-94)
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite with P.W M3x8: two pieces Figure 4-94. Removing the Carriage Timing Belt (1)
9. Remove the pulley tension spring from the carriage frame hook using
needle-nose pliers or a similar tool. (Figure 4-94) Pulley Holder
Pulley Frame
Figure 4-95. Removing the Carriage Timing Belt (2)

10. From the left of the main body, remove the carriage tension belt from
the pinion gear of the CR Motor. (Figure 4-96)

Confidential
11. Remove the five screws, and remove the Carriage Left Frame.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: five pieces Pinion Gear
12. Remove the pulley holder in the direction indicated by the arrow. Carriage Timing Belt
Pulley Holder
Carriage Left Frame
C
C

Confidential
13. Pull the pulley shaft out of the pulley using needle-nose pliers or a
Carriage Timing Belt
similar tool. (Figure 4-98)
14. Remove the Carriage Timing Belt by sliding the pulley in the direction Pulley
indicated by the arrow. (Figure 4-98)
15. Remove the three screws from the rear of the main body, and remove
the belt holder and Carriage Timing Belt.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw with P.W M3x8: three pieces
16. Remove the Carriage Timing Belt from the belt holder. Pulley shaft
Belt holder
Carriage Timing Belt
D D

Confidential
4.5.4.8 Head Relay Board

A
("4.5.4.4 Print Head" Step3 (p188) to Step 10 (p188))
A
3. Disconnect the FFCs from all connectors on the Head Relay Board. Head Relay Board
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Head Relay Board.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M2.6x5: two pieces
Figure 4-100. Removing the Head Relay Board

Confidential
4.5.4.9 CR Unit
4. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) CR Unit
5. Remove the Print Head. (P.188)

6. Remove the Carriage Scale. (P.183) Scale Holder
7. Remove the CR Motor. (P.185)

8. Remove the belt holder.
A
9. Remove the three screws, and remove the Scale Holder.
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: three pieces
10. Remove the CR Unit by sliding it in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
Lubrication Lubricate the parts before installing the CR Unit referring to

"6.4 Lubrication (p537)" when the CR Unit is removed or
replaced.

R E Q U IR E D Figure 4-101. Removing the CR Unit
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the CR
Unit is removed or replaced.

Confidential
4.5.5 Paper Feed Mechanism

4.5.5.1 Paper Feed Scale
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) SUB-D Board Frame
4. Remove the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor. (P.300)
6. Disconnect the FFCs and cables from all connectors on the SUB-D A
Board. (4.6 Connector Position "SUB-D Board (p394)")
7. Remove the three screws, and remove the SUB-D Board Frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: three pieces A
Figure 4-102. Removing the Paper Feed Scale (1)

Confidential
8. Remove the four screws, and remove the Paper Feed Scale Pressing
Plate.
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup P-tite M3x8:four pieces Cut washer
9. Remove the two cut washers.

10. Remove the pin, and remove the Paper Feed Scale and the mounting Pin
plate. Paper Feed Scale

R E Q U IR E D
Paper Feed Scale is removed or replaced.
Paper Feed Scale Pressing Plate
Cut washer
B
B
B
B
Figure 4-103. Removing the Paper Feed Scale (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.2 Paper Feed Motor

Paper Feed Motor Unit
5. Disconnect the relay connector of the cable.
Clamps
Relay connector
6. Release the cable from the two clamps.
7. Remove the four screws.
8. Remove the pinion gear of the Paper Feed Motor from the Paper Feed
Motor Timing Belt 1.
Cable
R E Q U IR E D Figure 4-104. Removing the Paper Feed Motor (1)
Paper Feed Motor is replaced. Paper Feed Motor Unit
Paper Feed Motor

Timing Belt 1
A A
A A
Figure 4-105. Removing the Paper Feed Motor (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.3 Paper Feed Pulley Unit

Paper Feed Pulley Unit
5. Remove the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor. (P.300) Paper Feed Timing Belt 2
6. Remove the Paper Feed Scale. (P.202) A
7. Remove the Paper Feed Motor. (P.204)
8. Remove the three screws, and remove the Paper Feed Pulley Unit and
A
Paper Feed Timing Belt 1.
9. Remove the Paper Feed Timing Belt 2 from the Paper Feed Roller. A
Paper Feed Timing Belt 1
Figure 4-106. Removing the Paper Feed Pulley Unit

Confidential
4.5.5.4 Middle Roller Scale

Ferrite core
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Middle Roller Scale Holder
FFC
4. Remove the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor. (P.303)
5. Remove the Middle Roller Motor. (P.207)
6. Remove the ferrite core from the Middle Roller Scale Holder.
7. Disconnect the FFC from the connector (CN51) on the SUB-E Board.
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-E Board (p395)")
8. Remove the two screws, and remove the Middle Roller Scale Holder.
A) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon head, Cup S-tite M4x8: two pieces
A
9. Remove the two screws, and remove the Middle Roller Scale Pressing
Plate. A
B) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon head, Cup P-tite M3x8: two pieces

Figure 4-107. Removing the Middle Roller Scale (1)
10. Remove the two cut washers.
11. Remove the pin, and remove the Middle Roller Scale and the mounting Cut washer
plate. Middle Roller Scale
Pin
Middle Roller Scale Pressing Plate
B
Cut washer
Figure 4-108. Removing the Middle Roller Scale (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.5 Middle Roller Motor

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Clamp
2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) Cable
3. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) Relay connector

Clamps
4. Remove the Middle Roller Scale Holder. Middle Roller Motor Unit
("4.5.5.4 Middle Roller Scale" Step6 (p206) to Step 8 (p206))
5. Disconnect the relay connector of the cable.
6. Release the cables from the two clamps.
7. Remove the two clamps, and release the ferrite core.
8. Remove the two screws that secure the Middle Roller Motor Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces
Ferrite core
9. Remove the Middle Roller Motor Timing Belt from the pinion gear of
the Middle Roller Motor, and remove the Middle Roller Motor Unit.
Figure 4-109. Removing the Middle Roller Motor (1)
R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the Middle Roller Motor
Middle Roller Motor is replaced. Timing Belt
Middle Roller Motor Unit
Figure 4-110. Removing the Middle Roller Motor (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.6 Middle Roller Timing Belt

Middle Roller Timing Belt
4. Remove the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor. (P.303)
5. Remove the Middle Roller Motor. (P.207)
6. Remove the Middle Roller Scale. (P.206)
7. Remove the Middle Roller Timing Belt.
Figure 4-111. Removing the Middle Roller Timing Belt

Confidential
4.5.5.7 Area Suction Motor Unit

4. Disconnect the cable from the Area Suction Motor Unit connector. Area Suction Motor Unit
5. Remove the two screws, and remove the Area Suction Motor Unit.
Do not take off the Area Suction Motor Unit strongly too far
C A U T IO N
in the following steps because the Area Suction Home
Detection Sensor and the gear are attached to the unit.
Otherwise, the sensor and the gear may be damaged.
Area Suction Motor Unit
Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor A

A
Gear Cable
Figure 4-112. Removing the Area Suction Motor Unit

Confidential
4.5.5.8 Absorber Unit

4. Disconnect the relay connector of the cable. Clamp
Waste ink tubes
5. Release the three waste ink tubes from the clamps.
6. Remove the three screws, and remove the Absorber Unit and the Waste B
Ink Drain.
A) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon head, Cup S-tite M4x8: two pieces
C
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x12: one piece Cable
7. Remove the screw, and remove the Waste Ink Drain from the Absorber Waste Ink Drain
A
Unit.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece
A
Absorber Unit
Figure 4-113. Removing the Absorber Unit

Confidential
4.5.5.9 Heater Unit

2. Lift the handle and remove the Heater Unit upward.
Handle
Heater Unit
Figure 4-114. Removing the Heater Unit

Confidential
4.5.5.10 Cutter Unit

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) A
Cutter Unit
Cable
5. Remove the Left Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.330)
A
6. Remove the Right Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.331) A
7. Remove the cable from the Cutter Unit connector.

8. Remove the three screws, and remove the Cutter Unit.
A) Black, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M3x6: three pieces

R E Q U IR E D
Cutter Unit is removed or replaced.
Figure 4-115. Removing the Cutter Unit

Confidential
4.5.5.11 Cutter Motor

A
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) Rear Right Pole
A
8. Remove the Rear Upper Frame. (P.162)
10. Remove the Right Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.331) Clamp
11. Remove the Exhaust Fan (DRV). (P.332) Clamp
12. Remove the four screws that secure the Rear Right Pole.
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8, screw: four pieces
13. Remove the two clamps from the Rear Right Pole, and remove the A
Rear Right Pole.
Figure 4-116. Remove the Cutter Motor (1)

Confidential
14. Remove the cable of the Cutter Motor from the Relay connector.
In the next step, remove the screws while holding the Cutter
C A U T IO N
Motor. Relay connector
15. Remove the four screws, and remove the Cutter Motor.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: four pieces Cutter Motor
B
B
B
B
Figure 4-117. Remove the Cutter Motor (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.12 Waste Ink Absorber A/B

2. Put the point of the tweezers or a similar tool into the slit of the Waste
Slit
Ink Absorber A.
Paper ejection side
3. Remove the Waste Ink Absorber A or the Waste Ink Absorber B from Paper feed side
the platen while pushing the Waste Ink Absorber A or the Waste Ink
Absorber B into the paper feed side.
Platen
Waste Ink Absorber A
Waste Ink Absorber B
Waste Ink Absorber B
Figure 4-118. Removing the Waste Ink Absorber

Confidential
Make sure of the following when installing the Waste Ink  Insert the Waste Ink Absorber to the Platen from the end
Absorber A/B. without a chipped corner, then set it while sliding it in the
 Confirm that the paper feed surface (the side without any direction of the paper feed side.
white marking) of the Waste Ink Absorber warped on
both ends. Slide direction
Waste Ink Absorber A Paper feed side
Paper feed surface (without white marking)
Waste Ink Absorber Chipped portion
OK
3 mm or less
Paper ejection side
NG
 Set the Waste Ink Absorber A/B firmly and confirm no
part sticks out from the surface of the platen.
 When the paper feed surface of the Waste Ink Absorber  Confirm that the Waste Ink Absorber A/B sink in the
is lifting in the middle, bend the Waste Ink Absorber with middle.
the back surface upward about 1 cm in the middle.
Waste Ink Absorber
 Wear gloves when working. (Do not touch the Waste
Ink Absorber with bare hands.)
 Forcible bending may damage the Waste Ink Absorber.
Waste Ink Absorber

Back surface (with white mark)
Approx.
1 cm

Confidential
4.5.5.13 Platen Unit

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) A A

4. Remove the Area Suction Motor. (P.209)
Flashing BoxA
B
5. Remove the four screws and remove the Flashing Box.
6. Remove the four screws, and remove the Platen Unit.
B) Silver, Step screw, M3x6: two pieces
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces
When installing the Platen Unit, be careful not to mix up the A A

left and right screws because their screw type differs.
Especially the right screw called “Step screw” (screw B) has a
role as a buffer against the expansion of the Platen Unit due Figure 4-119. Removing the Platen Unit (1)
to the temperature rise in the printer.
B Platen Unit C
R E Q U IR E D
Platen Unit is removed or replaced.
B C
Figure 4-120. Removing the Platen Unit (2)

Confidential
FRONT PAPER FEED MECHANISM
4.5.5.14 Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch/

Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch
The Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch and the Rear Roll Electromagnetic
Clamp
Clutch can be disassembled in the same procedure. This section describes
Relay connector
the disassembling steps only for the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch.
5. Disconnect the relay connector of the cable. Figure 4-121. Removing the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch (1)
6. Release the cable from the clamp.
Clamp
7. Remove the two screws, and remove the Clutch Frame.
Clutch Frame
Figure 4-122. Removing the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch (2)

Confidential
8. Remove the bearing and the washer.

9. Pull out the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch.
 Make sure to align the frame tab with the baffle of the
Electromagnetic Clutch when installing the Clutch
Frame. Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch
 Route the cable without any slack as shown below.
Washer
Baffle Bearing
Tab
No slack here.
Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch
Figure 4-123. Removing the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch (3)

Confidential
4.5.5.15 Clutch Timing Belt

Cable
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) Clamp
A
5. Remove the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch/Rear Roll
Electromagnetic Clutch. (P.218)
Clutch Holder
6. Release the cable from the two clamps.
7. Remove the two screws, and remove the Clutch Holder.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x8, R screw: two pieces
Cable
Clamp
Figure 4-124. Removing the Clutch Timing Belt (1)22

Confidential
8. Remove the two screws and remove the Tension Unit.

9. Remove the Clutch Timing Belt. Clutch Timing Belt
Tension Unit
B
B
Figure 4-125. Removing the Clutch Timing Belt (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.16 Front Roll Feed Timing Belt

3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) Bearing frame

Bearing
A
8. Remove the Left Front Cover. (P.164)
9. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover Frame. (P.165)
10. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) Washer
11. Remove the Front Top Cover. (P.167) E-ring
12. Remove the Front roll paper feeder. (P.233)

13. Remove the Rear Roll Front Cover. (P.155)
14. Remove the E-ring and the washer.
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the bearing frame and the
bearing. Figure 4-126. Removing the Front Roll Feed Timing Belt (1)

Confidential
16. Remove the screw, and remove the gear cover.

B) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece Front Roll
Feed Timing Belt
17. Remove the C-ring, and remove the polymer slider and the spur gear
3.4. Right side
18. Remove the screw, and remove the Tension Unit. Tension Unit
C
19. Remove the Front Roll Feed Timing Belt. B
Lubrication Lubricate the parts referring to "6.4 Lubrication (p537)"

when the Frond Roll Feed Timing Belt is removed.
Spur gear 3.4
Polymer slider
C-ring
Gear cover
Figure 4-127. Removing the Front Roll Feed Timing Belt (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.17 Rear Roll Motor

A
4. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover. (P.156)
Cable A
6. Remove the Maintenance Tank Holder Unit. (P.325)
7. Remove the Rear Roll Unit. (P.225)
8. Remove the cable from the motor connector.
9. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Roll Motor.
A) Black, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M3x6: two pieces
Rear Roll Motor
Figure 4-128. Removing the Rear Roll Motor

Confidential
4.5.5.18 Rear Roll Unit

A
4. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover. (P.156) Frame

6. Remove the Maintenance Tank Holder Unit. (P.325)
7. Remove the four screws, and remove the frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon head, Cup S-tite M4x8: four pieces
A
A
Figure 4-129. Removing the Rear Roll Unit (1)

Confidential
8. Remove the four screws, and remove the Rear Roll Cover.
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8 R screw: four pieces
9. Remove the four screws, remove the Rear Roll Unit.
C) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8 R screw: four pieces
Rear Roll Cover
B
B
C C
Rear Roll Unit C
Figure 4-130. Removing the Rear Roll Unit (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.19 Lower Inlet Roller

Front Paper Guide Unit
2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) A A
A
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) A

10. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) Figure 4-131. Removing the Lower Inlet Roller (1)
11. Remove the Front Top Cover. (P.167)
12. Remove the Front roll paper feeder. (P.233) B B
Rear Paper Guide Unit
14. Remove the Front Roll Feed Timing Belt. (P.222)
16. Remove the four screws, and remove the Front Paper Guide Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: four pieces B B
17. Remove the four screws, and remove the Rear Paper Guide Unit.
Figure 4-132. Removing the Lower Inlet Roller (2)

Confidential
18. Remove the two screws, and remove the Paper Guide.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: two pieces
19. Remove the attachment clutch from the Lower Inlet Roller.
20. Remove the following parts from the Lower Inlet Roller. C
C
 Pulley gear: one piece
 Bearing: one piece
 Plastic washer: one piece
 E-ring: one piece
Paper Guide
Attachment clutch
Pulley gear
E-ring
Bearing
Plastic washer Lower Inlet Roller

Confidential
21. Remove the following parts from the outside of the Lower Inlet Roller.
Right
Right
 E-ring
 Plastic washer E-ring
 Washer Washer
 Plastic washer Bearing
Lower Inlet Roller
 Bearing
Left
 E-ring
 Plastic washer
 Bearing Plastic washer
Plastic washer
Left E-ring
Bearing
Plastic washer
Lower Inlet Roller

Confidential
22. Move the Lower Inlet Roller in the direction indicated by the arrow
and remove the shaft tip from the Left Frame. Shaft tip
23. Remove the Lower Inlet Roller.

Lower Inlet Roller

Confidential
4.5.5.20 Lower Edge Guide Plate

Lower Edge Guide Plate A
4. Remove the Right Frame. (P.161) A
A
A
Figure 4-138. Removing the Lower Edge Guide Plate
16. Remove the Lower Inlet Roller. (P.227)
17. Remove the four screws, and remove the Lower Edge Guide Plate.

Confidential
4.5.5.21 Edge Guide (Rear Roll)

1. Lift up the Front Roll.
2. Open the Rear Roll Front Cover. Right Edge Guide
3. Remove the Paper Guide.
("4.5.5.19 Lower Inlet Roller" Step18 (p228))
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Right Guide Plate, crimping
Washer
spring and washer.
Crimping spring Left Edge Guide
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: two pieces
5. Remove the Right Edge Guide.
6. Remove the two screws, and remove the Left Guide Plate, crimping
spring and washer.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: two pieces
Right Guide Plate
A
7. Remove the Left Edge Guide.
B Left Guide Plate
Figure 4-139. Removing the Edge Guide (Rear Roll)

Confidential
4.5.5.22 Front roll paper feeder

Fixing strap
12. Remove the roll paper when it is set in the Front roll paper feeder.
13. Lift up the Front roll paper feeder.
14. Secure the Front roll paper feeder with the fixing strap.
Figure 4-140. Removing the Front roll paper feeder (1)

Confidential
15. Remove the two screws from the left side of the main body, and
remove the Left Tension Unit. Left Tension Unit
A) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon socket machine screw M4x6: two pieces

16. Remove the screw and plastic washer that secure the roll link and roll
SW slider. A
B) Silver, Screw, Slider, SW, Roll, Upper, Step screw: one piece
Roll link
Metal washer Roll SW slider

Confidential
17. Remove the spring bar using needle-nose pliers or a similar tool.
18. Remove the E-ring, and remove the roll link and the parallel pin.
D
19. Remove the three screws, and remove the Arm Lock Unit.
Arm Lock Unit
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: three pieces
Spring bar
Parallel pin
E-ring
C
Roll link

Confidential
20. Remove the two clamps from the Left Chain Cover and release the
cable. Upper Left Sprocket
21. Remove the screw, and remove the Left Chain Cover.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: one piece Left Chain Cover
22. Remove the left chain from the Upper Left Sprocket.
Left Chain
Cable
Clamps
D

Confidential
23. Remove the C-ring and remove the Upper Left Sprocket and the
parallel key.
24. Remove the two screws, and remove the roll shaft holding plate. Upper Left Sprocket
E) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: two pieces
C-ring
Parallel key
Roll shaft holding plate

Confidential
25. Remove the two screws from the right side of the main body, and
remove the Right Tension Unit.
F) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon socket machine screw M4x6: two pieces
Right Tension Unit

Confidential
26. Remove the two clamps from the Right Chain Cover and release the
cable.
27. Remove the three screws, and slide the Right Chain Cover in the Upper Right Sprocket
direction indicated by the arrow.
G) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: two pieces Right Chain
H) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece

28. Remove the Right Chain from the Upper Right Sprocket.
Right Chain Cover
Clamp
G
Cable
G
Clamp

Confidential
29. Remove the C-ring, and remove the Upper Right Sprocket and the
parallel key.
C A U T IO N
Make sure to hold the Front roll paper feeder while working Upper Right Sprocket
so as not to drop the roll.
30. Release the fixing strap and set the Front roll paper feeder down.
31. Disconnect the two relay connectors of the cable. C-ring
32. Remove the screw and remove the ground wire.

I) Silver, Phillips, machine screw M3x6: one piece
Parallel key
I
Ground wire
Relay connectors

Confidential
33. Remove the clamp from the Left Top Frame and release the cable.
In the next step, be careful not to drop the screws indicated in

C A U T IO N
red below. If the screws drop into the Left Sub Frame or
Right Sub Frame, they can not be taken out.
Left Top Frame Clamp
Right Top Frame
Left Top Frame
Left Sub Frame Figure 4-151. Removing the Front roll paper feeder (12)
Right Sub Frame Right Top Frame
34. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Left Top Frame and the
Right Top Frame.
J) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon head, Cup S-tite M4x8: seven pieces
Left Top Frame
J J
J J
J J

Confidential
35. Remove the Front roll paper feeder.
 Make sure of the following when installing the Front roll

Front roll paper feeder
paper feeder.
 Insert each two grooves of the right and left bearings
inside the Left Sub Frame and Right Sub Frame.
Right Top Left Top
Bearings Right Sub Frame
Left Sub Frame
Grooves
 Attach the Left and Right Lock Lever under the Front
Frame Shaft as shown below.
Right Left
Front Frame Shafts
Lock Levers
 Before installing the Right Tension Unit and Left Tension

Unit, release the fixing strap to set the Front roll paper
feeder at the normal position. (See "4.5.1.2 Operating the
Front Roll" (p.153).)

Confidential
4.5.5.23 Front Roll Frame Unit

Right
Bearing
4. Remove the Right Frame. (P.161) C-ring

10. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) Figure 4-154. Removing the Front Roll Frame Unit (1)
Left
13. From the right side of the main body, remove the following parts that
secure the Front Roll shaft.
 C-ring: four pieces C-ring
 Bearing: two pieces
14. From the left side of the main body, remove the following parts that Bearing
secure the Front Roll shaft.
 C-ring: three pieces
 Bearing: two pieces
Figure 4-155. Removing the Front Roll Frame Unit (2)

Confidential
15. Remove the screw and C-ring, and release the relay cable.
16. Remove the four screws from the right side of the main body, and
remove the Upper Right Frame Gear and the shaft cover. C-ring
17. Remove the four screws from the left side of the main body, and
remove the Upper Left Frame Gear and the shaft cover. A
B) Black, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: eight pieces

18. Remove the Front Roll Cover.
Upper Left Frame Gear B B B

B
Front Roll Cover
Shaft cover
B
B
B
B Shaft cover
Upper Right Frame Gear

Confidential
19. Remove the four screws from the right side of the main body, and Left Slide Plate
remove the Right Slide Plate. D
20. Remove the four screws from the left side of the main body, and C
remove the Left Slide Plate.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x10: four pieces
D) Silver, Step screw, M3x7: four pieces
Right Slide
21. Remove the four screws from the right side of the main body, and Plate
remove the Right Shaft Holder and the parallel pin.
22. Remove the four screws from the left side of the main body, and
remove the Left Shaft Holder and the parallel pin.
E) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: eight pieces
D
Parallel key E
Parallel key
Left Shaft Holder
Right Shaft Holder

Confidential
23. Remove the Front Paper Shaft.
Install the Front Paper Shaft with the screw hole on the left Front Paper Shaft
side.
Front Paper Shaft
Screw hole

Confidential
24. Remove the four screws, and remove the Right Inner Cover.
F) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: three pieces
G) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece
Right Inner Cover

Confidential
25. Remove the four screws, and remove the Left Inner Cover.
H) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: four pieces
H
Left Inner Cover

Confidential
26. Remove the five screws, and remove the Grip Cover. I
I) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces
J) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: three pieces
Grip Cover

Confidential
27. Remove the three screws from the right side of the main body, and K
remove the Right Side Cover.
28. Remove the three screws from the left side of the main body, and
remove the Left Side Cover.
K
K) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: six pieces
29. Remove the four screws.
L) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: four pieces K
K
Left Side Cover
Right Side Cover K

Confidential
30. Inside the Front Roll Unit, release the two hooks of the Gear Cover and
remove the Gear Cover.
31. Remove the two screws, and remove the bearing frame.
Bearing frame
M) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces
32. Remove the E-ring, and remove the spur gear. Hooks
Gear cover
Install the spur gear with the convex side outward. M
Spur gear
Gear Unit
Convex side
33. Remove the Gear Unit in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Spur gear
E-ring

Confidential
34. Remove the six screws from the right side of the main body.
N) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: six pieces
N
N
N
Right side

Confidential
35. Remove the four screws from the left side of the main body.
O) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces
Q
Left side

Confidential
36. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the Front Roll Motor.
Cable
37. Disconnect the cable of the Front Roll Cover Sensor from the relay (Front Roll End Sensor) Front Roll Frame Unit
connector.
38. Disconnect the cable of the Front Roll End Sensor from the relay
connector.
39. Remove the Front Roll Frame Unit in the direction indicated by the
arrow.

Cables
when the Front Roll Frame Unit is removed.
Front Roll Cover

Sensor
Front Roll Motor

Confidential
4.5.5.24 Front Roll Motor

4. Remove the Right Frame. (P.161) A
5. Remove the Right Front Cover. (P.165) A

7. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) Front Roll Motor

13. Remove the Front Roll Frame Unit. (P.243)
14. Remove the Front Roll Unit. (P.256)
Figure 4-171. Removing the Front Roll Motor
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the Front Roll Motor.
A) Black, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M3x6: two pieces

Confidential
4.5.5.25 Front Roll Unit


A
A
14. Remove the four screws, and remove the Front Roll Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces A
Front Roll Unit
Figure 4-172. Removing the Front Roll Unit

Confidential
4.5.5.26 Front Inlet Roller Left Cover Roll

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) A

6. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame. (P.166) Right Cover Roll

A
13. Remove the Front Roll Frame Unit. (P.243) Figure 4-173. Removing the Front Inlet Roller (1)
14. Remove the six screws, and remove the Right Cover Roll.
Front Inlet Roll Cover
15. Remove the six screws, and remove the Left Cover Roll. B B
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: twelve pieces
16. Remove the two screws, and remove the Front Inlet Roll Cover.
Figure 4-174. Removing the Front Inlet Roller (2)

Confidential
17. From the right side of the main body, remove the following parts that
secure the Front Inlet Roller. Front Inlet Roller
 E-ring: one piece E-ring
 Washer: two pieces Bearing
 Spacer: one piece
18. From the left side of the main body, remove the following parts that Washer
secure the Front Inlet Roller.
 Washer: one piece
 Bearing: one piece Bearing
19. Remove the Front Inlet Roller.
Spacer
Lubrication Lubricate the parts referring to "6.4 Lubrication (p537)" E-ring

when the Front Inlet Roller is removed.
Washers
Figure 4-175. Removing the Front Inlet Roller (3)

Confidential
4.5.5.27 Front Edge Guide Plate

Front Edge Guide Plate
2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) A A

9. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover Frame. (P.165) Figure 4-176. Removing the Front Edge Guide Plate
14. Remove the Front Inlet Roller. (P.257)
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the Front Edge Guide Plate.

Confidential
4.5.5.28 Edge Guide (Front Roll)

1. Open the Front Roll Cover.
Left Edge Guide
2. Remove the two screws, and remove the Right Guide Plate, crimping
spring and washer. Right Edge Guide
3. Remove the Right Edge Guide.
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Left Guide Plate, crimping
spring and washer.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: two pieces
5. Remove the Left Edge Guide.
Washer
Crimping spring
Left Guide Plate
Right Guide Plate
Figure 4-177. Removing the Edge Guide (Front Roll)

Confidential
REAR PAPER FEED MECHANISM Heater cables (black)

Ferrite core
4.5.5.29 Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller Clamps
Clamp
5. Remove the Heater Unit. (P.211)
6. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) Hook

Insulok
8. Remove the Right Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.331)
9. Disconnect the heater cable (black) from the connector (CN2) on the Figure 4-178. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller (1)
Heater Controller Board (MCU-B).
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-M Board (p396)") Heater cables (yellow/black)
10. Release the hook of the insulok, and remove the ferrite core from the Clamp
the insulok.
11. Release the heater cables (black) from the three clamps.
12. Disconnect the heater cable (yellow/black) from the connector (CN3)
on the Heater Controller Board (MCU-B).
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-M Board (p396)") Clamp
13. Release the heater cables (yellow) from the four clamps. Clamp
Clamp
Figure 4-179. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller (2)

Confidential
14. Remove the six screws, and remove the following parts at the same
time. 4
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: six pieces
(1) Rear Paper Feed Left Frame 3
A A
(2) Rear Paper Feed Right Frame
(3) Back Printing Guide, Paper Guide 2 1
A A
(4) Rear Paper Feed Front Paper Guide
(5) Heater Guide
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Heater Guide.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces 5
A A
Rear Heater Guide
B B

Confidential
16. Remove the six torsion springs that secure the three Rear Paper Feed
Driven Rollers following the steps described below.
1. Release the tip of the torsion spring leg from the frame hole.
2. Remove the torsion spring leg from the frame hook. Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller
3. Release the torsion spring head from the frame hook.

17. Remove the three Rear Paper Feed Driven Rollers.

R E Q U IR E D
Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller is replaced.
Step 12-3
Torsion spring
Step 12-1
Step 12-2
Figure 4-182. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Release Roller (4)

Confidential
4.5.5.30 Decurl Unit

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Decurl Unit
A
3. Remove the Sorter/Conveyer. (P.340)
Cable
5. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Unit. (P.362)
Relay connector
A
9. Disconnect the cable from the clamp.
10. Disconnect the cable from the relay connector. A
11. Remove the four screws, and remove the Decurl Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces Figure 4-183. Removing the Decurl Unit (1)
12. Release the cable from the three clamps.
Clamp Decurl Unit
13. Disconnect the cable from the connector. Sensor
14. Disconnect the cable from each connector of the two sensors.
Sensor
Cable Clamp
Clamp
Figure 4-184. Removing the Decurl Unit (2)

Confidential
4.5.5.31 Disassembling the Decurl Unit

Parallel pin
4.5.5.31.1 Rear Decurl Roller
Front gear
1. From the right side, remove the E-ring and parallel pin, and remove the
Front Gear.
2. Remove the E-ring and polymer slider, and remove the idle gear. E-ring
Idle gear
Polymer slider
E-ring
Figure 4-185. Removing the Rear Decurl Roller (1)

Confidential
3. Remove the parts listed below that secure the Rear Decurl Roller.
 E-ring: two pieces
 Parallel pin: one piece
 Gear: one piece
4. Slide the Rear Decurl Roller in the direction indicated by the arrow and E-ring Rear Decurl Roller
remove it. Parallel pin
Gear
Polymer slider
Bearing
E-ring
Figure 4-186. Removing the Rear Decurl Roller (2)

Confidential
When attaching the intermittent gear and spur gear of the 3. Set the convex portion of the intermittent gear on the
Rear Decurl Roller, make sure to align their phase as follows. position shown below.
For the Phase focusing pin and DECURL PHASE 4. Set the DECURL PHASE FOCUSING JIG shown
FOCUSING JIG, make sure to use the specified one referring below.
to "7.1 Service Tool" (p.546).
5. While pressing the pinhead of the Phase focusing pin,
 Phase aligning procedure and make the convex portion of the intermittent gear
1. Turn the gear on the right side of the Decurl Unit to touch under the groove of the jig.
align the shading plate of the cam with the groove of the
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor.
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor

Convex portion of the
Shading plate of the cam intermittent gear
Gear
Under the groove of the jig
2. Insert the Phase focusing pin into the plate on the left
side of the Decurl Unit and the cam to secure them.
Phase focusing pin

Plate Cam
DECURL PHASE
FOCUSING JIG
Phase focusing pin
6. Install the Rear Decurl Roller.

Confidential
4.5.5.31.2 Spur Gear Mounting Plate
1. Remove the screw, and remove the Spur Gear Mounting Plate.
When attaching the Spur Gear Mounting Plate, make sure to

align the Decurl Unit. (P.267)
Spur Gear Mounting Plate
Figure 4-187. Removing the Spur Gear Mounting Plate

Confidential
4.5.5.31.3 Decurl Paper Guide

Sensor frame
1. Remove the screw, and remove the sensor frame.
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece Decurl Paper Guide
2. Remove the two springs from both left and right side of the Decurl
Unit.
3. Remove the fixing parts listed below from both left and right side of
the Decurl Unit. Bearing
 E-ring: one piece each Polymer slider
 Polymer slider: one piece each
 Bearing: one piece each E-ring
Spring
4. Remove the Decurl Paper Guide.
Spring
Polymer slider
E-ring
Decurl Unit
Bearing
Figure 4-188. Removing the Decurl Paper Guide

Confidential
4.5.5.32 Rear Paper Feed Motor

1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Frame of Head Controller
Board B (DRV)
Controller Board B (DRV).
("4.5.3.5 Head Controller Board (DRV)" Step5 (p175) to A
Step 7 (p176))
6. Disconnect the six FFCs from the connectors (CN21, CN22, CN23,
CN24, CN25, CN26, CN27 and CN28) on the Head Controller Board
A (DRV).
7. Remove the three screws, and remove the Head Controller Board B
(DRV) by lifting it upwards.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: three pieces
A A
Figure 4-189. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Motor (1)

Figure 4-190.

Confidential
Controller Board (DRV) A.
("4.5.3.5 Head Controller Board (DRV)" Step10 (p177)) Clamps
9. Release the cables from the two clamps on the Head Controller Board
Frame.
Head Controller Board Frame

Confidential
10. Release the Head FFC from the FFC clamp.

11. Remove the four screws that secure the Head Controller Board Frame.
Head FFC
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x8: two pieces FFC clamp Head Controller Board Frame
C) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: four pieces
B
C

Confidential
12. Pull the Head Controller Board Frame in the direction of the arrow,
and release the cables from the clamp.
13. Remove the two pieces of black tape that secures the FFC. Head Controller Board Frame
14. Release the FFC from the two clamps on the Head Controller Board
Frame, and remove the Head Controller Board Frame.
FFC
FFC clamp
Black tape
Clamp
FFC clamp
Cables

Confidential
15. Disconnect the cable from the Rear Paper Feed Motor connector.
16. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Paper Feed Motor Unit.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces
Cable Rear Paper Feed Motor Unit

when the Rear Paper Feed Motor is removed or replaced.
D D

Confidential
4.5.5.33 Rear Paper Feed Release Motor

Clamp Heater Controller
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Board Frame

3. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Clamps
Clamp
7. Remove the Left Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.330) Clamp

Step4 (p180))
9. Disconnect the cables from all connectors (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4,
CN5, CN7, CN8, CN11) on the Heater Controller Board (MCU-B).
(4.6 Connector Position "Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) (p397)")
10. Disconnect the all cables from all connectors on the SUB-M Board.
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-M Board (p396)")
Figure 4-195. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor (1)
11. Remove the Ferrite Core. ("4.5.5.29 Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller"
Step10 (p261))
12. Release the cables from the six clamps of the Heater Controller Board
Frame.
Clamp

Confidential
13. Remove the four screws, and remove the Heater Controller Board
Frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x8 R screw: two pieces
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces
Heater Controller
Board Frame
B B

Confidential
14. Disconnect the cable from the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor
Rear Paper Feed Release Motor/Decurl Motor Unit
connector.
15. Disconnect the cable from the Decurl Motor connector.
16. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Paper Feed Release
Motor/Decurl Motor Unit.
Cable
17. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Paper Feed Release C
Motor from the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor/Decurl Motor Unit.
D) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M1.3x6: two pieces
When installing the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor/Decurl

Motor Unit, cross the encoder cables in front of the motor
cables to do not contact the cables to the frame. C
Bottom Decurl Motor
Motor cables (red/black)

Rear Paper Feed
Rear Paper Feed Release Motor Release Motor
Encoder cables
(white/blue/black/orange)

D
when the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor is removed or
replaced.

Confidential
4.5.5.34 Decurl Motor

Decurl Motor
4. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) Rear Paper Feed Release Motor/
Decurl Motor Unit
8. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Release Motor/Decurl Motor Unit.
("4.5.5.33 Rear Paper Feed Release Motor" Step7 (p275) to Step 16
(p277)) A
9. Remove the two screws, and remove the Decurl Motor from the Rear
Paper Feed Release Motor/Decurl Motor Unit.
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M3x6: two pieces

when the Decurl Motor is removed or replaced.
Figure 4-200. Removing the Decurl Motor

Confidential
4.5.5.35 Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt

5. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Motor. (P.270) Rear Paper Feed Right Rack
45.5/15.92
6. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Unit. (P.362) Compounding gear Spacer
7. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) (Step 17)
Washer
8. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) (Step 17)

Washer
(Step 18)
11. Remove the Decurl Unit. (P.264)
E-ring
12. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (P.163) (Step 18) Washer
(Step 16)
13. Remove the Right Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.331) Spacer
(Step 16)
14. Remove the Exhaust Fan (DRV). (P.332)
E-ring
15. Remove the Cutter Motor. (P.213) (Step 16)
16. Remove the three E-rings, spacers and washers, and remove the Rear
Paper Feed Right Rack. Figure 4-201. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt
17. Remove the three washers and spacers.

18. Remove the E-ring and the washer, and remove the 45.5/15.92
compounding gear.
19. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Timing Belt.

Confidential
When installing the Rear Paper Feed Right Rack, align the
marking of the Rear Paper Feed Right Rack with the one on
the gear.
Markings
Rear Paper Feed Right Rack
Gear

Confidential
4.5.6 Sensors Cable

Decurl Unit Paper Detector
4.5.6.1 Decurl Unit Paper Detector
9. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller. (P.261)
10. Release the hook and remove the Decurl Unit Paper Detector.
Figure 4-202. Removing the Decurl Unit Paper Detector

Confidential
4.5.6.2 Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector

Rear Paper Feed Rear Paper Guide
A A
9. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller. (P.261) Figure 4-203. Removing the Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector (1)
10. Remove the upper frame of the Rear Paper Feed Unit.
("4.5.5.29 Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller" Step9 (p261) to Step 14 Rear Paper Feed Front Paper Guide
(p262))
11. Remove the Rear Heater Guide.
("4.5.5.29 Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller" Step15 (p262))
12. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Paper Feed Rear Paper
Guide.
B B
13. Remove the four screws, and remove the Rear Paper Feed Rear Paper
Guide.
B B
Figure 4-204. Removing the Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector (2)

Confidential
14. Pull out the Back Print Unit toward you.

("4.5.9.1 Back Printing Unit" Step1 (p335)) Cable
C
15. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the Back Printing Position Back Printing Paper Sensor
Sensor.
16. Remove the screw, and remove the Back Printing Sensor Frame.
18. Release the hook and remove the Back Printing Paper Sensor.
Back Printing Sensor Frame
Cable Back Printing Position Sensor
Figure 4-205. Removing the Back Printing Paper Sensor (3)

Confidential
4.5.6.3 Back Printing Position Sensor

Back Printing Sensor Frame
Back Printing Position Sensor
9. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Release Roller. (P.261)
10. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Front Paper Guide.
("4.5.6.2 Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector" Step13 (p282))
11. Remove the Back Printing Sensor Frame.
12. Release the hook and remove the Back Printing Position Sensor.
Figure 4-206. Removing the Back Printing Position Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.4 Rear Paper Feed Release Detection Sensor

Rear Paper Feed Release Detection Sensor
4. Remove the Top Frame. (P.160) Cable

8. Remove the Heater Controller Board Frame.
("4.5.5.33 Rear Paper Feed Release Motor" Step9 (p275) to Step 13
(p276))
9. Release the hook and remove the Rear Paper Feed Release Detection
Sensor.

R E Q U IR E D
Rear Paper Feed Release Detection Sensor is removed or
replaced. Figure 4-207. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Release Detection Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.5 Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor

Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor
9. Remove the Decurl Unit. (P.264)
10. Release the hook and remove the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home
Position Sensor.

R E Q U IR E D
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor is removed or
replaced.
Figure 4-208. Removing the Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.6 Top Cover Open Sensor

Top Cover Open Sensor
Cable
5. Remove the screw, and removed the frame.
A
7. Release the sensor hook using a flat-blade screwdriver and remove the
Top Cover Open Sensor from the frame in the direction indicated by
the arrow.
Figure 4-209. Removing the Top Cover Open Sensor (1)
Frame
Top Cover Open Sensor
Hook
Figure 4-210. Removing the Top Cover Open Sensor (2)

Confidential
4.5.6.7 Front Paper Slack Sensor

Sensor Cover
2. Remove the roll paper when it is set in the Front Roll.
A
3. Remove the two screws, and remove the Sensor Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: two pieces A
Figure 4-211. Removing the Front Paper Slack Sensor (1)

Confidential
4. Remove the three screws, and remove the sensor frame.

B) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: three pieces
Sensor frame
B
6. Release the hook and remove the Front Paper Slack Sensor.
Front Paper Slack Sensor
Cable
Figure 4-212. Removing the Front Paper Slack Sensor (2)

Confidential
4.5.6.8 Rear Paper Slack Sensor

2. Remove the roll paper when it is set in the Rear Roll.
3. Remove the two screws, and remove the Sensor Cover.
Sensor Cover
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces A
Figure 4-213. Removing the Rear Paper Slack Sensor (1)

Confidential
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the sensor frame.

B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces Rear Paper Slack Sensor
6. Release the hook and remove the Rear Paper Slack Sensor. B
Sensor frame
Figure 4-214. Removing the Rear Paper Slack Sensor (2)

Confidential
4.5.6.9 Front Roll End Sensor

6. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame. (P.166) Front Roll End Sensor
7. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) Sensor frame
Cable
Frame
C
14. Remove the screw, and remove the clamp.
16. Remove the two screws, and remove the frame.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: two pieces B

C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece B
A
19. Release the hook and remove the Front Roll End Sensor from the
sensor frame. Figure 4-215. Removing the Front Roll End Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.10 Rear Roll End Sensor 22. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector.
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) 23. Release the hook and remove the Rear Roll End Sensor from the
2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) sensor frame.
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) B

4. Remove the Right Frame. (P.161) Frame
5. Remove the Right Front Cover. (P.165) B A Cable

6. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame. (P.166) Clamp

C
11. Remove the Front Top Cover. (P.167) Rear Roll End Sensor
Sensor frame
15. Remove the Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch/Rear Roll Electromagnetic
Clutch. (P.218)
16. Remove the Lower Inlet Roller. (P.227)
17. Remove the Lower Edge Guide Plate. (P.231)
18. Remove the screw, and remove the clamp.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x6: one piece Figure 4-216. Removing the Rear Roll End Sensor
20. Remove the two screws, and remove the frame.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece

Confidential
4.5.6.11 Front Roll Position Sensor

3. Lower the Front Roll. Frame

5. Remove the screw, and remove the frame.
6. Release the hook and remove the Front Roll Position Sensor from the
frame.
A
Front Roll Position Sensor
Cable
Figure 4-217. Removing the Front Roll Position Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.12 Paper End Sensor

Sensor frame
4. Remove the Right Front Cover. (P.165) Carriage Frame

7. Remove the screw, and remove the sensor frame from the Carriage
Frame.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece
8. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector. A
9. Release the hook and remove the Paper End Sensor.
Paper End Sensor
Cable
Figure 4-218. Removing the Paper End Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.13 Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor

A
5. Open the Ink Cartridge Cover.
Frame
6. Remove the screw, and remove the frame by moving it in the direction
indicated by the arrow.
Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor
8. Release the hook and remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor.
Cable
Figure 4-219. Removing the Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.14 Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor

3. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) A
4. Open the Maintenance Tank Cover.
5. Remove the screw, and remove the frame by moving it in the direction
6. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector. Frame
7. Release the hook and remove the Maintenance Tank Cover Open
Sensor.
Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor
Cable
Figure 4-220. Removing the Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.15 Front Door Open Sensor

4. Open the Rear Roll Front Cover. Cable
5. Remove the screw, and remove the Front Door Open Sensor Frame. Front Door Open Sensor
A) Silver, Phillips, Hexagon head, Cup S-tite M4x8: one piece

Front Door
7. Release the hook and remove the Front Door Open Sensor. Open Sensor Frame
Figure 4-221. Removing the Front Door Open Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.16 Front Roll Cover Open Sensor

Front Roll Cover Open Sensor
Cable
5. Remove the Right Front Cover. (P.165) Front Cover Open Sensor Unit

A
14. Remove the two screws, and remove the Front Cover Sensor Unit.
16. Release the hook and remove the Front Roll Cover Open Sensor from
the frame.
A
Figure 4-222. Removing the Front Roll Cover Open Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.17 Paper Feed Encoder Sensor

Be sure to check the following points when working with the
C A U T IO N
Paper Feed Encoder Sensor.
Paper Feed Encoder Sensor Unit
 Do not touch it with bare hands.
Ferrite core
 Do not contaminate it with ink or the like.
 Do not damage it.
FFC
Failing to do so may cause a malfunction of the Paper Feed
Roller.
A
5. Remove the SUB-D Board Frame.
("4.5.5.2 Paper Feed Motor" Step5 (p204) to Step 7 (p202))
Connector
6. Remove the screw, and remove the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor Unit.
7. Disconnect the FFC from the sensor connector.
8. Remove the FFC from the ferrite core.
Figure 4-223. Removing the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor

Confidential
Secure the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor Frame with the screw
while the Paper Feed Scale is in contact with the two dowels
(as shown below) of the Paper Feed Encoder Sensor Holder.
Paper Feed Encoder

Sensor Holder
Dowels
Paper Feed Scale

R E Q U IR E D
Paper Feed Encoder Sensor is removed or replaced.

Confidential
4.5.6.18 Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor

Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor
6. Release the hook and remove the Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor.
Cable

R E Q U IR E D
Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor is removed or replaced.
Figure 4-224. Removing the Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.19 Middle Roller Encoder Sensor

Be sure to check the following points when working with the
C A U T IO N
Middle Roller Scale. Middle Roller Encoder Sensor Unit
 Do not touch it with bare hands.
 Do not contaminate it with ink or the like.
 Do not damage it.
Failing to do so may cause a malfunction of the Middle FFC
Roller.
4. Disconnect the FFC from the sensor connector. A
5. Remove the screw, and remove the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor
Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x8: one piece
Figure 4-225. Removing the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor

Confidential
Secure the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor Frame with the

screw while the Middle Roller Scale is in contact with the two
dowels (as shown below) of the Middle Roller Encoder Sensor
Holder.
Middle Roller Scale

Dowels
Middle Roller Encoder Sensor Frame

R E Q U IR E D
Middle Roller Encoder Sensor is removed or replaced.

Confidential
4.5.6.20 Cutter Encoder Sensor

6. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) Cutter Encoder Sensor
9. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (P.163) A

11. Remove the Exhaust Fan (DRV). (P.332)
12. Remove the Cutter Unit. (P.212)
13. Remove the Cutter Motor. (P.213)
A
14. Remove the Cable from the connector of the Cutter Encoder Sensor. Connector
15. Remove the two screws, remove the Cutter Encoder Sensor. Cable
A） Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: four pieces
Figure 4-226. Remove the Cutter Encoder Sensor

Confidential
4.5.6.21 Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor

Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor
4. Remove the Area Suction Motor. (P.209)
5. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector. Area Suction Motor
6. Release the hook and remove the Paper Suction Area Home Position
Sensor.

R E Q U IR E D
Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor is removed or
replaced.
Cable
Figure 4-227. Removing the Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor

Confidential
4.5.7 Ink System Mechanism

Waste ink tubes
4.5.7.1 Capping Unit
C A U T IO N
Do not disassemble the Capping Unit into units smaller than
those explained in this manual.
Tape

5. Unlock the Carriage. Capping Unit
( "4.5.1.1 Unlocking the CR Unit" (p151))
6. Move the Carriage Timing Belt to move the CR Unit to the center.
C A U T IO N
As ink may leak in the following steps, prepare a waste cloth
or the like in advance.
Figure 4-228. Removing the Capping Unit (1)
7. Release the three waste ink tubes from the clamps.

("4.5.5.8 Absorber Unit" Step5 (p210))
8. Remove the three waste ink tubes from the Maintenance Tank Holder
Unit and secure it with tape in the position indicated in the Figure
4-228.

Confidential
W A R N IN G
Be sure to unplug the power cable before disassembling the
Auto Ink Detection Board. Working with the power supply
still connected may result in electric shock.
Cables
9. Disconnect the FFC from the Auto Ink Detection Board connector.
("4.5.7.4 Auto Ink Detection Board" Step3 (p315)) Grooves
10. Remove the Auto Ink Detection Board Top Frame.

("4.5.7.4 Auto Ink Detection Board" Step4 (p315))
11. Remove the Auto Ink Detection Board Cover.
Capping Unit
12. Remove the two cables from the Auto Ink Detection Board.
13. Remove the two relay connectors from the grooves of the Capping
Unit. Relay connectors
14. Disconnect the cables from the two relay connectors.
15. Remove the three screws, and remove the Capping Unit.
(Figure 4-230)
Capping Unit
A
When installing the Auto Ink Detection Board cable, make
sure to check the connection is securely fastened. If the
connection is not fastened well, an error may occur due to the
voltage being unstable. A

Confidential
4.5.7.2 Ink Supply Decompression Unit

Ink Supply
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Decompression Unit

3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) Ink Supply Decompression
Unit tube
Ink Supply pipe
Following when performing the below steps, attach the

C A U T IO N
PAPERFED SCALE COVER JIG to prevent the contact to
Paper Feed Scale.
Clamp
Hook
PAPERFED SCALE
COVER JIG Figure 4-231. Removing the Ink Supply Decompression Unit (1)
Ink Supply
Relay connector Decompression Unit
5. Disconnect the Ink Supply Decompression Unit tube from the Ink
Supply pipe.
6. Release the Ink Supply Decompression Unit tube from the clamp and
hook of the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit. Ribs
Motor cable
7. Disconnect the sensor cables from the two ribs.
8. Disconnect the motor cable from the relay connector. Figure 4-232. Removing the Ink Supply Decompression Unit (2)

Confidential
9. Remove the screw, and remove the Encoder Cover.

Encoder Cover
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x12: one piece
10. Remove the two screws, and remove the Ink Supply Decompression
A
Unit.
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x12: two pieces B
11. Disconnect the sensor cable from the sensor connector.

R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the Ink B
Supply Decompression Unit is removed or replaced.
Ink Supply Decompression Unit
Sensor cable
Figure 4-233. Removing the Ink Supply Decompression Unit (3)

Confidential
4.5.7.3 Ink Tube

A
1. Discharge the ink. ( "5.5.10.1 Ink Draining" (p480)) A
2. Remove the Middle Cover.(P.157)
3. Remove the Right Top Cover.(P.159)
4. Remove the Left Top Cover.(P.158)
5. Remove the Top Frame.(P.160) Upper Ink Path

Ink Path
7. Unlock the Carriage.
( "4.5.1.1 Unlocking the CR Unit" (p151))
("4.5.4.4 Print Head" Step7 (p188) to Step 10 (p188))
9. Remove the FFC Top Guide.
("4.5.4.4 Print Head" Step11 (p189))
C A U T IO N
As ink may leak in the following steps, prepare a waste cloth Figure 4-234. Removing the Ink Tube (1)
or the like in advance.
Upper Ink Path
10. Remove the two screws, and remove the upper ink path parts from the
ink path.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M2.5x16: two pieces B Ink tube
11. Remove the two screws, and remove the ink tube from the upper ink
path parts.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M2.5x16: two pieces
Figure 4-235. Removing the Ink Tube (2)

Confidential
12. Secure the ink tube with tape in the position indicated in the Figure Tape
4-236. Ink tube
13. Remove the screw, and remove the tube holder.

14. Release the hooks of the two tube stoppers and open the stoppers.
 The tube stoppers are secured with doubled-sided tape

C A U T IO N
and cannot be reused. When removing the tube stoppers,
replace them with new ones.
 The ink tube and the two tube stoppers are supplied in a
set as an ASP.
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the ink tube.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M2.5x16: two pieces Figure 4-236. Removing the Ink Tube (3)
Tube Stoppers
C
Ink Tube
Tube Holder
Figure 4-237. Removing the Ink Tube (4)

Confidential
 Check the following when installing the Ink Tube.  Follow the instructions below when securing the Tube
 Make sure that the O-rings are installed. Use the Joint Holder to the Frame.
originally installed O-rings because they are not  Standard:
supplied with the Ink supply tube. Also, clean the O- Align the dowel and hook with the positioning hole and
rings with alcohol when installing them and confirm groove (circled in red), and tighten the screw through
there is no foreign material on the O-rings. the screw hole (circled in red).
 If the Ink Tube is too short:
Ink Tube
Align the dowel and hook with the positioning hole and
O-ring
groove (circled in blue), and tighten the screw through
the screw hole (circled in blue).
Screw
Screw hole
O-ring
Dowel Tube Joint
Positioning hole Holder
Ink Tube
 Secure the screws that secure the Ink Supply Tube with
tightening torque about 0.29 Nm. (See Figure 4-235,
Figure 4-237.)
Hook
Groove

Confidential
 When installing the Ink Tube, move the CR Unit to the  After installing the ink tube, Make sure not to interfere
Home position while moving the Carriage Timing Belt. with the tab of the FFC guide tube and Tube Stopper by
 Attach the tube holder to the FFC Guide tab. following procedures.
1.Move the Carriage Timing Belt and move the CR Unit
Tube Holder to the Full side. If the Tube Stopper contact the tab of
FFC Guide Tab
the FFC Guide, reassemble the Tube Stopper.
FFC Guide Tab
2.Move the Carriage Timing Belt and move the CR Unit
to the Home side. If the Tube Stopper contact the tab of
the FFC Guide, reassemble the Tube Stopper.

R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the ink
tube is removed or replaced.
 Attach the two tube stoppers with double-sided tape in

the position within 5 mm from the FFC Guide tab.
Tube Stopper Tube Stopper
FFC Guide Tab FFC Guide Tab
5 mm
5 mm
 Make sure that there is no dirt or foreign material

attached on the joint.

Confidential
4.5.7.4 Auto Ink Detection Board
W A R N IN G
Be sure to unplug the power cable before disassembling the
Auto Ink Detection Board. Working with the power supply Auto Ink Detection Board Top Frame
still connected may result in electric shock.
A
A
C A U T IO N
electricity. FFC

3. Disconnect the FFC from the Auto Ink Detection Board connector.
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Auto Ink Detection Board
Top Frame. Figure 4-238. Removing the Auto Ink Detection Board (1)

Confidential
5. Remove the two screws, and remove the Auto Ink Detection Board
Cover. Auto Ink Detection Board

6. Remove the two screws, and remove the two cables.
Auto Ink Detection Board Top Frame
C) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M2.3x6: two pieces
7. Remove the three screws, and remove the Auto Ink Detection Board.
D
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: three pieces
D
When installing the Auto Ink Detection Board cable, make
sure to check the connection is securely fastened. If the D
connection is not fastened well, it may cause an error as the

voltage is unstable. B
A D J U S T M E N T Carry out the adjustments referring to "5.1.3 Adjustment B

R E Q U IR E D
Auto Ink Detection Board is removed or replaced.
C C
Cable
Figure 4-239. Removing the Auto Ink Detection Board (2)

Confidential
4.5.7.5 Ink Cartridge Holder Unit

As ink may leak in this procedure, prepare a waste cloth or
C A U T IO N
the like in advance.
Cable
2. Remove the Middle Cover. (P.157) Ink End Sensor
3. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Clamp

Ink End Sensor
7. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover. (P.156) Groove

Figure 4-240. Removing the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit (1)
11. Remove the Ink Supply Decompression Unit. (P.309) Tube Joint Holder
12. Release the cable from the groove of Ink Cartridge Holder Unit and the Ink Supply Tube
Ink Tube
clamp. A
B
13. Disconnect the cables from the five connectors on the Ink End Sensor.
14. Remove the screw, and remove the Tube Joint Holder.
Hole
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the ink supply tube from the ink
tube. B
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M2.5x16: two pieces

Confidential
16. Secure the ink tube with a tape at the position as shown in the Figure
4-242. Ink tube
17. Pull out the ink supply tube from the frame hole. (See Figure 4-241.)
18. Secure the ink tube with tape in the position indicated in the Figure Tape
4-243.
Ink supply tube
Tape

Confidential
19. Remove the two pump tubes from the Ink Path Pump Unit.
Pump Tube
Ink Path
Pump Tube
Pump Unit

Confidential
Be careful of the following when performing the next step.

C A U T IO N
 Make sure not to let the driver touch the Paper Feed
Scale when removing/attaching the screws. SUB-H Board
 Make sure not to take off the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit Ink Cartridge Holder Unit
C
strongly too far. Otherwise the cables and FFCs Paper Feed Scale
connected to the SUB-H Board may be damaged.
20. Remove the eight screws, and remove the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eight pieces
21. Disconnect all cables and FFCs from the SUB-H Board. C
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-H Board (p396)")
22. Remove the SUB-H Board. (P.179)
C
C
C
C
C

Confidential
23. Remove the four screws, and remove the ink supply tube from the Ink
Path Pump Unit. Ink Cartridge Control
Board 1
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M2.5x16: four pieces
Ink Path Pump
24. Remove the two FFCs from the connectors on the Ink Cartridge Unit
Control Board 1/2.
 Make sure that the O-rings are installed when installing

FFC
the Ink supply tube. Use the originally installed O-rings
FFC
because they are not supplied with the Ink supply tube. Ink supply tube
Also, clean the O-rings with alcohol when installing them
and confirm there is no foreign material on the O-rings.
O-ring
D
Ink supply
tube D
Ink Cartridge Control

Ink Path Pump Board 2
Unit
O-ring
Ink supply Figure 4-246. Removing the Ink Cartridge Holder Unit (7)
tube

Confidential
 Secure the screws that secure the Ink Supply Tube with
tightening torque about 0.29 Nm. (See Figure 4-241,
Figure 4-246.)
 When installing the Ink tube and Ink Supply Tube, make
sure that there is no dirt or foreign material attached on
the joint.

R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the Ink
Cartridge Holder Unit is removed or replaced.

Confidential
4.5.7.6 Ink Path Pump Unit

Two Ink Path Pump Units are installed in this product. When Upper Ink Path Pump Unit
C A U T IO N
replacing the Ink Path Pump Unit, make sure to replace both
A
units together, not just one of them.
A
1. Discharge the ink. ( "5.5.10.1 Ink Draining" (p480)) B

B
3. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) B
4. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) B C
A
C
D
D
9. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) C
D
D

11. Remove the Ink Supply Decomperession Unit. (P.309) Bottom Ink Path Pump Unit

Figure 4-247. Removing the Ink Path Pump Unit
13. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Upper Ink Path Pump Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: three pieces
14. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Bottom Ink Path Pump
Unit.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: three pieces
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces

Confidential
4.5.7.7 Ink Cartridge Controller Board 1/2

A
3. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Board Cover
4. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) B

B
6. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) Ink Cartridge Controller Board 1

Protection Plate
8. Remove the Ink Cartridge Cover Frame. (P.166) A
A
11. Remove the Ink Supply Decomperession Unit. (P.309)
13. Remove the Ink Path Pump Unit. (P.323)
B
14. Remove the two screws, and remove the Board Cover and Protection
Plate (only Ink Cartridge Controller Board 2). Board Cover B
Upper Ink Path Pump Unit
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the Ink Cartridge Controller
Ink Cartridge
Board 1/2. Controller Board 2
Bottom Ink Path Pump Unit
Figure 4-248. Removing the Ink Cartridge Controller Board 1/2.

Confidential
4.5.7.8 Maintenance Tank Holder Unit

Connector FFC
2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Waste ink tube
FFC

5. Remove the Maintenance Tank Cover. (P.156)
7. Remove the three waste ink tubes from the Maintenance Tank Holder
Unit.
8. Remove the four screws. A

A
9. Release the two hooks from the rear of the main body and remove the
Maintenance Tank Holder Unit. Maintenance Tank Holder Unit A
10. Disconnect the FFC from the connector. A
Figure 4-249. Removing the Maintenance Tank Holder Unit (1)
Maintenance Tank
Holder Unit
Hooks
Figure 4-250. Removing the Maintenance Holder Unit (2)

Confidential
4.5.8 Fans
4.5.8.1 Printer Cooling Front Fan
3. Remove the Left Frame. (P.160) Printer Cooling Front Fan
4. Disconnect the cable from the relay connector.
C H E C K
Use a stubby driver when removing Screw B shown Figure
P O IN T 4-251.
B
5. Remove the two screws, and remove the Printer Cooling Front Fan.
A) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw with W M3x25: one piece
B) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw with W M3x25: one piece
A
Relay Connector
Figure 4-251. Removing the Printer Cooling Front Fan

Confidential
4.5.8.2 Rear Exhaust Fan Unit

Rear Exhaust Fan Unit Heater Controller Board CN4
3. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) (MCU-B)

5. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Unit. (P.362) Clamp

CN227
10. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN227) on the Mecha
Controller Board (MCU), and release the cable from the two clamps.
Step4 (p180))
12. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN4) on the Heater
Controller Board (MCU-B), and release the cable from the eleven Mecha Controller
Board (MCU)
clamps.
Figure 4-252. Removing the Rear Exhaust Fan Unit (1)

Confidential
13. Remove the two screws, and remove the Rear Exhaust Fan Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: three pieces Rear Exhaust Fan Unit
14. Remove the two screws, and remove the Printer Cooling BPU Fan
from the Rear Exhaust Fan Unit.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: three pieces
15. Remove the two screws, and remove the Printer Cooling Platen Fan
from the Rear Exhaust Fan Unit.
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x6: three pieces
A
A
When securing the cable to be connected to the Heater
Controller Board (MCU-B) with the clamp, route it behind
the Back Print Unit as shown below.
Figure 4-253. Removing the Rear Exhaust Fan Unit (2)
C C
Clamp
Printer Cooling BPU Fan
Rear Exhaust Fan Unit

Back Print Unit cable
Printer Cooling BPU Fan cable
Figure 4-254. Removing the Printer Cooling BPU Fan/


Confidential
4.5.8.3 PS Exhaust Fan

4. Remove the two screws, and remove the PS Exhaust Fan from the Mecha Controller
frame. Board (MCU)
A) PS Exhaust Fan fixing screw: two pieces

CN217
PS Exhaust Fan
A
A
Figure 4-255. Removing the PS Exhaust Fan

Confidential
4.5.8.4 Left Exhaust Fan Unit

2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Left Exhaust Fan Unit

A
5. Diconnect the cable from the relay connector.
6. Remove the two screws, and remove the Left Exhaust Fan Unit.
Relay connector
Figure 4-256. Removing the Left Exhaust Fan Unit

Confidential
4.5.8.5 Right Exhaust Fan Unit

A
Right Exhaust Fan Unit
5. Diconnect the cable from the relay connector.
6. Remove the two screws, and remove the Right Exhaust Fan Unit.
A
Relay connector
Figure 4-257. Removing the Right Exhaust Fan Unit

Confidential
4.5.8.6 Exhaust Fan (DRV)

CN10
2. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) Head Controller Board
A (DRV)
Clamp
5. Remove the Board Frame. Exhaust Fan (DRV)
("4.5.3.5 Head Controller Board (DRV)" Step5 (p175))
6. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN10) on the Head
Controller Board A (DRV), and release the cable from the clamp.
7. Remove the two screws, and remove the Exhaust Fan (DRV).
A
Figure 4-258. Removing the Exhaust Fan (DRV)

Confidential
4.5.8.7 Exhaust Fan (MCU)

2. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (P.163) Clamp
Exhaust Fan (MCU)
Controller Board (MCU), and release the cable from the five clamps.
4. Remove the two screws, and remove the Exhaust Fan (MCU).
A
A) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw S-tite M3x12: two pieces
A
CN215
Mecha Controller
Board (MCU)
Figure 4-259. Removing the Exhaust Fan (MCU)

Confidential
4.5.8.8 Exhaust Fan (MCU-B)

Step4 (p180)) CN5
Exhaust Fan (MCU-B) Clamp
5. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN5) on the Heater
Controller Board (MCU-B), and release the cable from the three
clamps.
Clamp Clamp
6. Remove the two screws, and remove the Exhaust Fan (MCU-B).
A） Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw S-tite M3x12: two pieces
A
Heater Controller
Board (MCU-B)
Figure 4-260. Removing the Exhaust Fan (MCU-B)

Confidential
4.5.9 Option
Removal grip
4.5.9.1 Back Printing Unit
1. Grasp the removal grip of the Back Printing Unit and pull out the unit.
Figure 4-261. Removing the Back Printing Unit (1)

Confidential
2. Remove the two ribbon cassettes.

Ribbon cassette
3. Release the cable from the two clamps. Ribbon cassette
4. Removed the screw, and remove the Connector Cover.

A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece Back Printing Unit
5. Remove the two screws, and remove the Back Printing Unit fixing
plate.
Connector Cover
A
Back Printing Unit fixing plate
B
B
Clamp
Back printing cable
Spring
Clamp

Confidential
6. Remove the screw and remove the grounding wire.

7. Disconnect the two back printing cables from the Back Printing Unit Back Printing Unit Relay Board (SUB-G)
Relay Board (SUB-G) connectors (CN1 and CN2) and remove the CN2
Back Printing Unit.
CN1
R E Q U IR E D
Back Printing Unit is removed or replaced.
Grounding wire

Confidential
4.5.9.2 Back Printing Link Unit

2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P.158) Clamp
Clamp
4. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P.159) CN218

Clamp
7. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (P.163) Grounding wire
8. Remove the Heater Unit. (P.211) CN17

Cables of the Back Printing Unit
9. Remove the Left Exhaust Fan Unit. (P.330) A
10. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Release Roller.

("4.5.5.29 Rear Paper Feed Driven Roller" Step14 (p262) to Step 17
(p263)) Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
11. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Rear Paper Guide. SUB-B Board
("4.5.6.2 Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector" Step12 (p282)) Figure 4-264. Removing the Back Printing Link Unit (1)
12. Remove the Rear Paper Feed Front Paper Guide.
13. Remove the Back Printing Unit. (P.335)
14. Push the Back Printing Link Unit all the way in, and then holding the
handle in the center push the unit up until it locks in place.
16. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN17) on the SUB-B Board.
17. Remove the screw and release the grounding wire.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: six pieces
18. Release the cables of the Back Printing Unit from the three clamps.

Confidential
In the next step, the Back Printing Link Unit will drop Back Printing Link Unit
C A U T IO N
immediately after removing the last screw. Therefore, make B B B
sure to hold the unit when removing the last few screws.
19. Remove the six screws that secure the Back Printing Link Unit.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: six pieces
20. Remove the Back Printing Link Unit in the direction indicated by the B B B
arrow.
Figure 4-265. Removing the Back Printing Link Unit (2)
Back Printing Link Unit
Figure 4-266. Removing the Back Printing Link Unit (3)

Confidential
4.5.9.3 Sorter and Conveyer

After installing the Sorter and Conveyer, be sure to select
C A U T IO N
“Enable” for the Sorter on the Settings for Optional
Equipment screen of the Maintenance Utility, and Restart the
printer (Post-Operation Check/Pre-Operation Check). If the
printer do not restarted, the Sorter do not move.
1. Start the Maintenance Utility and go to the Maintenance Mode.

(See "5.1.6 Maintenance Utility" (p411))
2. Select 01. System Operation Settings/Inspections  012. Settings
for Optional Equipment.
3. Select Disabled in the Sorter section, and click [Apply].
4. Perform the Post-Operation Check. Click
5. Disconnect the power supply cable of the printer.
Figure 4-267. Removing the Sorter and Conveyer (1)

Confidential
6. Remove the sorter cable from the main body. 7. Remove the Print Tray.
8. Remove the four screws that secure the Sorter and Conveyer.
Sorter cable
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: one piece

Sorter
Print Tray
Conveyer

Confidential
9. Remove the two screws that secure the Sorter Fixing Bracket A. 11. Remove the screw that secures the Sorter.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind B-tite M4x8: two pieces E) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x6: one piece
Sorter Fixing Bracket A Sorter
D D

10. Remove the two hexagon nuts in the back of the Sorter. Figure 4-272. Removing the Sorter and Conveyer (6)
Sorter
Hexagon nuts

Confidential
12. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer from the main body in the direction 13. Remove the screw that secure the Sorter Board Cover.
F) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x6: one piece
14. Loosen the two screws that secure the Sorter Board Cover, and remove
the Sorter Board Cover.
Sorter
G) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x6: two pieces
15. Disconnect the motor cable from the connector on the Conveyer
Motor.
16. Loosen the three screws that secure the Conveyer.
H) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x6: three pieces
Conveyer Motor
Conveyer
Conveyer
Motor Cable

Sorter Board
H Cover
H
H
F
Sorter

Confidential
4.5.9.4 Sorter Motor

2. Remove the 22 Sorter Trays. (P.354)
3. Disconnect the cables from the connectors (CN5, CN6, CN7) on the
Sorter Relay Board.
(4.6 Connector Position "Sorter Relay Board (p399)")
Insulock tie
4. Remove the Rear Frame.
("4.5.9.5 Sorter Tray Detection Sensor" Step2 (p347) to Step 3 (p347))
5. Cut the three banding bands with pair of nippers or a similar tool.
6. Remove the screw, and remove the insulock tie.
A
Banding band
Figure 4-275. Removing the Sorter Motor (1)

Confidential
7. Remove the seven screws, and remove the Sorter Tray Unit.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x8: seven pieces B
Sorter Tray Unit
B
B
B
B

Confidential
8. Remove the four screws, and remove the Drive Unit.

C) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x8: three pieces
D) Silver, Phillips, Pan machine screw with S.W M4x6: one piece
9. Disconnect the cable from the motor connector.
10. Remove the two screws, and remove the Sorter Motor.
E) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x4: two pieces C
D
C
Drive Unit
Sorter Motor

Confidential
4.5.9.5 Sorter Tray Detection Sensor

2. Loosen the three screws that secure the Rear Frame.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x6: three pieces Rear Frame
3. Remove the screw, and remove the Rear Frame.

Figure 4-278. Removing the Sorter Tray Detection Sensor (1)

Confidential
4. Remove the screw, and remove the frame.

C) Silver, Phillips, Bind B-tite M3x8: one piece
Sorter Tray
5. Disconnect the cable from the sensor connector. Detection Sensor C
6. Release the hook and remove the Sorter Tray Detection Sensor.
Frame
Figure 4-279. Removing the Sorter Tray Detection Sensor (2)

Confidential
4.5.9.6 Sorter Front Paper Sensor

Sensor frame
C H E C K
 Two Bottom Paper Detection Sensors are installed in this
P O IN T product (light emitting/light receiving). When replacing A
the Paper Detection Sensor, make sure to replace both
A
sensors together, not just one of them.
 Make sure to replace the sensor with the sensor cover
attached, because the sensor was adjusted at the time of
manufacture.

2. Remove the two screws, and remove the sensor frame.
Figure 4-280. Removing the Sorter Front Paper Sensor (1)

Confidential

("4.5.9.5 Sorter Tray Detection Sensor" Step2 (p347) to Step 3 (p347)) C Sorter Front Paper Sensor
(light-receiving side: DET)
4. Remove the screws, and remove the Sorter Front Paper Sensor (light- Sorter Front Paper Sensor
receiving side: DET). (light-receiving side: EMI)
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece B

6. Remove the screws, and remove the Sorter Front Paper Sensor (light-
emitting side: EMI).
Cable Cable
Install the light-receiving side of the Sorter Front Paper

Sensor (DET) on the front side of the Sorter. The sensors can
be distinguished as follows.
 The light-emitting side EMI) sensor has a hole on it. Front side
 A tag indicating “light-receiving side (DET)” or “light-
emitting side (EMI)” is attached on each sensor cable. Figure 4-281. Removing the Sorter Front Paper Sensor (2)
Sorter Front Paper Sensor Sorter Front Paper Sensor

(light-emitting side: EMI) (light-receiving side: DET)
Front side

Confidential
4.5.9.7 Sorter Relay Board

1. Disconnect the cables from all connectors on the Sorter Relay Board.
2. Remove the four screws, and remove the Sorter Relay Board.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M3x4: four pieces
Sorter Relay Board
A
A
Figure 4-282. Removing the Sorter Relay Board

Confidential
4.5.9.8 Sorter Switch

("4.5.9.5 Sorter Tray Detection Sensor" Step2 (p347) to Step 3 (p347)) Cables (black/white)
3. Disconnect the cable from the connector (CN9) on the Sorter Relay
Board.
4. Cut the six banding bands using pair of nippers or a similar tool, and
release the cables (black/white).
Banding band
Figure 4-283. Removing the Sorter Switch (1)

Confidential
5. Remove the screw, and remove the switch cover.

Switch cover
6. Push the switch outward, and remove it from the frame.
7. Remove the Sorter Switch.
A
Sorter Switch
Figure 4-284. Removing the Sorter Switch (2)

Confidential
4.5.9.9 Sorter Tray

1. Slide the Sorter Tray in the direction of the arrow to disengage its four
dowels from the Sorter Tray Base, and remove the Sorter Tray.
Sorter Tray
Sorter Tray Base
Figure 4-285. Removing the Sorter Tray

Confidential
4.5.9.10 Sorter Tray Base

1. While pulling the Sorter Tray Base by hand and rotating it toward you,
Bottom
remove the 22 Sorter Trays. (P.354) Sorter Chain fastening Dowel
2. Move the Sorter Tray Base to the position shown in the figure.
Step4
3. Disengage the dowel of the Sorter Tray Base from the Sorter Chain
fastening in the direction of the arrow.
4. Slide the Sorter Tray Base in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
Step3
Step2
Sorter Tray Base
Figure 4-286. Removing the Sorter Tray Base

Confidential
4.5.9.11 Sorter Reduction Gear / Sprocket

Insulation lock
2. While pulling the Sorter Tray Base by hand and rotating it toward you,
remove the 22 Sorter Trays. (P.354) A
3. Remove the 22 Sorter Tray Bases. (P.355)

4. Disconnect the cables from the connectors of the Sorter Relay Board Insulation lock A
(CN5, CN6, CN7, CN8, CN9).

A
("4.5.9.5 Sorter Tray Detection Sensor" Step2 (p347) to Step 3 (p347))
A
6. Remove the screw on each of the six insulation locks that secure the
cables of the Sorter Tray Unit and Sorter Tray Detection Sensor. A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: six pieces A
7. Remove the Sorter Tray Unit. ("4.5.9.4 Sorter Motor" Step7 (p345))
8. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings that secure the shaft. Figure 4-287. Removing the Sorter Reduction Gear / Sprocket (1)
Shaft E-ring
Bearing
Bearing
E-ring
Figure 4-288. Removing the Sorter Reduction Gear / Sprocket (2)

Confidential
At the next step, be careful not to drop the E-rings. Sorter Tray Unit
C A U T IO N
9. Remove the two E-rings and two parallel pins that secure the Sorter E-ring
Reduction Gear and the Sprocket.
10. Remove the shaft from the Sorter Tray Unit, and then remove the E-ring
Sorter Reduction Gear and the Sprocket.
Check the following points when installing the Sorter Parallel pin
Shaft
Reduction Gear and the Sprocket.
Sorter Reduction
 Attach the Sorter Reduction Gear with its convexed side Gear Parallel pin
facing to the right. Sprocket
 Attach the Sprocket with its longer convexed side facing

to the right.
Figure 4-289. Removing the Sorter Reduction Gear / Sprocket (3)
Longer convexed
side
Convexed
side
Sprocket
Sorter Reduction Gear

Confidential
4.5.9.12 Conveyer Motor

3. Remove the two screws, and remove the Conveyer Motor.
A
Conveyer Motor
A
Cable
Figure 4-290. Removing the Conveyer Motor

Confidential
4.5.9.13 Conveyer Belt

1. Remove the Sorter and Conveyer. (P.340) A
2. Remove the two screws, and remove the Conveyer Paper Ejection Conveyer Paper Ejection Unit
Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x4: two pieces
Figure 4-291. Removing the Conveyer Belt (1)

Confidential
3. Remove the Side Tray.

4. Remove the screw, and remove the Base Cover.
Guide Grounding Frame
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece
C
5. Remove the screw, and remove the Grounding Frame. Guide
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: one piece

Plastic Washer
6. Remove the five screws, and remove the Left Guide Plate and Right D
Eject paper Roller Assy
Guide Plate.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind P-tite M3x8: five pieces E-ring D Right Guide Plate
E
E E
7. Remove the two Guides from the Left Guide Plate and Right Guide E
Plate.
E
E
8. Remove the E-ring and Plastic Washer, and remove the Eject paper D D
Roller Assy.
Left Guide Plate B
9. Remove the eight screws, and remove the Caster Unit.
E) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M4x7: eight pieces Caster Unit
Base Cover
Side Tray

Confidential
10. Remove the Conveyer Belt by sliding the Driven Pulley Unit in the
Back side
Driven Pulley Unit
Conveyer Belt

Confidential
4.5.9.14 Long Paper Ejection Unit Long Paper Ejection Long Paper Ejection
Right Right Cover Left Cover
1. Remove the Rear Lower Frame. (P.163) A
Left
A
2. Remove the each set of four screws, and remove the Long Paper
Ejection Left Cover and the Long Paper Ejection Right Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: eight pieces
3. Disconnect the motor cable and the sensor cable from the two
connectors (CN210 and CN214) on the Mecha Controller Board
(MCU).
A
A
4. Release the motor cable and the sensor cable from the two clamps.
A A
A
A
Figure 4-294. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Unit (1)

Confidential
5. Disconnect the motor cable from the connector (CN214) on the Mecha
Controller Board (MCU). Mecha Controller Board Clamp
(MCU)
6. Peel off the acetate tape that secures the motor cable.
Motor cable
7. Release the motor cable from the clamp.
8. Disconnect the sensor cable from the connector (CN210) on the Mecha
9. Release the sensor cable from the clamp.
Acetate tape
CN214
Sensor cable
Mecha Controller Board
(MCU)
Clamp
CN210

Confidential
10. Pull out the Long Paper Ejection Unit cable from the two holes of the
Hole
Rear Upper Frame.
11. Loosen the two screws.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite machine screw M4x8: two pieces
Hole
12. Remove the two screws that secure the Long Paper Ejection Unit.
Motor cable
C) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw M4x8: two pieces
13. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Unit from the main body.
Sensor cable

Confidential
4.5.9.15 Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit

2. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Feed Unit. (P.362)
3. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Left Cover and the Long Paper
Ejection Right Cover.
("4.5.9.14 Long Paper Ejection Unit" Step2 (p362))
4. Cut ten pieces of the banding bands using pair of nippers or a similar
tool, and release the motor cable and the sensor cable.
Sensor cable
Motor cable
Banding band
Figure 4-299. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit (1)

Confidential
5. From the left and right side, remove each set of two screws that secure
the base frame. Right side Left side
6. Remove the two screws, and remove the base frame. A
A
Base frame
B B

Confidential
7. Remove the two screws, and remove the Gear Unit Frame.
9. Remove the E-ring, Plastic Washer and Bearing from the Long Paper
Ejection Feed Motor Unit.
10. Remove the four screws, and remove the Long Paper Ejection Feed C
Motor Unit.
D) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces
Gear Unit Frame
Plastic Washer E-ring
Bearing
D
D
Cable
Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit

Confidential
4.5.9.16 Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Unit

3. Remove the Left Cover and Right Cover. Long Paper Ejection
("4.5.9.15 Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit" Step3 (p365)) Release Motor Unit
4. Remove the base frame.

("4.5.9.15 Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit" Step5 (p366) to Step
6 (p366))
5. Remove the Gear Unit Frame. Cable
("4.5.9.15 Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Unit" Step7 (p367))
A
A
7. Remove the E-ring, Plastic Washer and Bearing from the Long Paper
Ejection Release Motor Unit.
A
8. Remove the four screws, and remove the Long Paper Ejection Release
Motor Unit.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: four pieces A
E-ring
Plastic Washer
Bearing
Figure 4-304. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Unit

Confidential
4.5.9.17 Long Paper Ejection Release Roller

1. From the right side, remove the E-ring and bearing that secure the Long
Paper Ejection Release Roller.
2. From the left side, remove the following parts that secure the Long Bearing
Paper Ejection Release Roller.
E-ring
 Gear: one piece
Figure 4-305. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Release Roller (1)
Bearing
Gear
Parallel pin
E-ring
Long Paper Ejection Release Roller

Confidential
3. Open the Upper Long Paper Ejection Cover.

Upper Long Paper Ejection Cover
4. Remove the screw, and remove the Guide Block. Guide Block A

5. Remove the screw, and remove the Long Paper Ejection Sensor Unit.
Long Paper Ejection

Sensor Unit

Confidential
6. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Release Roller.

Long Paper Ejection Release Roller

R E Q U IR E D
Long Paper Ejection Release Roller is replaced.

Confidential
4.5.9.18 Long Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller

2. Loosen the two plastic head screws, and remove the Center Cover.
Center Cover
3. Remove the Idle Plate.
("4.5.9.20 Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt" Step2 (p378))
Plastic head screw
Plastic head screw
Figure 4-309. Removing the Long Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller (1)

Confidential
4. From the left side, remove the following parts that secure the left
dividing lever B.
 Bearing: one piece Bearing
 Spring bar: one piece Left dividing lever B
5. Remove the left dividing lever B. E-ring

6. Remove the following parts that secure the driven roller.
 Gear: one piece
E-ring
7. Remove the two screws, and remove the left dividing plate.
Spring bar
Gear
Bearing
A
Parallel pin E-ring
Driven roller

Confidential
8. From the right side, remove the following parts that secure the Long
Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller. Bearing

E-ring
9. Remove the Long Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller.

R E Q U IR E D
Items and the Order by Repaired Part" (p.403) when the Long Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller
Long Paper Ejection 2nd Release Roller is replaced.
Long Paper Ejection 2nd

Release Roller

Confidential
4.5.9.19 Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller

3. Remove the two screws, and remove the Cover Base.
4. Lay down the Long Paper Ejection Unit. A
5. Remove the two screws, and remove the Lower Outer Guide.
B) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: two pieces Cover Base
Figure 4-314. Removing the Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller (1)
Lower Outer Guide

Confidential
6. From the left side, remove the following parts that secure the Long
Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller.
 Gear: one piece
7. From the right side, remove the following parts that secure the Long
Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller.
Gear
E-ring
Bearing
E-ring
Parallel pin
Bearing
E-ring

Confidential
8. Remove the Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller.
Before installing the Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller,

move the Long Paper Release Timing Belt to release the
roller.

R E Q U IR E D
Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller is replaced.
Long Paper Ejection 1st Release Roller

Confidential
4.5.9.20 Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt

1. Remove the Left Cover.
2. Remove the three screws, and remove the Idle Plate.
Idle Plate
A
A
Figure 4-319. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt (1)

Confidential
3. Remove the two screws, and remove the Left Tension Unit.
4. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt.
Left Tension Unit

Long Paper Ejection
Drive Belt
Figure 4-320. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Drive Belt (2)

Confidential
4.5.9.21 Long Paper Ejection Release Belt

1. Remove the Right Cover.
1. Remove the two screws, and remove the Right Tension Unit.
Right Tension Unit
2. Remove the Long Paper Ejection Release Belt.
When installing the Long Paper Ejection Release Belt, make

sure to align the placement of the cam following the steps
A
below.
1. Pass the three Phase focusing pins through the cam and
the Left Frame (figure below) from the left side.
A
Long Paper Ejection
Release Belt
Left Frame Cam
Hole
Hole
Cam
Cam
Hole
Figure 4-321. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Release Belt
2. Hang the Long Paper Ejection Release Belt on the rollers.

3. Install the Right Tension Unit.

Confidential
4.5.9.22 Long Paper Ejection Switch Home Position Sensor/

Long Paper Ejection Release Home Position Sensor
1. Remove the Right Cover. Long Paper Ejection Release
2. Disconnect the cable from the Long Paper Ejection Release Home
Position Sensor connector.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece Cable
Sensor frame
4. Release the hook, and remove the Long Paper Ejection Release Home A
Position Sensor.
5. Disconnect the cable from the Long Paper Ejection Switch Home
Position Sensor connector. Sensor frame
B
7. Release the hook and remove the Long Paper Ejection Release Home
Position Sensor. Long Paper Ejection Switch
Figure 4-322. Removing the Sensor

Confidential
4.5.9.23 Long Paper Ejection Cover Open Sensor

1. Remove the Right Cover. Cable
Ferrite core
Sensor frame
3. Remove the clamp from the sensor frame.
5. Release the hook and remove the Long Paper Ejection Cover Open
Sensor.
Clamp
A
Long Paper Ejection Cover

Open Sensor
Figure 4-323. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Cover Open Sensor

Confidential
4.5.9.24 Long Paper Ejection Paper Detection Sensor

1. Remove the Right Cover.
Upper Long Paper Ejection Cover
Figure 4-324. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Paper Detection Sensor (1)

Confidential
3. Remove the screw, and remove the sensor frame and the frame cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind S-tite M3x6: one piece B
4. Remove the screw, and remove the frame cover.

Frame cover
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: one piece
Cable
6. Release the hook and remove the Long Paper Ejection Paper Detection
Sensor frame
Sensor.
Long Paper Ejection Paper

Detection Sensor
Figure 4-325. Removing the Long Paper Ejection Paper Detection Sensor (2)

Confidential
4.5.9.25 Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll)

Moisture Control Cover
2. Remove the Moisture Control Cover.
3. Remove the plastic head screw.
4. Remove the Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll) by sliding it in the
5. Disconnect the cables from the two terminals of the Moisture Control Cables
Unit (Front Roll).
Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll)
Plastic head screw
Figure 4-326. Removing the Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll)

Confidential
The Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll) has a side for

humidifying and a side for dehumidifying, and must be
installed in a specific direction. When installing the Moisture
Control Unit (Front Roll), be sure to confirm the color of the
plate and to install it in the correct direction.
 Dehumidification: Install with the white plate surface
facing front.
 Humidification: Install with the black plate surface facing

front.

Confidential
4.5.9.26 Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll)

1. Open the Rear Roll Cover.
3. Disconnect the cables from the two terminals of the Moisture Control Cables
Unit (Rear Roll).
4. Remove the plastic head screw.
5. Remove the Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll) by sliding it in the
Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll)
Plastic head screw
Figure 4-327. Removing the Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll)

Confidential
The Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll) has a side for

humidifying and a side for dehumidifying, and must be
installed in a specific direction. When installing the Moisture
Control Unit (Rear Roll), be sure to confirm the color of the
plate and to install it in the correct direction.
 Dehumidification: Install with the white plate surface
facing front.
 Humidification: Install with the black plate surface facing

front.

Confidential
4.5.9.27 Moisture Control Power Supply Board

Moisture Control Unit Top Cover
A
4. Remove the five screws, and remove the Moisture Control Unit Top A
Cover.
A) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M4x6: five pieces
5. Disconnect the all cables from the connectors on the Moisture Control A A
Power Supply Board.
(4.6 Connector Position "Moisture Control Power Supply Board
(p399)")
6. Remove the eight screws, and remove the Moisture Control Power
Supply Board.
B) Silver, Phillips, Cup S-tite M3x6: eight pieces
Figure 4-328. Removing the Moisture Control Power Supply Board (1)
B B Moisture Control Power Supply Board
B
B
B B
Figure 4-329. Removing the Moisture Control Power Supply Board (2)

Confidential
4.5.9.28 SUB-F Board

A
A A
4. Remove the Moisture Control Unit Top Cover.
("4.5.9.27 Moisture Control Power Supply Board" Step2 (p389))
5. Disconnect the all cables from the connectors on the SUB-F Board. A
(4.6 Connector Position "SUB-F Board (p400)") SUB-F Board
6. Remove the four screws, and remove the SUB-F Board.

Figure 4-330. Removing the SUB-F Board

Confidential
Connector Position 391
Pole
4.6 Connector Position Connector
Number
Color Destination
CN1 22 White SUB-B Board

4.6.1 Mecha Controller Board (MCU) CN201 4 Red Power Switch
CN203 18 White SUB-E Board
CN204 8 White Paper Feed Motor
Ink Supply Decompression Unit Motor
Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch
Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch
CN207
CN205 32 White SUB-E Board
CN222
CN204 CN223 CN203 CN206 12 White SUB-E Board
CN225
CN207 32 White SUB-D Board
CN218
CN209 28 White Rear Paper Feed Sensors
CN210
CN205 CN210 22 White Long Paper Ejection Sensors
CN211
CN206 CN211 14 White Sorter Relay Board
CN219 CN212 6 Black Rear Paper Feed Motors
CN216
CN214 4 Black Long Paper Ejection Feed Motors
CN220
CN209 CN215 3 White Exhaust Fan (MCU)
CN217 CN215
CN227
CN216 30 White Data Controller Board (MAIN)
CN212
CN228 CN217 3 Yellow PS Exhaust Fan
CN201
CN226
CN218 12 White Back Printing Unit
CN221 CN214 CN1 (Back Printing Unit Relay Board (SUB-G))
CN219 8 White Heater Controller Board (MCU-B)
CN221 4 White Sorter Relay Board
CN222 2 Blue Top Cover Open Sensor
CN223 2 White SUB-M Board
CN225 3 White SUB-M Board
CN226 2 White Cutter Motor
CN227 3 Black Printer Cooling Platen Fan
CN228 3 White Printer Cooling Front Fan
Note "*": Double roll model only

Confidential
4.6.2 Data Controller Board (MAIN) Pole

Connector Color Destination
Number
CN15 6 White Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
CN31 16 White SUB-H Board
CN33 11 White Auto Ink Detection Board
CN40 40 --- Head Controller Board A (DRV)
CN41 40 --- Head Controller Board A (DRV)
CN10 CN42 40 --- Head Controller Board B (DRV)
CN43 40 --- Head Controller Board B (DRV)
CN16
CN17
CN33
CN43
CN42
CN15
CN41
CN31 CN40

Confidential
4.6.3 Head Controller Board B (DRV) 4.6.4 Head Controller Board A (DRV)
CN21 CN23 CN21 CN23 CN25 CN27

CN10 CN10
CN22 CN24 CN22 CN24 CN26 CN28
CN6 CN6
CN3 CN4 CN3 CN4
CN9 CN9
Pole Pole
Connector Color Destination Connector Color Destination
Number Number
CN3 40 White Data Controller Board (MAIN) CN3 40 White Data Controller Board (MAIN)
CN4 40 White Data Controller Board (MAIN) CN4 40 White Data Controller Board (MAIN)
CN9 16 White SUB-B Board CN9 16 White SUB-B Board
CN21 26 --- Printhead (Row A) CN10 4 White Exhaust Fan (Head Controller Fan Unit)
CN22 26 --- Printhead (Row B) CN21 26 --- Printhead (Row I)
CN23 26 --- Printhead (Row K) CN22 26 --- Printhead (Row J)
CN24 26 --- Printhead (Row L) CN23 26 --- Printhead (Row G)
CN24 26 --- Printhead (Row H)
CN25 26 --- Printhead (Row E)
CN26 26 --- Printhead (Row F)
CN27 26 --- Printhead (Row C)
CN28 26 --- Printhead (Row D)

Confidential
4.6.5 SUB-B Board 4.6.6 SUB-D Board
CN16 CN15 CN13
CN16
CN12 CN10
CN17
CN11
CN8 CN6 CN1
CN1
CN15 CN7
CN12
CN3
CN4
CN3
CN14
CN11
CN41 CN207
CN4
Pole Pole
Number Number
CN1 26 White Power Supply Board (5V) CN1 26 --- CR Relay Board
CN3 20 White Power Supply Board (24V/42V) CN3 4 Black Paper Feed Encoder Sensor
CN4 4 White Ink Supply Decompression Unit Encoder Sensor
CN4 24 White Power Supply Board (24V/42V)
CN6 3 Black Paper End Sensor
CN7 3 White Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor
CN12 32 White Head Controller Board B (DRV)
CN8 3 White Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor
CN14 22 White Mecha Controller Board (MCU) CN10 3 Yellow Front Roll Position Sensor *
CN15 14 White Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) CN11 3 White Ink End Sensor (yellow)
CN16 7 White SUB-H Board CN12 3 White Ink End Sensor (magenta)
CN17 4 White Back Printing Unit CN13 3 White Ink End Sensor (cyan)
(Back Printing Unit Relay Board (SUB-G)) CN14 3 White Ink End Sensor (black)
CN15 3 White Ink End Sensor (light cyan)
CN16 3 White Ink End Sensor (light magenta)
CN41 10 White Panel Board
Note "*": Double roll model only

Confidential
4.6.7 SUB-E Board Connector

Pole
Color Destination
Number
CN67 3 White CR Unit Home Position Sensor
CN71 3 Blue Absorber Unit Motor
CN74 CN205 CN73 2 Red Area Suction Motor
CN76
CN77
CN60 CN74 2 White Middle Roller Motor
CN78 CN61 CN56 CN52 CN77 2 Red Capping Unit Motor
CN71
CN203
CN79 CN62 CN57 CN53 CN78 2 Red Rear Roll Motor
CN73
CN63 CN58 CN54
CN79 2 Red Front Roll Motor
CN75 CN64 CN59 CN55 CN91 7 Black Maintenance Tank Detector
CN206 (Maintenance Tank memory)
CN51 CN67 CN66 CN65 CN91
Pole Note "*": Double roll model only

Number
CN51 4 Red Middle Roller Encoder Sensor
CN52 3 White Rear Roll Slack Sensor
CN53 3 Black Rear Roll End Sensor
CN54 3 White Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor
CN55 3 Yellow Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor
CN56 3 Yellow Front Door Open Sensor
CN57 3 Black Front Roll End Sensor
CN58 3 White Cutter Sensor
CN59 3 White Capping Unit Home Position Sensor
CN60 4 White Cutter Unit
CN61 4 White Area Suction Motor
CN62 4 White Capping Unit Motor
CN63 4 White Rear Roll Motor
CN64 4 White Front Roll Motor
CN65 3 White Front Roll Slack Sensor
CN66 3 Yellow Front Roll Cover Open Sensor

Confidential
4.6.8 SUB-H Board 4.6.9 SUB-M Board
CN1 CN101
CN202 CN201
CN2 CN1 CN3
Pole Pole
Number Number
CN1 7 White SUB-B Board CN1 2 White CR Motor
CN101 16 White Data Controller Board (MAIN) CN2 2 White Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
CN201 26 --- Ink Cartridge Board 1 CN3 3 White Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
CN202 26 --- Ink Cartridge Board 2

Confidential
4.6.10 Heater Controller Board (MCU-B) 4.6.11 Panel Board
CN4 CN5
CN6 CN7
CN1
CN3
CN2 CN8
CN1 CN11
Pole Pole
Number Number
CN1 2 White Terminal Block CN1 10 White SUB-D Board
CN2 2 White Heater Unit

CN3 24 White Heater Unit
CN4 3 Black Printer Cooling BPU Fan
CN5 3 Gray Exhaust Fan (MCU-B)
CN6 3 White Printer Cooling Heater L Fan
CN7 3 White Printer Cooling Heater R Fan

Confidential
4.6.12 Power Supply Board (24V/42V) 4.6.13 Power Supply Board (5V)
CN001 CN002 CN001
CN501 CN401 CN201
Pole Pole
Number Number
CN001 2 White Terminal Block CN001 2 White Power Supply Board (42V)
CN002 2 White Power Supply Board (5V) CN201 26 White SUB-B Board

Confidential
4.6.14 Sorter Relay Board 4.6.15 Moisture Control Power Supply Board
CN201
CN3 CN5
CN2
CN4 CN6
CN8
CN7
CN1 CN9
CN001
Pole Pole
Number Number
CN1 14 White Mecha Controller Board (MCU) CN001 2 White Terminal Block
CN2 4 White Mecha Controller Board (MCU) CN201 26 White SUB-F Board
CN3 2 White Conveyer Motor
CN4 4 White Conveyer Motor
CN5 2 White Sorter Motor
CN6 4 White Sorter Motor
CN7 3 White Sorter Tray Detection Sensor
CN8 5 White Sorter Front Paper Sensor
CN9 2 White Sorter Switch

Confidential
4.6.16 SUB-F Board
CN1 CN2
CN6
CN3
Pole
Number
CN1 2 White Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll)
CN2 2 White Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll)
CN3 26 White Power Supply Board (5V)
CN6 4 White Power Switch (Moisture Control Unit)

Confidential
CHAPTER
5
ADJUSTMENT
5.1 General Overview 402
5.1.2 Adjustment Flow

The following is the order of adjustment procedures.
This chapter describes the adjustment items and the adjustment procedures
required after repairing or replacing parts.
Replacing or attaching the parts
5.1.1 Precautions
Always observe the following cautions whenever making an adjustment on Adjustment procedures
the printer.
Pre-Operation Check
C A U T IO N  Always refer to "5.1.3 Adjustment Items and the Order
by Repaired Part" (p403) and make sure to perform all
the adjustments listed in the table in the given order. Do the replaced or attached parts operate correctly without errors?
 Always read and follow the precautions given in each Yes No
section that explains an adjustment. Ignoring the
End Execute (5.2.1 Sensor
precautions may result in malfunction of the printer.
Check) (p427) and (5.2.2 Printer
Function Check) (p431) to find out
possible causes of the error.
Figure 5-1. Adjustment Flow

Confidential
5.1.3 Adjustment Items and the Order by Repaired Part

The following table shows the required adjustments by repaired part and the order in which the adjustments must be performed. Find the part(s) you repaired or
replaced in the table, and carry out the adjustments in the indicated order.
Table 5-1. Adjustment Items and the Order by Repaired Part (1)
Clear Counter
Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction (P. 458)
Number of Paper Cuts after Replacing Cutter (P. 440)

Number of Long Paper Ejection Rotations (P. 440)
Back Printing Head Height Adjustment (P. 494)
Number of Rear Paper Feed Rotations (P. 440)

Adjustment Items
Middle Roller Motor Measurement (P. 486)
Number of Passes After Replacing Durable
Service Life Management Section (P. 439)

Paper Feed Motor Measurement (P. 486)
Register Date to Replace Parts that need

Paper Feed Amount Correction (P. 487)
Back Printing Density Control (P. 499)

Head Inclination Adjustment (P. 461)
Print Timing Correction 1 (P. 467)
Side Position Adjustment (P. 451)

Head Height Adjustment (P. 442)
CR Motor Measurement (P. 450)
Cut Position Correction (P. 493)
Accumulated Number of Prints
Periodic Replacement (P. 441)

Back Printing Unit (P. 440)
Initial Ink Charge (P. 485)
Color Calibration (P. 474)
BRS Adjustment (P. 475)
Write Head ID (P. 453)

Head Cleaning (P. 454)
Carriage Parts (P. 440)

Head Washing (P. 480)
Nozzle Check (P. 454)
Ink Draining (P. 480)

Part
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Periodic Replacement
Remove
Cutter Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- 2 --- --- 3
Parts
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Ink Supply Decompression Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 2
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CR Encoder Sensor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- 2
Carriage Mechanism
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CR Motor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 2 --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CR Unit Home Position Sensor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
CR Unit Remove 3 4 5 6 7 --- --- 2 --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(excluding the Print Head) Replace 3 4 5 6 7 --- --- 2 --- --- 1 --- --- --- 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- 9 --- --- --- --- --- ---

Confidential
Clear Counter


Adjustment Items






CR Unit Parts (P. 440)


Part
Remove 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Passage, Upper Head, Relay
Carriage Mechanism
Replace 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Passage, Assy, Upper Head
Replace 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 11 10 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Print Head
Replace 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 13 12 1 --- 4 --- 11 --- --- --- --- --- --- 14 --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 3 2 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Paper Feed Scale
Paper Feed Mechanism
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 3 2 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Paper Feed Motor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Middle Roller Motor
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Confidential
Clear Counter


Adjustment Items








Part
--- --- --- --- 2 --- 3 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Paper Feed Mechanism
Remove
Platen Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- 2 --- 3 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Rear Paper Feed Release Roller
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- ---
Remove 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Ink Supply Pump
Replace 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 4 ---
Ink System Mechanism
Remove 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Replace 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Ink Tube
Replace 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 4 ---
Ink Tube Remove 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(Tube, Assy, Ink Supply B) Replace 2 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Confidential
Clear Counter
Replace Parts that need Periodic Replacement (P. 441)


Adjustment Items







Part
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Electric Circuit
Head Controller Board (DRV) A/B

Component
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Auto Ink Detection Board
Replace --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 2 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Back Print Unit
Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 2 --- --- --- --- 3 --- ---
Option
Long Paper Ejection Roller Remove --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(1st/2nd/Paper Ejection) Replace --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- ---

Confidential
5.1.4 Description of Adjustments

The following table describes the general outline of the adjustments.
C H E C K *1: The meanings of abbreviations in the Worker column are as follows. See
P O IN T (5.1.6 Maintenance Utility) (p411) for information on how to switch the user level.
OP = Operator
AD = Administrator
SS = Serviceman
*2: The meanings of abbreviations in the Tool column are as follows.
MU = Service Program (adjustments using the Maintenance Utility)
MECH = Mechanical Adjustment (adjustment using a dedicated tool or
a commercially available tool)
Table 5-5. Adjustment Items

Worker*1 Tool*2
Class Adjustment Items General Overview Page
OP AD SS MU MECH
Sensor Check Check if the replaced part is operated correctly. × ×   × P. 427

Tests
Printer Function Check Checks if the removed/replaced sensor and motor are operated correctly. × ×   × P. 431
Number of Passes After Replacing

Durable CR Unit Parts
× *   × P. 440
Number of Rear Paper Feed Rotations × *   × P. 440
Number of Long Paper Ejection Rotations × *   × P. 440
Number of Paper Cuts after Replacing

Clear Counter Update Cutter Resets the counter of the replaced parts. × *   × P. 440
Accumulated Number of Prints Back

Printing Unit × *   × P. 440
Service Life Management Section × *   × P. 439

× *   × P. 441

Confidential

Worker*1 Tool*2
OP AD SS MU MECH
Head Height Adjustment Adjusts the gap between the Printhead and the platen. × ×  ×  P. 442
CR Unit Related Adjustments CR Motor Measurement This allows you to correct variations of CR Motor characteristics. × ×   × P. 450
Side Position Adjustment Screen Corrects the left and right margins and adjusts the print start position. × ×   × P. 451
Reads the data related to the Printhead from the supplied CD/DVD and writes them
Write Head ID
into the NVRAM of the Head Controller Board when the Print Head is replaced.
× ×   × P. 453
Checks the nozzles for clogging. When the nozzles are clogged, carry out Head
Cleaning. Follow either of the two types of Head Cleaning below.
• Auto Cleaning
Nozzle Check/
Head Cleaning
Finds out dot missing automatically and executes an automatic cleaning for dot     × P. 454
missing.
• Nozzle Check
This allows you to perform a nozzle check and a cleaning manually.
Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Prints an adjustment pattern to check if the Print Head is slanted in the PF direction
Direction and corrects the head angle.
× ×   × P. 458
Adjustments Prints an adjustment pattern to check if the Print Head is slanted in the CR direction
Head Inclination Adjustment
and corrects the head angle.
× ×   × P. 461
Head Related Adjustments

Print Timing Correction 1 Corrects a misalignment between each color head in uni-directional printing. × ×   × P. 467
Adjusts the print start position between the outward and the return paths in bi-
Print Timing Correction 2
directional printing.
× ×   × P. 472
Color Calibration This is to adjust the amount of ink droplets for standard colors. ×     P. 474
Adjust the color balance, density and gradation of printing on each image quality
Gray adjustment
mode. × ×    P. 474
By printing while correcting the print setting value (the amount of discharged ink per
BRS Adjustment shot), achieves both print quality (to reduce banding) according to the paper type and × ×    P. 475
print resolution, and higher speed printing.
Ink Draining Discharges the ink inside the ink path. × ×    P. 480
Head Washing Runs a cleaning solution through the Printhead to clean it. × ×    P. 480
Initial Ink Charge Fills ink inside the Ink Cartridge through the Print Head.     × P. 485

Confidential

Worker*1 Tool*2
OP AD SS MU MECH
PF Motor Measurement This allows you to correct variations of CR Motor characteristics. × ×   × P. 486
Middle Roller Motor Measurement This allows you to correct variations of middle roller motor characteristics. × ×   × P. 486
Corrects the eccentric of the Paper Feed Roller and the mounting position of the Paper
PF Related Adjustments Paper Feed Amount Correction
Feed Encoder Sensor to adjust a paper feeding amount.
× ×    P. 487
Adjustments Perform this adjustment if paper feeding failed after long use of the printer. This
Paper Feed Amount Durability Correction
corrects the decrease of paper feeding amount due to deterioration of the related parts.
× ×   × P. 491
Cut Position Correction Adjusts the cutting position of paper. × ×   × P. 493
Back Printing Unit Related

Back Printing Head Height Adjustment Adjusts the gap between the Printhead of the Back Printing Unit and the platen. × ×  ×  P. 494
Adjustment
Back Printing Density Control This is to adjust the print density of the Back Print Unit. × ×   × P. 499
This saves data managed and stored on the printer or Printer PC into a specified
Printer Parameters
folder.
× ×   × P. 513
Other adjustments and settings Operation History Clears counter values for operation history. × ×   × P. 514
This checks condition of the connection between the client computer and the printer
Connection Check
computer.
× ×   × P. 515
Note "*": Only parameters are displayed in the Administrator (AD) mode.

Confidential
5.1.4.1 Printing the information of adjustment pattern

The following information is printed on the adjustment patterns listed on the
following table.
First line:
[Screen name]
Second line:
[Serial No. of the Printer] [Data (YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss)]
Screen name Screen No. Adjustment pattern name Reference

Nozzle Check pattern printing 0312 Nozzle Check P. 454
Adjust the Inclination for the Paper
0322 Adjust the Inclination for the PF Dir. P. 458
Feed Direction
Head Inclination Adjustment 0322 Head Inclination Adjustment P. 461
Print Timing Correction 1 (Standard) 0323 Print Timing Correction 1 (Standard) P. 467
Print Timing Correction 1 Print Timing Correction 1
0323 P. 467
(High Image Quality) (High Image Quality)
Print Timing Correction 2 (Standard) 0323 Print Timing Correction 2 (Standard) P. 472
Print Timing Correction 2 Print Timing Correction 2
0323 P. 472
(High Image Quality) (High Image Quality)
Gray adjustment (Color Balance) 035 Gray Adjustment Color Balance P. 474
Gray adjustment (Density) 035 Gray Adjustment Density P. 474
Gray adjustment (Gradation) 035 Gray Adjustment Gradation P. 474
Gray adjustment (Check) 035 Gray Adjustment Check P. 474
Cut Position Correction 046 Cut Position Correction P. 493
Side Position Adjustment 0472 Side Position Adjustment P. 451
Paper Feed Amount Durability Paper Feed Amount Durability
0482 P. 491
Correction Correction

Confidential
5.1.5 Tools for Adjustments 5.1.6.2 Maintenance Utility Startup and Serviceman Mode Login
1. Start the Maintenance Utility in the Client PC.
See "7.1 Service Tool" (p546) and prepare for the service programs and jigs
required in the adjustment. 2. Check if the printer listed in the Printer List is the one for the
adjustment.
5.1.6 Maintenance Utility
The printer needs a dedicated program (Maintenance Utility) to carry out
the adjustments. This section describes the basic operations of Maintenance
Utility including a startup process.
Check
5.1.6.1 Maintenance Utility Functions
The functions of the Maintenance Utility are listed below.
Table 5-6. Maintenance Utility Functions

Function Explanation Reference
Registered Printer List Allows you to select a target printer from the list. ---
Pre-Operation Check Runs a check for starting up the selected printer. P. 413
Post-Operation Check Runs a check for shutting down the selected printer. P. 415
Printer Information Displays information of the selected printer. P. 417
Settings/Maintenance Allows you to carry out adjustments or maintenance of P. 419
the selected printer.
Error History The latest error information is displayed. P. 422
Add/Delete Printer Allows you to register or delete printer(s). P. 422
Power ON/OFF Turns on or off the secondary power source of the Figure 5-2. Maintenance Utility Startup
printer with the minimum start-up or shut-down ---
procedure. (available only in the Serviceman Mode)
Switching between modes The user level can be switched between the Serviceman P. 411
mode, Administrator mode and the Operator mode. A
password is required for it.

Confidential
3. Press the following keys simultaneously to display the Enter

Password screen.
 [Ctrl] + [Alt] + [S] or [Ctrl] + [Alt] + [S]
4. Enter the Serviceman Mode password (7777) and click [OK].
Enter
Click
Figure 5-3. Serviceman Mode Login (Maintenance Utility)

5. Confirm the user level code in the title bar is changed to [SS]
(Serviceman Mode).
User level displayed in the title bar
Figure 5-4. Checking the user level

Confidential
5.1.6.3 Pre-Operation Check
C A U T IO N Do not open the exterior door of the printer during the Pre-
Operation Check. Otherwise, the printer malfunction may
occur.
1. Confirm that the printer and the power cable are connected.
2. Confirm that the ink cartridges are set to the Printer. Click
3. Select the printer to start up on the list of registered printers.

4. Click [Pre-Operation Check] (See Figure 5-5). The Startup screen
is displayed and the starting operation of the printer starts.
Figure 5-5. Pre-Operation Check Screen

Confidential
5. The Manual Check screen appears.

6. Perform the manual check and click [OK].
7. Confirm the printer has started up.
C H E C K  When the system being used has a printer computer, start

P O IN T it as well.
 When the printer does not start even if [Pre-Operation
Check] is pressed, check if the following cables are
correctly connected to the printer.
 Power cable
 Network cable
 USB cable
 When frequently conducting printer startups and
shutdowns, click [Power ON/OFF] on the “SL-D3000 Click
Maintenance Utility” screen (See Figure 5-2) to quickly
start it up or shut it down. (This function enables faster
Figure 5-6. Manual Check Screen
printer startups and shutdowns by skipping the internal
processing normally performed. Therefore, do not use
this function during normal printer usage.)

Confidential
5.1.6.4 Post-Operation Check
C A U T IO N  Do not open the exterior door of the printer during the

Daily Inspection. Opening the door during this time may
result in problems with the printer.
 For systems with Printer PC, do not shut down the Click
Printer PC forcibly. Otherwise, you cannot restart the

Printer PC at next Pre-operation Check.
 When you shut down the Printer PC forcibly, perform
the following procedure.
1. Turn off the power switch on the rear of the printer once. Figure 5-7. Post-operation Check Screen
2. Turn on the power switch on the rear of the printer again.
3. Restart the Client PC.
4. Turn on the power of the Printer PC manually.
5. Perform the Pre-operation Check using the Maintenance
Utility.
1. Click [Post-Operation Check] (See Figure 5-5). Then the
Shutdown screen appears.
2. Click [Start Post-operation Check].
3. The Manual Check screen appears (See Figure 5-8).
4. Perform the manual check and click [OK].
Click
Figure 5-8. Manual Check Screen

Confidential
5. Click [OK]. (See Figure 5-9)

6. Click [OK]. (See Figure 5-10)
7. The printer shutdown beginning
8. Confirm the printer has shut down.
C H E C K  When the system being used has a printer computer, shut

P O IN T it down as well.
 When the printer does not shut down even if [Post-
Operation Check] is pressed, be sure to conduct pre-
operation check and post-operation check again after
performing the following.
 Check the connection status of the printer is online.
(See Figure 5-2) Click
 Check the network cable is correctly connected.
 Check the USB cable is correctly connected. Figure 5-9. Starting Screen (1)
 Turn off the printer computer and the client computer.
 Unplug the power supply cable of the printer from the
AC inlet and plug it in again.
Click
Figure 5-10. Starting Screen (2)

Confidential
5.1.6.5 Printer Information

1. Click [Printer Information] (See Figure 5-5). Then the Printer
Information screen appears.
2. Click [Settings/Maintenance] (7). Then the Maintenance screen
appears. (See Table 5-7 for details on the configuration of the
screen.)
2 13
3
4
5
Figure 5-12. Settings/Maintenance Screen
12
6
11
7 8 9 10
Figure 5-11. Printer Information Screen

Confidential
Table 5-7. Printer Information Screen Configuration

No. Item Description
Title Bar The following information is shown in the title bar, from left to right.
• Screen Name : Title of the dialog box displayed
• Number of the screen : Number of the screen
1 • User Level : User level of the user currently logged
in (See "Maintenance Utility (p411)".)
• Printer Name : Printer identification name
• Serial Number : Printer identification number
2 Printer Name Printer identification name
Printer Status The indication and the printer statuses are as follows:
• Standby : Ready for printing
• Printing is in progress : Printing is in progress
• Performing maintenance : Maintenance is being performed
3 • An error has occurred : Error status
• Initialization is in progress : Initialization is in progress
• Shutting down : The printer is being shut down
• Offline : The printer is not turned on, or is not
connected to the computer
4 Image Quality Mode Image Quality Mode set as the default
5 Paper Information Indicates the paper set in the printer. *1
6 Ink Level The bar graph indicates the level of ink remaining for each color.
[Settings/Maintenance] Switches to the Maintenance screen.

7
Button
Trimmed Waste Paper Indicates the usage of the Trimmed Waste Paper Box.
8
Box Usage
9 [Help] Button Displays the Help screen.
10 [Back] / [Close] Button*2 Closes the screen.
11 Maintenance Tank Space Indicates the space available in the Maintenance Tank.
[Clear] Button After cleaning out the Trimmed Waste Paper Box, press the [Clear]
12
button to reset the Trimmed Waste Paper Box Usage counter to “0%”.
13 System Version Indicates the version information of the system.
Note "*1":When roll paper is not installed, “-” is displayed.

Note "*2":• [Back] button: Displayed when jumped from the printer select screen.
• [Close] button: Displayed when jumped from the “MS-01”.

Confidential
5.1.6.6 Settings/Maintenance
The following adjustments or settings can be carried out.
Table 5-8. Setting/Maintenance Functions

Screen
Function Explanation
ID
System Operation Settings/ Allows you to make settings of the optional units and
01
Inspections power-saving functions.
Print Condition Settings/ Allows you to set print quality mode and make roll paper
02 settings.
Inspections
CR Unit Adjustment/ Allows you to run a head cleaning and other maintenance
03 functions.
Maintenance
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance Allows you to perform adjustment/maintenance of each
04
part or unit of the printer.
Software Settings Allows you to make a backup of data, or change UI display
05
settings.
06 Network Diagnosis Carries out network diagnosis.
Initial Settings Allows you to make the initial settings after installing the
07
printer.
The table below lists the menu items in the Setting/Maintenance screen and
shows which menu is available with which user level.
C H E C K Meaning of the abbreviations in the User Level column.

P O IN T OP = Operator
AD = Administrator
SS = Serviceman

Confidential
Table 5-9. Settings/Maintenance Items

User Level
Screen ID Menu Item 1 Menu Item 2 Menu Item 3 Reference
OP AD SS
01 011 --- System Operation Settings/Inspections Installation Information Settings ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”
012 --- Settings for Optional Equipment ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”
013 --- Printer Operation Settings ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”
02 021 --- Print Condition Settings/Inspections Image Quality Settings ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”
022 --- Paper Settings ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”
03 031 0311 CR Unit Adjustment/Maintenance Head Cleaning Auto Cleaning    P. 454
0312 Nozzle Check    P. 454
0313 Periodic Nozzle Check Settings    P. 457
032 0321 Head-Related Adjustment Write Head ID    P. 453
0322 Head Slant Adjustment (PF&CR)    P. 458, P. 461
0323 Head Nozzle Rank & Bi-D Adjustment    P. 467, P. 472
0324 BRS Adjustment    P. 475
0325 Clean Tubes & Eject Ink    P. 480
033 0311 CR Unit Location Lock/Unlock CR Unit    P. 152
034 0341 Color Calibration Calibration    P. 474
0342 History of Correction Values    P. 474
0343 Create Calibration    P. 474
035 --- Gray Adjustment ---    P. 474

Confidential
Table 5-9. Settings/Maintenance Items

User Level
Screen ID Menu Item 1 Menu Item 2 Menu Item 3 Reference
OP AD SS
04 041 --- Printer Adjustment/Maintenance Printer Parameters ---    P. 513
042 0421 Sensor Check Sensor Check 1    P. 427
0422 Sensor Check 2    P. 427
0423 Sensor Check 3    P. 427
043 0431 Printer Function Check Paper Feed Function Check    P. 431
0432 Ink System Function Check    P. 431
0433 Paper Ejection Function Check    P. 431
044 --- Operation History ---    P. 514
045 0451 Parts Replacement History Register Date to Replace Parts that need    P. 441
0452 Clear Counter 1    P. 439
0453 Clear Counter 2    P. 440
046 --- Cutter Adjustment ---    P. 493
047 0471 CR Unit-Related Adjustment CR Motor Measurement Adjustment    P. 450
0472 Side Position Adjustment    P. 451
048 0481 Paper Feed-Related Adjustment PF Motor Measurement Adjustment    P. 486
0482 Paper Feed Amount Correction    P. 487
0483 Paper Feed Amount Durability Correction    P. 491
05 051 --- Software Settings System Language Settings ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”
06 061 --- Network Diagnosis Connection Check ---    P. 515
07 --- --- Initial Settings --- ---    Installation Manual “3.3.2.4
Initial Settings”

Confidential
5.1.6.7 Error History 5.1.6.8 Add/Delete Printer

Information about the last 100 errors (Error ID, Code, Date and Time, Error 1. Click the [Add/Delete Printer]. The Registered Printer List and
Details) is displayed. Target Printer List are displayed.
2. Add or delete a printer.
C H E C K This function is valid even when the communication between
To add a printer, select the printer from the [Target Printer List],
P O IN T the printer and the Printer PC is offline.
and click [ ].
To delete a printer, select the printer from the [Registered Printer
List], and click [ ].
1. Click the [Error History] button to display the error history screen.
Figure 5-13. Error History Screen Figure 5-14. Add/Delete Printer Screen

Confidential
5.1.7 Recovery Utility

 Purpose
This application is a utility used when in the following conditions.
 When replacement of boards are required in repair, it restores the data
in the printer back to the status before trouble.
 When replacement of boards are required at the first installation, it
restores the data in the printer back to the factory default.
C H E C K When replacing one of the following boards, restore the data

P O IN T using this utility. (See "5.8 Board Replacement Related
Adjustments" (p500).)
 Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
 Data Controller Board (MAIN)
 Head Controller Board A/B (DRV)
 When the printer cannot be recovered from the error status unless the
initial ink charge is carried out, perform the initial ink charge forcibly.
 After replacing a part which reached its end of life, clear the counter
value for the part.
C H E C K The conditions to use this utility are as follows.

P O IN T When one of the following parts has reached its end of life
and an error is occurring, and the printer does not operate.*
 Supply System Ink Tube
 Ink Supply Decompression Unit
 Ink Supply Pump
* : If the printer operates normally, clear the counter value
using Clear Counter 1 (P. 439) of the Maintenance
Utility.

Confidential
 Clearing the counter

1. Replace the part which has reached the end of its life.
2. When using the printer PC, connect a monitor, mouse, and the
keyboard to the PC, and start it.
3. Turn on the power switch of the printer, and connect the USB cable
to the PC.
Click
4. Click My Computer  Work drive  EPSON  SL-D3000 
Tools  RecoveryUtility  RecoveryUtility.exe. (See Figure
5-15.)
5. When the password entry screen appears, enter “7777” and click
[OK]. (See Figure 5-16.) Figure 5-15. Launching Recovery Utility
Enter
Figure 5-16. Password Entry Screen

Confidential
6. In the status column, “Printer was recognized.” appears. (See

Figure 5-17.)
C H E C K  If “Getting Printer Status failed.” appears on the status

P O IN T column, select another printer in the “Printer Selection”
list box.
 If all the printers are not available, carry out the
following and restart the Recovery Utility.
 Restart the printer.
 Unplug the USB cable and reconnect it to the PC. Click
7. Click [Start] of the “Clear Counter”. (See Figure 5-17.)

8. Click [OK] on the confirmation screen.
9. When the Clear Counter screen appears, click [Clear] of the
replaced part. (See Figure 5-18.)
10. Click [Start] on the Clear Counter screen. (See Figure 5-18.)
Figure 5-17. Recovery Utility Screen
[Start].
Click
Figure 5-18. Counter Clear Screen

Confidential
12. If Clear Counter succeeds, “Counter reset complete.” appears. (See

Figure 5-19.)
C H E C K If Clear Counter has failed, carry out the following, then go

P O IN T back to Step 2 and try again.
 Exit the Recovery Utility.
 Turn off the printer.
13. Start Maintenance Utility and carry out a pre-operation check.
Figure 5-19. Counter Clear Confirmation Screen

Confidential
5.2 Tests 427
5.2 Tests
5.2.1 Sensor Check

Use this check function to find out which part of the printer is
malfunctioning, or to check whether the replaced part or component
functions normally.
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance 0421. Sensor
Check 1, 0422. Sensor Check 2, 0423. Sensor Check 3.
2. Click [Execute].
3. The status of each sensor is displayed.
4. Select an item you want to check and perform the specific operation
if necessary. Check the result displayed on the screen referring to
Table 5-10.
Figure 5-20. Sensor Check Screen (1)

Confidential
5.2 Tests 428
Figure 5-21. Sensor Check Screen (2)

Confidential
5.2 Tests 429
Table 5-10. List of the Sensor Check

Item Operation required for the check Result on the screen
Top Cover Open Sensor Open/close the Top Cover. Open: OFF Close: ON
Rear Roll Cover Open Sensor Open/close the Rear Roll Cover. Open: Transmissive Close: Shaded
Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor Open/close the Ink Cartridge Cover. Open: Transmissive Close: Shaded
Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor Open/close the Maintenance Tank Cover. Open: Transmissive Close: Shaded
Front Roll Cover Open Sensor Open/close the Front Roll Cover. Open: Transmissive Close: Shaded
Front Roll Position Sensor 1. Raise the Front Roll. Raised: Transmissive Lowered: Shaded
2. Lower the Front Roll.
Front Paper Slack Sensor Create a slack in roll paper on the Front Roll. No slack: Transmissive Slackened: Shaded
Rear Paper Slack Sensor Create a slack in roll paper on the Rear Roll. No slack: Transmissive Slackened: Shaded
Front Roll End Sensor Feed paper along the Front Roll Edge Guide. Detect paper: Received Not detect paper: Not received
Rear Roll End Sensor Feed paper along the Rear Roll Edge Guide. Detect paper: Received Not detect paper: Not received
Paper End Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Detect paper: Received Not detect paper: Not received
CR Unit Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Other than home: Transmissive Home position: Shaded
Paper Feed Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Other than home: Transmissive Home position: Shaded
Cutter Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Other than home: Transmissive Home position: Shaded
Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. 12-inch width paper: Transmissive 4-inch width paper: Shaded
Rear Paper Feed Release Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Released: Transmissive Home position: Shaded
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Other than home: Transmissive Home position: Shaded
Rear Paper Feed Before Decurl Paper Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Detect paper: Received Not detect paper: Not received
Back Printing Paper Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Detect paper: Received Not detect paper: Not received
Capping Unit Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Other than the statuses on the right: Capping opened Empty suction
Transmissive position Wiping end position:
Shaded
Ink End Sensor (Y) Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Ink remaining: Transmissive Ink end: Shaded
Ink End Sensor (M) Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Ink remaining: Transmissive Ink end: Shaded
Ink End Sensor (C) Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Ink remaining: Transmissive Ink end: Shaded
Ink End Sensor (BK) Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Ink remaining: Transmissive Ink end: Shaded
Ink End Sensor (LM) Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Ink remaining: Transmissive Ink end: Shaded
Ink End Sensor (LC) Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Ink remaining: Transmissive Ink end: Shaded
Maintenance Tank Detector Insert and remove the Maintenance Tank. Detect tank: Install Not detect tank: Not Installed

Confidential
5.2 Tests 430
Table 5-10. List of the Sensor Check

Item Operation required for the check Result on the screen
Back Printing Unit Home Position Sensor 1. Pull out the Back Printing Unit. Pulled out: Transmissive Pushed back: Shaded
2. Push the unit back into the position.
Long Paper Ejection Unit Connection Sensor Check the connection status of the Long Paper Ejection Unit displayed on the screen. Attached: Connected Not attached: Not connected
Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover Open Sensor Open/close the Front Roll Cover. Open: Transmissive Close: Shaded
Long Paper Ejection Unit Home Switch Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Top tray paper ejection: Received Straight paper ejection: Shaded
Long Paper Ejection Unit Release Home Position Sensor Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Released: Transmissive Home position: Shaded
Long Paper Ejection Unit Ejection Detector Check the sensor status displayed on the screen. Detect paper: Shaded Not detect paper: Transmissive
Sorter Connection Sensor Check the connection status of the Sorter displayed on the screen. Attached: Connected Not attached: Not connected
Sorter Tray Home Position Sensor Press the Sorter Drive Switch and check the result displayed on the screen while the Stopping: Received Sorting: Shaded
Sorter is operating.
Sorter Front Paper Sensor Load paper on the bottom tray of the Sorter, and check the result displayed on the Not detect paper: Transmissive Detect paper: Shaded
screen.
24V Fuse Sensor 24V fuse condition is checked. Normal: Normal Malfunctioning: Disconnected
Head 1 (15 - 38 degrees C) Use this check function to find out the head temperature of each print head. ---
(Rough standard of the temperature range: 15 to 38 degrees C.)
Head 2 (15 - 38 degrees C) ---
Heater (45 to 80 degrees C) Use this check function to find out the Heater Unit temperature.
---
(Rough standard of the temperature range: 45 to 80 degrees C.)

Confidential
5.2 Tests 431
5.2.2 Printer Function Check

Checks the sensors or motors are operating normally.
 "5.2.2.1 Paper Feed Function Check" (p431)
 "5.2.2.2 Ink System Function Check" (p434)
 "5.2.2.3 Paper Ejection Function Check" (p436)
C A U T IO N To execute the other menu after performing the Printer

Function Check, restart the printer once.
5.2.2.1 Paper Feed Function Check

Function Check 0431. Paper Feed Function Check.
2. To check operation of the sensor, proceed to "Sequence Operation
Check" (p432).
To check operation of the motor, proceed to "Motor Operation
Check" (p433). Figure 5-22. Printer Function Check (Paper Feed Function Check) Screen

Confidential
5.2 Tests 432
 Sequence Operation Check

Select an item you want to check and perform the specific operation if necessary. Check the result displayed on the screen referring to the table below.
Table 5-11. Printer Function Check (Paper Feed Function Check: Sensor Operation Check)
Sensor Operation required for the check Result on the screen
CR Unit Home Position Sensor Click [CR Unit Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Paper Feed Home Position Sensor Click [Paper Feed Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Cutter Home Position Sensor Click [Cutter Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor Click [Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Rear Paper Feed Release Home Position Sensor Click [Rear Paper Feed Release Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor Click [Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Rear Paper Feed Before Decurl Paper Sensor 1. Click [Rear Paper Feed Before Decurl Paper Sensor], then click [Execute]. Received
2. Feed paper from the rear of the printer, and [Execute] again, then check the result displayed on the screen. / Not Received
Back Printing Paper Sensor 1. Click [Back Printing Paper Sensor] and click [Execute] to release the rear paper feed path.
Received
2. Feed paper from the rear of the printer until it reaches the Back Printing Unit, and click [Execute] again, then / Not Received
check the result displayed on the screen.
CR Encoder Sensor Click [CR Encoder Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Paper Feed Encoder Sensor Click [Paper Feed Encoder Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Middle Roller Encoder Sensor Click [Middle Roller Encoder Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal

Confidential
5.2 Tests 433
 Motor Operation Check

Table 5-12. Printer Function Check (Paper Feed Function Check: Motor Operation Check)
Motor Operation required for the check Setting range (default)
Front Roll Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Front Roll Motor for the specified time period. Click [Front 10 to 100 sec.
Roll Motor (10 to 100 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Rear Roll Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Rear Roll Motor for the specified time period. Click [Rear Roll 10 to 100 sec.
Motor (10 to 100 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
CR Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the CR Motor for the specified time period. Click [CR Motor (10 to 10 to 100 sec.
100 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Paper Feed Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Paper Feed Motor for the specified time period. Click [Paper 10 to 100 sec.
Feed Motor (10 to 100 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Middle Roller Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Middle Roller Motor for the specified time period. Click 10 to 100 sec.
[Middle Roller Motor (10 to 100 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Cutter Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Cutter Motor for the specified time period. Click [Cutter Motor 10 to 50 sec.
(10 to 50 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Suction Fan Motor 1. Click [Suction Fan Motor]. ---
2. Each click of [Execute] switches the Suction Motor between On and Off. (Default: ON)
Area Suction Motor 1. Click [Area Suction Motor]. ---

2. Each click of [Execute] changes the suction area. (Default: 4 inch)
Rear Paper Feed Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Rear Paper Feed Motor for the specified time period. Click 10 to 180 sec.
[Rear Paper Feed Motor (10 to 180 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Rear Paper Feed Release Motor 1. Click [Rear Paper Feed Release Motor], then click [Execute].
2. Each click of [Execute] switches the rear paper feed path between paper feed condition and released ---
condition.
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor 1. Click [Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor], then click [Execute].
---
2. Each click of [Execute] switches the decurl roller between open status and close status.

Confidential
5.2 Tests 434
5.2.2.2 Ink System Function Check

Function Check 0432. Ink System Function Check.
2. To check operation of the sensor, "Sequence Operation Check"
(p435).
To check operation of the motor, "Motor Operation Check" (p435).
To check operation of auto nozzle check, proceed to "Auto Nozzle
Check Operation Check" (p435).
Figure 5-23. Printer Function Check (Ink System Function Check) Screen

Confidential
5.2 Tests 435

Table 5-13. Printer Function Check (Ink System Function Check: Sensor Operation Check)
Capping Unit Home Position Sensor Click [Capping Unit Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal

Table 5-14. Printer Function Check (Ink System Function Check: Motor Operation Check)
Decompression Pump Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Decompression Pump Motor for the specified time period. Click 10 to 25 sec.
[Decompression Pump (10 to 25 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Capping Unit Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Capping Unit Motor for the specified time period. Click 10 to 100 sec.
[Capping Unit (10 to 100 sec)] and then [Execute] (Default: 10 sec.)
 Auto Nozzle Check Operation Check

Table 5-15. Printer Function Check (Ink System Function Check: Auto Nozzle Check Operation Check)
Component Operation required for the check Result on the screen
Auto Nozzle Check Operation Click [Auto Nozzle Check Operation] to check whether the automatic nozzle check and head cleaning run
Normal / Abnormal
normally.

Confidential
5.2 Tests 436
5.2.2.3 Paper Ejection Function Check

Function Check 0433. Paper Ejection Function Check.
2. To check operation of the sensor, "Sequence Operation Check"
(p437).
To check operation of the motor, "Motor Operation Check" (p437).
To check operation of the Heater Unit, "Heater Unit Operation
Check" (p438).
Figure 5-24. Printer Function Check (Option Parts Check) Screen

Confidential
5.2 Tests 437

Table 5-16. Printer Function Check (Optional Parts Check: Sensor Operation Check)
Long Paper Eject Switch Home Position Sensor Click [Long Paper Ejection Switch Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Long Paper Eject Release Home Position Sensor Click [Long Paper Eject Release Home Position Sensor], then click [Execute]. Normal / Abnormal
Long Paper Ejection Paper Sensor 1. Click [Long Paper Ejection Paper Sensor]. Detect paper: Not detect
2. Feed paper until it reaches the Long Paper Ejection Unit Ejection Detector. Shaded paper:
Transmissive

Table 5-17. Printer Function Check (Optional Parts Check: Motor Operation Check)
Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor for the specified time period. 10 to 25 sec.
Click [Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor (10 to 25 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)
Long Paper Ejection Release Motor 1. Click [Long Paper Ejection Release Motor], then click [Execute].
2. Each click of [Execute] switches the rear paper feed path in the Long Paper Ejection Unit between paper ---
feed condition and released condition.
Conveyer Motor Enter time (second) in the box to operate the Conveyer Motor for the specified time period. Click [Conveyer 10 to 25 sec.
Motor (10 to 25 sec)] and then [Execute]. (Default: 10 sec.)

Confidential
5.2 Tests 438
 Heater Unit Operation Check

When the buttons on the screen (Figure 5-24) are pressed, the Heater Unit operates as follows.
 When pressing the [Execute] after pressing the [Heater ON], the Heater Unit starts the low-temperature operation.
 When pressing the [Execute] after pressing the [Heater OFF], the Heater Unit stops.
Table 5-18. Printer Function Check (Optional Parts Check: Heater Unit Operation Check)
Name Operation required for the check Result on the screen
Heater Unit When pressing the [Execute] after pressing the [Heater ON] while the status of the Heater Unit is “OFF”,
“Adjusting” is displayed. Then, “Normal” is displayed when the Heater Unit starts normally
(max. 180 sec.).
Normal / Abnormal
When pressing the [Execute] after pressing the [Heater OFF] while the status of the Heater Unit is “ON”,
the Heater Unit stops. After the Heather Unit stops, “Normal” is displayed during the cooling-down period.
Then, “OFF” is displayed when the Heater Unit stops normally.

Confidential
5.3 Clear Counter / Update 439
5.3 Clear Counter / Update

Life counter can be cleared as described below.
5.3.1 Clear Counter 1

After replacing any one of the following parts or units, reset the
corresponding life counter.
 Ink Supply Tubes (CR Pass Number)
 Ink Supply Decompression Pump (Rotation Number)
 Ink Supply Pump (Rotation Number)
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance  045. Parts
Replacement History 0452. Clear Counter 1.
2. Click [Clear] of the counter you want to reset, and click [Apply] to
reset the counter to zero.
Note: After clicking [Apply], make sure that the counter becomes
zero. Figure 5-25. Clear Counter 1 Screen
[OK]. (See Figure 5-26)
Figure 5-26. Password Entry Screen

Confidential
5.3.2 Clear Counter 2

After replacing any one of the parts or components that relate to the
following counters, reset the corresponding counter.
C H E C K Accumulated Number of Paper Feed Rotations displays, but

P O IN T the counter can not be cleared.
 Number of Passes After Replacing Durable CR Unit Parts

• CR Unit (CR Pass Number)
• CR Motor
• CR Encoder Sensor
• Print Head
 Number of Rear Paper Feed Rotations
 Number of Long Paper Ejection Rotations
 Number of Paper Cuts after Replacing Cutter
 Number of Prints after Replacing Back Printing Unit Figure 5-27. Clear Counter 2 Screen
 Accumulated Amount of Roll Paper Used (Front Roll)
 Accumulated Amount of Roll Paper Used (Rear Roll)
Replacement History0453. Clear Counter 2.
zero. Figure 5-28. Password Entry Screen
[OK]. (See Figure 5-28.)

Confidential
5.3.3 Register Date to Replace Parts that need Periodic

Replacement
Use this to register the date you replace either of the following periodic
replacement parts.
 Cutter Unit
 Ink Supply Decompression Unit
Replacement History  0451. Register Date to Replace Parts
that need Periodic Replacement.
2. Enter the date of the replacement in the box and click [Apply] to
update the date.
Note: The default is “2000/01/01”.
Figure 5-29. Register Date to Replace Parts that need

Periodic Replacement Screen

Confidential
5.4 CR Unit Related Adjustment 442
SETTING POSITION OF THE THICKNESS GAUGE

5.4 CR Unit Related Adjustment
Set the Thickness Gauge to the positions shown below.
5.4.1 Head Height Adjustment The numbers indicate the measurement order (measurement 1 to 8) in
" MEASUREMENT POSITION" (p443).
This is to adjust the gap between the Printhead and the platen.
Paper feed side
Thickness gauge
REQUIRED TOOL
CR Unit CR Unit
 Thickness gauge Returning side
6 2 4 8
Outward side
STANDARD VALUE 5 1 3 7
 The measured values must be within the standard values below.
• Center: 0.90 mm to 1.10 mm Full side Center Home side
• Full side and home side: 0.90 mm to 1.30 mm

Paper ejection side
PROCEDURE
Start
Check in the center position

(P. 445)
No Adjustments in the center position

Is Judgment 1 (P. 446)
within the standard? (P. 445)
Yes
Re-adjustment and re-judgment

Is Judgment 2 (P. 449) No  If not improved, replace
within the standard? Platen Unit with a new one.
(P. 217)
Yes
End

Confidential
MEASUREMENT POSITION  Measurement point 3

 Carriage : Outward side
 Measurement point 1  Thickness gauge: Center / Paper ejection side
 Carriage : Returning side
 Thickness gauge: Center / Paper ejection side
CR Unit
Thickness gauge
 Measurement point 4
Direction of the CR Unit
 Carriage : Outward side
 Measurement point 2  Thickness gauge: Center / Paper feed side
 Carriage : Returning side
 Thickness gauge: Center / Paper feed side

Confidential
 Measurement point 5  Measurement point 7

 Carriage : Outward side  Carriage : Returning side
 Thickness gauge: Full side / Paper ejection side  Thickness gauge: Home side / Paper ejection side
 Measurement point 6  Measurement point 8

 Carriage : Outward side  Carriage : Returning side
 Thickness gauge: Full side / Paper feed side  Thickness gauge: Home side / Paper feed side

Confidential
CHECK IN THE CENTER POSITION C H E C K Check how the Print Head touches the thickness gauge as
P O IN T follows.
For check in the center position, measure the head height at the four
 When it doesn't contact
measurement center positions (1,2,3,4). Measuring method for the
There is no resistance even after the CR Unit comes over
measurement position 1 is described below. Do the same for the
the thickness gauge approx. 55 mm from the side of the
measurement at the other measurement positions.
CR Unit and to the end of gauge.
1. Remove the Middle Cover. (P. 157)
Top
2. Remove the Left Top Cover. (P. 158) CR Unit
3. Remove the Right Top Cover. (P. 159)

4. Remove the Top Frame. (P. 160) Thickness gauge
5. Unlock the Carriage. (P. 151)

6. Set the 0.9mm thickness gauge on the measurement position 1.
7. Move the Carriage Timing Belt and slowly move the CR Unit to
over the thickness gauge.
Front
C A U T IO N Make sure of the following when performing the
measurement. Print Head
 When stacking the thickness gauges, place the thinner

one at the bottom.
 Be careful not to drop the thickness gauge from the
platen.
 If the CR Unit touches the thickness gauge, do not move Approx. 55 mm
the CR Unit forcibly. Also, do not press the CR Unit onto
the thickness gauge. Otherwise the Print Head may be
damaged and have to be replaced with a new one.

Confidential
 When it contacts 9. Use the same procedure and measure the head height at the
C H E C K
P O IN T The thickness gauge does not go under the CR Unit more measurement position 2,3,4.
than about 55 mm from the side of the CR Unit, but
moves together with the CR Unit. JUDGMENT 1
Top
From the results of the measurement at the measurement position 1,2,3,4,
CR Unit judge whether the head height adjustment is necessary or not as follows.
Table 5-19. Standard for judgment

Thickness gauge Head height measurement position
Center (1, 2, 3, 4)
Lower limit 0.90 mm

Standard value
Upper limit 1.10 mm
 When the results of all the four measurement center positions are
within the standard (Table 5-19):
Go to “Judgment 2” (P. 449).
Front
 If there are positions out of the standard:
Print Head Go to the “ADJUSTMENT” (P. 447).
Approx. 55 mm
8. Exchange the thickness gauge with a gauge in different thickness,

then measure and record the gap between the Print Head and the
Platen surface.
Measurement of the Head Height
Example: when the CR Unit comes in contact with the 0.95 mm-thickness
gauge and passes over the 0.90 mm-gauge.
 The current head height is between 0.90 mm and 0.94 mm

Confidential
ADJUSTMENT
1. Peel off the three Seals from the Top Carriage Cover, and check the
three screws shown in Figure 5-31. (See Figure 5-30.)
A A
C H E C K If there are holes for adjustment on the Top Carriage Cover,
P O IN T peel off the three Seals instead of removing the cover.
2. Loosen the three screws that secure the Print Head.

(Figure 5-31) A
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw with P.W M3x8

: three pieces Figure 5-31. Changing the adjustment value (2)
Seal
Top Carriage
Cover
Figure 5-30. Changing the adjustment value (1)

Confidential
3. Move the Print Head to the center.

Hole
4. Insert the tip of a pair of tweezers, etc. into each hole of the three High
adjustment levers and move the levers to adjust the head height.
(Figure 5-32) Tweezers
 Moving the adjustment lever

Low
1. Insert tweezers or a similar tool into the hole of the adjustment lever.
2. Pull the lever toward you and lift it to release the lock, and then move the
lever about 1.0 mm.
Hole
Tweezers
High High
Adjustment lever
Adjustment lever
Low
Low
C A U T IO N To avoid deformation or damage to the adjustment lever, do not

pull it toward you more than 1.5 mm. Figure 5-32. Head Height Adjustment Lever
C H E C K If you move the adjustment lever one notch on the scale, the head
P O IN T height is changed by approx. 0.033 mm. Based on this value, you
can calculate how many notches you should move by the lever.

Confidential
5. Secure the three screws that secure the Print Head. (Figure 5-31) JUDGMENT 2
C H E C K Tighten the screw that secures the Print Head with tightening After adjustment, measure the head height at the eight measurement
P O IN T torque about 0.21 Nm. positions, and judge whether the adjustment status is OK or not as follows.
Measure the head height in the same way as given in the “Confirmation in
the center position” (P. 445).
Table 5-20. Standard for judgment

C A U T IO N In the next step, check the following points.
Head height measurement position
 Use new Seals. (new ones are included in the Print Head
and the CR Unit.) Center Home side/ Full side
(1, 2, 3, 4) (5, 6, 7, 8)
 When applying the Seals, attach them so that they fit
Standard Lower limit 0.90 mm 0.90 mm
within the non-textured section on the Top Carriage
value Upper limit 1.10 mm 1.30 mm
Cover and without any gap.
 If the Seals are not applied, ink mist or paper dust may  When the results of all the eight measurement positions are within
come into the CR Unit and may adversely affect print the standard (Table 5-20):
quality. End of adjustment (no adjustment required)
6. Apply the three Seals on the Top Carriage Cover. (Figure 5-30)  If there are positions out of the standard:
Perform the “ADJUSTMENT” (P. 447) again.
7. Install the Top Frame. (P. 160) If not improved after trying the above, the Platen Unit may be
warped, so replace the Platen Unit (P. 217) with a new one, and
8. Install the Right Top Cover. (P. 159) perform “ADJUSTMENT” (P. 447).
9. Install the Left Top Cover. (P. 158)
10. Install the Middle Cover. (P. 157)

Confidential
5.4.2 CR Motor Measurement

This saves the electrical characteristics of the CR Motor into the NVRAM.
The stored values can be used to control electrical current applied to the
motor in order to properly move the CR Unit against mechanical load.
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance  047. CR Unit-
Related Adjustment  0471. CR Motor Measurement
Adjustment.
2. Click [Execute].
3. The CR Motor Measurement starts.
Figure 5-33. CR Motor Measurement Screen

Confidential
5.4.3 Side Position Adjustment

This adjusts the print start position in the paper width direction.
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance  047. CR Unit-
Related Adjustment  0472. Side Position Adjustment.
2. Click [Print Adjustment Pattern] to print the adjustment pattern.
Note: The [Print Adjustment Pattern] button becomes available

only when roll paper whose width is any of 8 inches, 10
inches, 12 inches, or 210 mm is loaded in the Rear Roll.
3. Measure the width of the gap (mm) between the edge of paper and
the printed vertical line on the right and the left of the paper.
(See Figure 5-35)
Note: When both of the two measured values are inside 5 mm +/- Figure 5-34. Side Position Adjustment Screen
0.25 mm, the adjustment is not necessary.
Paper edge Paper edge
4. Enter the measured values into the boxes in the Side Position of the full of the home
position position
Adjustment column.
Paper feed direction

• Side (HOME):enter the value measured at the Home side
• Side (FULL): enter the value measured at the FULL side
5. Click [Apply].
FULL side HOME side
Measurement Measurement
Point a Point b
Top edge Top edge
Figure 5-35. Side Position Adjustment Print Pattern

Confidential
6. Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 and check that all the measured values are
inside 5 mm +/- 0.25 mm.
7. Remove the paper loaded on the Rear Roll from the edge guide, and
load the paper on the Rear Roll again.
C H E C K  If the paper is loaded on the Front Roll, remove the paper

P O IN T from the edge guide and load it on the Front Roll again.
 If you complete the adjustment without installing the rear
paper or front paper again, the following screen appears.
8. Click [OK].

Confidential
5.5 Head Related Adjustment 453
5.5 Head Related Adjustment
5.5.1 Write Head ID

This writes the correction value (head ID) unique to each Printhead to the
printer.
1. Select 03. CR Unit Adjustment/Maintenance  032. Head-
Related Adjustment  0321. Write Head ID.
2. Insert the CD to which the head ID is written into the Client PC.
3. Click [Settings].
4. Select the head ID file (.HID) in the CD.
5. Head data setting starts.
Figure 5-36. Write Head ID Screen

Confidential
5.5.2 Nozzle Check / Head Cleaning

t
C H E C K Indicator colors let you know the number of detected clogging

P O IN T as shown in the figure below.
C H E C K After performing the intial ink charge, print the nozzle check Green: None
P O IN T pattern and perform the nozzle check.
Yellow: 1 to 20
Red: More than 21
5.5.2.1 Auto Cleaning

Executes Nozzle Check and Head Cleaning automatically. Refer to “SL-
D3000 Operation Guide” for the operation method.
5.5.2.2 Nozzle Check

Examines nozzle clogging and performs head cleaning manually. There are Figure 5-37. Nozzle Check Indicators
two following methods to examine the nozzle clogging.
Use “Detect Clogging” function to automatically detect the

clogging.
 Check the printout patterns visually.
 Using “Detect Clogging” function
1. Select 03. CR Unit Adjustment/Maintenance  031. Head
Cleaning  0312. Nozzle Check.
2. Click [Detect Clogging].
3. Nozzle clogging is detected automatically and the result is
displayed by indicators (Head 1 to Head 6) in the Head Cleaning
section of the Nozzle Check screen.
Figure 5-38. Nozzle Check Screen

Confidential
4. Carry out head cleaning according to the result.
Target head All heads: Select the “All” check box.

specific head: Select the check box corresponds to the head you want to clean.
Cleaning mode Normal: Cleans in normal mode.
(Recommended for yellow level.)
Powerful: Cleans more powerfully than normal mode.
(Recommended for red level. Note that the ink consumption is
more than that in the normal mode.)

Confidential
 Checking the printout patterns visually

1. Select 03. CR Unit Adjustment/Maintenance  031. Head 1
9
8
1
9
8
1
9
8
1
9
8
1
9
8
1
9
8
Cleaning  0312. Nozzle Check. (See Figure 5-38) 17

16
24
17
16
24
17
16
24
17
16
24
17
16
24
17
16
24
25 25 25 25 25 25
32 32 32 32 32 32
2. Click [Print Check Pattern] to print the nozzle check patterns 33
40
33
40
33
40
33
40
33
40
33
40
shown in Figure 5-40. (See Figure 5-38) 321 321 321 321 321 321
328 328 328 328 328 328
329 329 329 329 329 329
3. Carry out head cleaning according to the result. 337
336
344
337
336
344
337
336
344
337
336
344
337
336
344
337
336
344
345 345 345 345 345 345
352 352 352 352 352 352
353 353 353 353 353 353
Target head All heads: Select the “All” check box. 360 360 360 360 360 360
361 361 361 361 361 361
368 368 368 368 368 368
specific head: Select the check box corresponds to the head you want to clean.
Head
1 1 Head
2 2 Head
3 3
Cleaning mode Normal: Cleans in normal mode.
Powerful: Cleans more powerfully than in normal mode.
1 1 1 1 1 1
(Note that the ink is consumed more than in the normal mode.) 8 8 8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9 9 9
16 16 16 16 16 16
17 17 17 17 17 17
24 24 24 24 24 24
25 25 25 25 25 25
C H E C K If the nozzle check pattern is not printed in two lines (for one 33
32
33
32
33
32
33
32
33
32
33
32
40 40 40 40 40 40
P O IN T head), replace the Head Controller Board (DRV). (See Figure
5-39.) 321
328
321
328
321
328
321
328
321
328
321
328
329 329 329 329 329 329
336 336 336 336 336 336
 If the check pattern is not printed at head1 or 2 section: 337
344
337
344
337
344
337
344
337
344
337
344
345 345 345 345 345 345
Replace the Head Controller Board B (DRV). (P. 175) 353
352
353
352
353
352
353
352
353
352
353
352
360 360 360 360 360 360
 If the check pattern is not printed at head3 to 6 section: 361
368
361
368
361
368
361
368
361
368
361
368
Replace the Head Controller Board A (DRV). (P. 175) 4 4

Head Head 5 Head 6
1 1 1 1
5
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9
16 16 16 16
17 17 17 17
24 24 24 24
25 25 25 25
32 32 32 32
33 33 33 33
40 40 40 40
321 321 321 321

328 328 328 328
329 329 329 329
336 336 336 336
337 337 337 337
344 344 344 344
345
353
352
345
353
352
345
353
352
345
353
352 OK NG
360 360 360 360
361 361 361 361
368 368 368 368
Figure 5-40. Nozzle Check Patterns
1 1
Head Head 2 3 3
Head
Figure 5-39. in case of Head 2 does not print

Confidential
5.5.2.3 Setting the Periodic Nozzle Check

Selects if you carry out the periodic nozzle check or not. Refer to “SL-
D3000 Administrator's Guide” for the setting method.

Confidential
5.5.3 Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction

This corrects inclination of the print head in the paper feed direction.
Related Adjustment  0322. Head Slant Adjustment
(PF&CR).
2. In the Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction column,
click [Printing an Adjustment Pattern] to print the adjustment
pattern shown in Figure 5-42.
Note: The [Printing an Adjustment Pattern] button becomes

available only when roll paper whose width is any of 8
inches, 10 inches, 12 inches, or 210 mm is loaded in the
Rear Roll.
Figure 5-41. Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction Screen
A L B K
D I F G
Figure 5-42. Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction Print Pattern (1)

Confidential
3. Look at the printed pattern with a scale loupe (x40 to 60), and
measure the gap (width of white streak) at the “a” and “b” positions
Scope screen
on each color pattern. (See Figure 5-43.)
Note: If the values of “a” and “b” are within the range below,
the following adjustments are necessary.
a - b  11 m
4. In the Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction column
(unit: 10 m), enter the measured “a” and “b” values for each color
respectively. (See Figure 5-41.)
a
5. Click [Calculate] to display a value of how many notches the Head
inclination lever (Paper feed direction) should be moved.
• When “0” is displayed: no adjustment is necessary. b
• When a positive figure is displayed:move the lever leftward as Figure 5-43. Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction Print Pattern (2)
seen from the rear of the
printer Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction Lever
• When a minus figure is displayed: move the lever rightward as
seen from the rear of the
printer
6. When the adjustment is necessary, perform the Post-Operation
Check and remove the following parts. Downward Upward
• Middle Cover (P. 157)

• Left Top Cover (P. 158)
• Left Frame (P. 160)
7. Unlock the CR Unit. (P. 151)
8. Move the CR Unit to the center.
9. Using the tweezers or a similar tool, move the Head inclination
lever (Paper feed direction) by the notches displayed on the screen
Figure 5-44. Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction Lever
to correct the head inclination. (See Figure 5-32 and Figure 5-44.)

Confidential
10. Install the following parts.

11. Perform the Post-Operation Check.
12. Repeat Step 2 through Step 4 and check if “0” is displayed on the
screen.
C H E C K Make sure to check the head hight after correcting the head
P O IN T inclination (Paper feed direction). ("5.4.1 Head Height
Adjustment" (p442))

Confidential
5.5.4 Head Inclination Adjustment

This corrects inclination of the print head in the printing direction.
Related Adjustment  0322. Head Slant Adjustment
(PF&CR).
2. Click [Print Adjustment Pattern] (Figure 5-45) to print the
adjustment pattern shown in Figure 5-47.
Note: The [Print Adjustment Pattern] button becomes available Step2

Step5
Figure 5-45. Head Inclination Adjustment Screen

Confidential
3. Look at the “measurement point 1” and “measurement point 2” on

the printed pattern (Figure 5-47), and examine the position of the
row A (sky blue lines) to the row K (pink lines).
 The lines are aligned: No adjustment is necessary. Row A Row I Row A Row I Row A
 The lines are not aligned: Go to Step 4. #1
Measurement point 1
OK NG #6
Row A and row I are aligned. Row A and row I are not aligned.
Tolerable misalignment is one line height (The adjustment is necessary.) #11
(15 m).
(No adjustment is necessary.)
#16
#166
#171
#176
#181
Figure 5-46. Head Inclination Adjustment Check Pattern Measurement point 2

Adjustment Pattern
Figure 5-47. Adjustment Pattern and Measurement Points

Confidential
4. With a scale loupe (x40 to 60), measure the amount of 6. Click [Calculate].
misalignment between the row A (sky blue lines) and row K (pink
• When “0” is displayed: no adjustment is necessary.
lines) at the “measurement point 1” and “measurement point 2” on
• When a positive figure is displayed:perform Head Inclination
the printed pattern (Figure 5-47), and calculate the average of the Adjustment (in the plus
measurement values at two points. direction).
Go to Step 7.
Eg.: If the amount of misalignment is 0.02 mm at the “measurement
point 1” and 0.10 mm at the “measurement point 2”: • When a minus figure is displayed: perform Head Inclination
(0.02 mm + 0.10 mm /2) = 0.06 mm Adjustment (in the minus
direction).
Row I is misaligned to the row A for 0.06 mm in the upper Go to Step 7.
direction.
5. Enter the value measured in Step 4 into the Head Inclination
Adjustment column.
C H E C K
1. Misalignment direction: Select the direction in which the
P O IN T row I (cyan lines) is misaligned to the row A (magenta
lines).
2. Gap amount: Enter the average of the measurement
values at the two points converting “0.001 mm = 1”.
1. Misalignment direction 2. Gap amount

Confidential
Measurement point 1
Example: 0.02 mm
Measurement point 2
Example: 0.10 mm
Upper direction
Lower direction
Adjustment Pattern
Figure 5-48. Checking the Misalignment Direction and Gap Amount

Confidential
7. When the adjustment is necessary, perform the Post-Operation to

turn off the Printer, and remove the following parts.
• Middle Cover (P. 157) Seal

• Right Top Cover (P. 159)
• Top Frame (P. 160) Top Carriage
Cover
8. Unlock the CR Unit. (P. 151)
9. Move the CR Unit to the end opposite to the home position side.
10. Peel off the three Seals from the Top Carriage Cover, and check the
three screws shown in Figure 5-50. (See Figure 5-49.)
C H E C K If there are holes for adjustment on the Top Carriage Cover,

P O IN T peel off the three Seals instead of removing the cover. Figure 5-49. Changing the adjustment value (1)
11. Loosen the three screws that secure the Print Head. (Figure 5-50)
A) Silver, Phillips, Bind machine screw with P.W M3x8:
A A
three pieces
Figure 5-50. Changing the adjustment value (2)

Confidential
12. Using the tweezers or a similar tool, move the Head adjust lever by
the notches displayed on the screen to correct the head inclination.
Head Inclination Adjustment Lever
(See Figure 5-32 and Figure 5-51.)
13. Tighten the three screws to secure the Print Head.
C H E C K Tighten the screw that secures the Print Head with tightening Plus direction
P O IN T torque about 0.21Nm.
C A U T IO N In the next step, check the following points.

Minus direction
 Use new Seals. (new ones are included in the Print Head
and the CR Unit.)
 When applying the Seals, attach them so that they fit
within the non-textured section on the Top Carriage
Cover and without any gap.
 If the Seals are not applied, ink mist or paper dust may Figure 5-51. Head Inclination Adjustment Lever
come into the CR Unit and may adversely affect print
quality.
14. Apply the three Seals on the Top Carriage Cover. (Figure 5-49)
15. Install the following parts.
• Right Top Cover (P. 159)
• Top Frame (P. 160)
16. Perform the Pre-Operation Check.
17. Repeat Step 2 through Step 3 and check if “0” is displayed on the
screen.

Confidential
5.5.5 Print Timing Correction 1

This corrects the print timing in uni-directional printing.
Related Adjustment  0323. Head Nozzle Rank & Bi-D
Adjustment.
2. Click [Print Adjustment Pattern] to print a pattern (Figure 5-52).
Two sheets for the [Standard] mode and two sheets for the [High
Image Quality] mode are printed.
C H E C K  This adjustment requires adjustment in the both

P O IN T Standard mode and High Image Quality mode. Neither of
the modes can be skipped.
 The pattern is printed in the Standard mode and then in
the High Image Quality mode continuously. You do not
have choice between the two modes.
Figure 5-52. Print Timing Correction 1 Screen
 It takes about 20 minutes to print the patterns. You
cannot operate the Maintenance Utility during printing.
 Because smaller dots are used in the High Image Quality
mode, the patterns printed in the mode look lighter than
those printed in the Standard mode.

inches, 12 inches, or 210 mm is loaded in the Rear Roll. NG OK NG
Figure 5-53. Print Timing Correction 1 Check Pattern
3. Check [Standard].

Confidential
4. Examine the Standard mode patterns (20 rows) and enter a number
Paper feed side
of the least gap pattern for each of the 20 rows. Then click [Apply].
(See Figure 5-53 and Figure 5-54.)
Note:
 If the number of the least gap pattern is -2 to 2 for the all 20
rows, Step 7 is not necessary. A B C D E F G H I J K L
When you judge the number between the print pattern is the best,
enter the number.
Example)
Number between 2 and 4 is the best: enter “3” Full side Home side
Number between 16 and 20 is the best: enter “18”
5. Check [High Image Quality].

6. Examine the High Image Quality mode patterns (20 rows) and enter
a number of the least gap pattern for each of the 20 rows. Then
click [Apply].(See Figure 5-53 and Figure 5-54.)
Note: Paper ejection side
If the number of the least gap pattern is -2 to 2 for the all 20
rows, Step 7 is not necessary. Figure 5-54. Nozzle Layout
When you judge the number between the print pattern is the best,
Table 5-21. Nozzle Layout
enter the number.
Column Color Column Color
Example)
Number between 2 and 4 is the best: enter “3” A Sky blue G Black
Number between 16 and 20 is the best: enter “18” B Pink H Yellow
C Magenta I Cyan
7. Repeat Step 2 and check the result.
D Cyan J Magenta
E Yellow K Pink
F Black L Sky blue

Confidential
Page 1 Page 2
Standard Standard
A-C A-G
-10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 0 12 24 4
8 6
12 8
16 10
20 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 -1 0 12 24 48 6 8 10
OUT -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 12 16 20
OUT
Standard Standard
B-D B-H
-20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 0 12 24 8
4 12
6 16
8 20
10 -10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 0
0 12 24 48 6
12 8
16 10
20
Standard Standard
A-C A-G
-20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 0 12 24 8
4 12
6 16
8 20
10 RETURN -20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 0 12 24 48 12
6 16
8 20
10
RETURN
Standard Standard
B-D B-H
-20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 0
0 12 24 8
4 12
6 16
8 20
10 -10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 0 12 24 48 6
12 8
16 10
20
Standard Standard
A-E A-I
-10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 00 21 2
4 84 6
12 8
16 10
20 -10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 00 21 2
4 84 6
12 8
16 10
20
OUT OUT
Standard Standard
B-F B-J
-10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 00 21 2
4 84 6
12 8
16 10
20 -10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 00 21 2
4 84 6
12 8
16 10
20
Standard Standard
A-E A-I
-20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 00 21 4
2 84 12
6 16
8 20
10 -20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 00 21 4
2 84 12
6 16
8 20
10
RETURN RETURN
Standard Standard
B-F B-J
-10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 00 21 2
4 84 6
12 8
16 10
20 -10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 00 21 2
4 84 6
12 8
16 10
20
Figure 5-55. Print Timing Correction 1 Print Pattern (Standard) (1) Figure 5-56. Print Timing Correction 1 Print Pattern (Standard) (2)

Confidential
Page 2 Page 3
Standard
A-K Quality
A-C
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 2 4 8 12 16 20
-10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 0 12 24 48 6
12 8
16 10
20
OUT OUT
Standard Quality
B-L B-D
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 -1 0 12 24 48 6 8 10 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20

-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 12 16 20
Standard
Quality
A-K
A-C
-20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 0 12 24 48 12
6 16
8 20
10
RETURN -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20 RETURN
Standard Quality
B-L B-D
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
-10
-20 -8
-16 -6
-12 -4
-8 -2
-4 -1
-2 0 12 24 48 6
12 8
16 10
20
Quality
A-E
Figure 5-57. Print Timing Correction 1 Print Pattern (Standard) (3) -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
OUT
Quality
B-F
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
Quality
A-E
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
RETURN
Quality
B-F
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
Figure 5-58. Print Timing Correction 1 Print Pattern (High Image Quality) (1)

Confidential
Page 4 Page 4
Quality
Quality
A-K
A-G
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 2 4 8 12 16 20
OUT -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
OUT
Quality Quality
B-H B-L
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
Quality
Quality
A-K
A-G
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20 RETURN -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
RETURN
Quality
Quality
B-L
B-H
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20 -20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 20
Quality
A-I
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20

OUT
Quality
B-J
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
Quality
A-I
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
RETURN
Quality
B-J
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20

Confidential
5.5.6 Print Timing Correction 2

This corrects the print timing in bi-directional printing.
Related Adjustment  0323. Head Nozzle Rank & Bi-D
Adjustment.
2. Click [Print Adjustment Pattern] to print a pattern (See Figure
5-61.). A sheet for the [Standard] mode and two sheets for the
[High Image Quality] mode are printed.
C H E C K  This adjustment requires adjustment in the both

P O IN T Standard mode and High Image Quality mode. Neither of
the modes can be skipped.
 The pattern is printed in the Standard mode and then in
the High Image Quality mode continuously. You do not
have choice between the two modes.
Figure 5-61. Print Timing Correction 2 Screen
 Because smaller dots are used in the High Image Quality
mode, the patterns printed in the mode look lighter than
those printed in the Standard mode.
Note: The [Print Adjustment Pattern] button becomes available Standard

inches, 12 inches, or 210 mm is loaded in the Rear Roll. -20
-10 -16
-8 -12
-6 -8
-4 -4
-2 -2
-1 00 21 4
2 84 12
6 168 20
10
Quality
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 -2 0 2 4 8 12 16 20
Figure 5-62. Print Timing Correction 2 Print Pattern

Confidential
3. Examine the Standard mode patterns and from the Standard pull-
down list, select a number of the least gap pattern, and then click
[Apply]. (See Figure 5-63.)
Note:
• When the selected pattern number falls within the range of
-2 to 2, Step 5 is not necessary.
• When you regard the pattern between numbers is the best,
enter the number between them.
Example)
NG OK NG
Figure 5-63. Judgement of the Print Timing Correction 2 Check Pattern
4. Examine the High Image Quality mode patterns and from the High
Image Quality pull-down list, select a number of the least gap
pattern, and then click [Apply]. (See Figure 5-63.)
Note:
• When the selected pattern number falls within the range of
-2 to 2, Step 5 is not necessary.
• When you regard the pattern between numbers is the best,
enter the number between them.
Example)
5. Perform Step 2 again and check the result.

Confidential
5.5.7 Color Calibration

This is to adjust the amount of ink droplets for standard colors. See “SL-
D3000 Administrator's Guide”.
5.5.8 Gray adjustment

Adjust the color balance, density and gradation of printing on each image
quality mode. When using multiple printers, adjust the color balance,
density and gradation among printers. See “SL-D3000 Administrator's
Guide”.

Confidential
5.5.9 BRS Adjustment

This corrects the print setting value of the print head. Top cover
1. Set the scanner on standby. (Refer to "7.1 Service Tool" (p546) for
supported scanners.)
2. Connect the scanner with the computer, and install the scanner
driver on the computer.
Related Adjustment  0324. BRS Adjustment.
4. Select the connected scanner in the Scanner box.
5. Click [Start Adjusting]. (The printer is restarted.)
6. In the status column, “The printer has been restarted.” appears, and Figure 5-65. Opening and closing the Top Cover
open the Top Cover and leave the printer for 10 minutes.
(See Figure 5-65.)
C A U T IO N  This correction is susceptible to temperature inside the

printer. Make sure to leave the printer for 10 minutes.
 When open the Top Cover, the warning of error No.2006
occurs.
Figure 5-64. Warning Message Screen Figure 5-66. BRS Adjustment Screen

Confidential
7. After leaving the printer, Close the Top Cover and Click [OK] in
the Warning Message Screen. (See Figure 5-64.)
8. Click [Print Adjustment Pattern] to print the adjustment pattern
shown in Figure 5-67. (See Figure 5-66.)

only when roll paper that meets the following conditions is
loaded in the Rear Roll.
• Paper width : 8 inches, 10 inches, 12 inches, or 210 mm
• Paper type : Glossy
9. Visually check the shorter colored bars printed below the longer
bars. If you see missing colors or missing segments on the shorter
bars, run a head cleaning and print the adjustment pattern again.
10. When printing the pattern with any of the 10 inches, 12 inches, or
210 mm width, cut the printed pattern along with its cutoff lines
shown in Figure 5-67. (Be sure to cut it along with the cutoff lines.)
11. Dry the adjustment pattern for about five minutes.
Note: To ensure the appropriate dry process, [Scan] is disabled

for five minutes after printing the pattern.
C A U T IO N Before performing the next step, make sure to remove any Visual confirmation part
foreign object or dust from the document glass with a soft
cloth.
Cutoff line Cutoff line
Figure 5-67. BRS Adjustment Print Pattern

Confidential
12. Set the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG on the document glass.

(See Figure 5-68.) Arrow
C H E C K Check the following points when setting the SCANNER SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG
P O IN T ADJUSTMENT JIG.
Document glass
 Set the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG with the scale
surface to the document glass.
 Align the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG with the arrow
on the top right of the document glass.
Figure 5-68. Setting the Printed Pattern (1)

Confidential
13. Set the adjustment pattern on the Scanner. (See Figure 5-69.)
Adjustment pattern
C H E C K Make sure of the following when setting the printed pattern.

P O IN T  Set the section for visual check toward you (on the power
switch side (opposite to hinges)). (See Figure 5-67.)
 Align the right end of the Adjustment pattern with the
concave of the scale.
SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG
14. Align and set the DOCUMENT HOLDING JIG with the two tabs
on the side with size markings on the document glass. (See Figure
5-70.)
15. Click [Scan] to scan the adjustment pattern. (See Figure 5-66.) Concave
C H E C K  It takes three and half minutes for scanning. Figure 5-69. Setting the Printed Pattern (2)
P O IN T
 If there is something wrong with the scanner reading of
the printed pattern, perform"Troubleshooting for the
scanner reading errors" (p479) Rib Rib
16. Click [Write Correction Value] to write the correction value to

the computer. When the writing is completed, the secondary power
of the printer is turned on. (See Figure 5-66.)
C H E C K If the print quality problem such as banding is not improved,

P O IN T repeat this correction again.
DOCUMENT HOLDING JIG

Confidential
C H E C K Table 5-22. Troubleshooting for the scanner reading errors

P O IN T
Cause Remedy
Something wrong with the connection Check the connection between the
between the Scanner and the PC. Scanner and the PC.
The image cannot be saved because Increase the free HDD space of the
the free HDD space of the PC is too PC.
small.
The setting position of the adjustment Set the adjustment pattern on the
pattern is wrong. document glass correctly.
(misaligned, upside down, etc.)
The setting position of the SCANNER Set the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT JIG is wrong. JIG on the document glass correctly.
Dirt (foreign material, etc) is detected Wipe off the dirt on the surface of the
on the scanned image. document glass and adjustment
pattern.
Missing dots Carry out the head cleaning. (p. 454)
Mixed color is occurring on the print
head.
Adjustment pattern is printed on the Feed the media straight and print the
skew. print pattern again.
The printing pattern is not printed Carry out the Print Timing Correction
correctly because the adjustment of 1/2. (p. 467, p. 472)
Print Timing Correction 1/2 is not
sufficient.

Confidential
5.5.10 Ink Draining/Head Washing

This section describes Ink Draining and cleaning of the drain path.
 When removing the ink supply related parts
 Execute the Ink Draining to prevent ink from leaking. (P. 480)
 When transporting the printer or storing it over long periods of time
 Carry out the cleaning of the print head and the ink path with the
cleaning fluid so as to prevent the ink from thickening. (P. 482)
5.5.10.1 Ink Draining
C A U T IO N Make sure to observe the following precautions before

starting Ink Draining.
 Do not unplug the printer AC cable during Ink Draining.
 Do not unplug the USB cable that connects the printer to
the computer during Ink Draining.
 Do not open the exterior covers during Ink Draining. If
the exterior cover is opened, the operation will be
interrupted by an error such as Top Cover Open Error,
then the operation may not be able to resume. Also, if the
Ink End error occurs during operation, resume the Ink
Draining as follows.
1. Perform the Post-operation Check. (P. 415)
2. Remove the draining cartridge that attached, and
install the ink cartridge.
3. Perform the Pre-operation Check. (P. 413)
4. Perform the Forced Initial Ink Charge in the
Recovery Utility. (P. 510)
5. Perform the Ink Draining again.

Confidential

Related Adjustment  0325. Clean Tubes & Eject Ink.
2. Click [1. Start].
C H E C K Be sure to replace the Maintenance Tank with a new one if a

P O IN T message “Insufficient maintenance tank capacity left to
perform initial charge. Replace maintenance tank, and then
click [OK]” is displayed after clicking [1. Start]. (The free
space in the Maintenance Tank must be about 15  or more
for ink draining.)
3. Take out all ink cartridges from the printer.
4. Install the Draining Cartridges into all the cartridge slots.
5. Click [2. Finish Draining] to drain ink.
6. After ink draining has completed, Pre-operation Check starts.
Figure 5-71. Ink Draining Screen
C A U T IO N Do not reinstall the ink cartridges. Doing so and performing
the Pre-Operation Check automatically starts initial ink
charge.

Confidential
5.5.10.2 Head Washing

starting Head Washing.
 Make sure not to mix up the Draining Cartridges and
Cleaning Cartridges.
 Do not unplug the printer power cable during Head
Washing.
the computer during Head Washing.
 You can cancel the Head Cleaning by clicking [Back],
however, doing so may cause a Cleaning Cartridge end
error.
 Do not open the exterior covers during Head Washing. If
the exterior cover is opened, the operation will be
interrupted by an error such as Top Cover Open Error,
then the operation may not be able to resume. Also, if the
Ink End error occurs during operation, resume the Head
Washing as follows.
1. Perform the Post-operation Check. (P. 415)
2. Remove the draining cartridge or cleaning cartridges
that attached, and install the ink cartridge.
3. Perform the Pre-operation Check. (P. 413)
4. Perform the Forced Initial Ink Charge in the
Recovery Utility. (P. 510)
5. Perform the Head Washing again.

Confidential
C H E C K  The Cleaning Cartridge contains cleaning fluid almost

P O IN T enough for cleaning the head two times. After using the
cartridges for the first time, make sure to put some mark
or something on them so as to indicate that the cartridges
have been used once.
 Cartridge error occurs if a Cleaning Cartridge already
used twice is inserted to the printer.
 For carrying out the Head Washing, the free space in the
Maintenance Tank must be about 60  or more.
1. Replace the Maintenance Tank with a new one.
Related Adjustment  0325. Clean Tubes & Eject Ink.
3. Click [1. Start].
4. Take out all ink cartridges from the printer.
Figure 5-72. Head Washing Screen
5. Install the Draining Cartridges into all the cartridge slots.
6. Click [2. Drain] to drain the ink.
7. Take out the Draining Cartridges and install the Cleaning
Cartridges.

Confidential
8. Click [3. Clean] to wash the print head.

9. Take out the Cleaning Cartridges and install the Draining
Cartridges again.
10. Click [4. Drain] to drain Cleaning fluid.
11. Take out the Draining Cartridges and install the Cleaning
Cartridges again.
12. Click [5. Wash] to wash the print head.
13. Take out the Cleaning Cartridges and install the Draining
Cartridges again.
14. Click [6. Finish Draining] to drain the Cleaning fluid.
15. After head washing has completed, Pre-operation Check starts.
C A U T IO N Do not reinstall the ink cartridges. Doing so and performing

the Pre-Operation Check automatically starts initial ink
charge.

Confidential
5.5.11 Initial Ink Charge

This is to fill the ink inside the printer. The initial ink charge is only
available after performing the ink draining and head washing.

starting.
 Do not unplug the printer AC cable during initial ink
charge.
a computer during initial ink charge.
 Do not open the exterior covers during initial ink charge.
 If an error occured during initial ink charge, execute Pre-
Operation Check and then perform the initial ink charge
again.
 Initial Ink Charge takes approximately forty minutes.
C H E C K For carrying out the Initial Ink Charge, the free space in the
P O IN T Maintenance Tank must be about 15% or more.
Figure 5-73. Initial Ink Charge Screen

1. Install the ink cartridges in the printer.
2. Click [Pre-Operation Check] (Figure 5-5).
3. The Manual Check screen appears (Figure 5-6).
4. Click [OK].
5. After the startup process for the printer is completed, the initial ink
charge automatically begins.

Confidential
5.6 Paper Feed Related Adjustments 486
5.6 Paper Feed Related Adjustments
5.6.1 Paper Feed Motor Measurement/

Middle Roller Motor Measurement
This saves the electrical characteristics of the Paper Feed Motor and Middle
Roller Motor into the NVRAM. The stored values are used to control
electrical current applied to the motors in order to properly feed paper
against mechanical load.
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance  048. Paper Feed-
Related Adjustment  0481. PF Motor Measurement
Adjustment.
2. Click [Execute] of the motor you want to perform the
measurement.
3. The selected measurement starts.
Figure 5-74. Paper Feed Motor Measurement/
Middle Roller Motor Measurement Screen

Confidential
5.6.2 Paper Feed Amount Correction

Paper Feed Amount Correction corrects paper feed errors caused by the Top cover
following factors.
• Off-centered axis of the paper feed roller
• Slipping of paper when the paper feed roller rotates
1. Prepare a specified scanner. (For specified scanners, see “7.1

Service Tool (p546)”.)
2. Connect the scanner with the computer, and install the scanner
driver on the computer.
3. Select 04. CR Unit Adjustment/Maintenance  048. Paper
Feed-Related Adjustment  0482. Paper Feed Amount
Correction. Figure 5-76. Opening and closing the Top Cover
4. Select the connected scanner in the Scanner box.
5. Click [Start Adjusting]. (The printer is restarted.)
6. In the status column, “The printer has been restarted.” appears, and
open the Top Cover and leave the printer for 10 minutes.
(See Figure 5-76.)
C A U T IO N  This correction is susceptible to temperature inside the

printer. Make sure to leave the printer for 10 minutes.
 When open the Top Cover, the warning of error No.2006
occurs.
Figure 5-77. Paper Feed Amount Correction Screen
Figure 5-75. Warning Message Screen

Confidential
7. After leaving the printer, Close the Top Cover and Click [OK] in Cutoff line (Step 11) Cutoff line (Step 11)
the Warning Message Screen. (See Figure 5-75.)

only when roll paper that meets the following conditions is
loaded in the Rear Roll.
• Paper width : 8 inches, 10 inches, 12 inches, or 210 mm
• Paper type : Glossy
PF direction
9. Visually check the printed lines. If you see broken lines or missing
segments, run a head cleaning and print the adjustment pattern
again.
10. Cut off the top margin of the paper along the cutoff line.
11. When printing the pattern with any of the 10 inches, 12 inches, or
210 mm width, cut the printed pattern along its cutoff line shown in
Figure 5-78. (Be sure to cut it along the cutoff line.)
12. Dry the adjustment pattern for about five minutes.
Note: To ensure the appropriate dry process, [Scan] is disabled

for five minutes after printing the pattern.
C A U T IO N Before performing the next step, make sure to remove any

foreign object or dust from the document glass with a soft
cloth.
Cutoff line (Step 10)
Figure 5-78. Paper Feed Amount Correction Print Pattern

13. Set the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG on the document glass.
(See Figure 5-79.)

Confidential
C H E C K Check the following points when setting the SCANNER

Arrow
P O IN T ADJUSTMENT JIG.
 Set the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG with the scale SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG
surface to the document glass.
 Align the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG with the arrow Document glass
on the top right of the document glass.
14. Set the paperfeed scale cover tool aligning it with the edge of the
document glass. (See Figure 5-80.)
C H E C K Check the following points when setting the SCANNER

P O IN T ADJUSTMENT JIG to the scanner.
 Set the scale surface (the surface which has black lines on
the white background) to the document glass.
 Set the SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG with the scale
facing inward.
SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG
Scale
Edge
Document glass
Paperfeed scale cover tool

Confidential
15. Set the adjustment pattern on the Scanner. (See Figure 5-81.)
Adjustment pattern
C H E C K Make sure of the following when setting the printed pattern.
P O IN T  Set the section with cutoff line toward you (on the power
switch side (opposite to hinges)). (See Figure 5-78.)
 Align the right end of the Adjustment pattern with the
concave of the scale. SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG
16. Align and set the DOCUMENT HOLDING JIG with the two tabs
on the side with size markings on the document glass. (See Figure
5-82.)
Concave
17. Click [Scan] to scan the adjustment pattern. (See Figure 5-78.)
C H E C K It takes approx. one minute for scanning. Figure 5-81. Setting the Printed Pattern (3)
P O IN T
Rib Rib
18. Click [Write Correction Value] to write the correction value to

the computer. When the writing is completed, the secondary power
of the printer is turned on. (See Figure 5-78.)
DOCUMENT HOLDING JIG

Confidential
5.6.3 Paper Feed Amount Durability Correction

This allows you to improve the image quality when the image deterioration
occurs.
C H E C K  Make sure to perform the following procedure for each

P O IN T paper width for which correction is required. List box
(Step 4)
 Luster and Glossy do not need to be adjusted individually.
 8-inch wide paper and A4 paper do not need to be
adjusted individually. Adjustment for 8-inch wide paper
and A4 paper is regarded as the same.
1. Select 04. Print Adjustment/Maintenance  048. Paper Feed-

Related Adjustment  0483. Paper Feed Amount Durability
Correction.
2. Load the roll paper to adjust into the Front paper or the Rear paper.
Figure 5-83. Paper Feed Amount Durability Correction Screen
3. Select the feeder from [Front paper] or [Rear paper] and click
[Print Adjustment Pattern]. (See Figure 5-83.)
4. Examine the printed patterns to find the pattern with the least gap,
and select the pattern number in the list box and click [Apply].
(See Figure 5-84.)
C H E C K  Examine the printed pattern to find the pattern with no

P O IN T black line and white line referring below.
NG OK NG
(With white line) (With black line)
 If an OK pattern is not printed, enter the nearest pattern

number and then print the Adjustment Pattern again.

Confidential
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
±0
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
+7
Figure 5-84. Paper Feed Amount Durability Correction Print Pattern

Confidential
5.6.4 Cut Position Correction

This adjusts the paper cutting position.
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance  046. Cutter
Adjustment.

3. Measure the width of the gap between the cut edge of paper and the
printed base line at the three points (right, left, and center) with a
steel scale. (See Figure 5-86.)
4. Enter the three measured values into the three boxes respectively, Figure 5-85. Cut Position Correction Screen
and click [Apply].
5. Repeat Step 2 and check that all the measured values are inside
5 mm +/- 0.5 mm.
Base line
Point 1 Point 2 Point 3

Cutting
edge
Figure 5-86. Cut Position Correction Print Pattern

Confidential
5.7 Back Printing Unit Related Adjustment 494
5.7 Back Printing Unit Related Adjustment
5.7.1 Back Printing Head Height Adjustment

This is to adjust the gap between the Printhead of the Back Printing Unit
and the platen.
C H E C K Adjustment method of the Back Printing Head Height

P O IN T Adjustment differs depending on the jigs to use.
 When using the Shim Ring
Go to"Adjustment using the Shim Ring" (p495)
 When using the Back Printing thickness gauge
Go to"Adjustment using the Back Printing thickness
gauge" (p496)
REQUIRED TOOL
 Shim Ring
 Back Printing thickness gauge

Confidential
PROCEDURE
 Adjustment using the Shim Ring
Plastic head screws
1. Remove the two ribbon cassettes.
(See "4.5.9.1 Back Printing Unit" (p335).)
2. Loosen the two M4 bolts. Confirm that the Platens have fallen by Back Print Paper Guide
their own weight.

Plastic head screws
3. Loosen the two plastic head screws and remove the Back Print
Paper Guide. (See Figure 5-87)
4. Place the two Shim Ring on the following position. (See Figure
5-88.)
5. Install the Back Print Paper Guide. (At this point, the platen touches
M4 bolts
the Shim Rings naturally.) (See Figure 5-87)
6. Secure the platens with M4 bolts. (See Figure 5-87) Figure 5-87. Back Print Head Height Adjustment (1)
7. Remove the Back Print Paper Guide. (See Step 3.)
8. Remove the two Shim Ring. (See Figure 5-88) Shim Ring
9. Install the Back Print Paper Guide. (See Step 3.)
Tab
Tab
Figure 5-88. Back Print Head Height Adjustment (2)

Confidential
 Adjustment using the Back Printing thickness gauge

1. Loosen the two plastic head screws and remove the Back Print Plastic head screws
Paper Guide. (Figure 5-89)
2. Loosen the two M4 bolts. (Figure 5-90)
Back Print Paper Guide
3. Turn over the Back Print Paper Guide and confirm that the two
Platens have fallen by their own weight. (Figure 5-90) Plastic head screws
4. Secure the two M4 bolts.
Backside
Platens
M4 bolts
Back Print Paper Guide

Confidential
5. Hold the grip of the Back Print Unit and pull out the Back Print
Unit. Back Printing thickness gauge
6. Set the ribbon cassette on the Back Print Unit, and set the two Back
Printing thickness gauges on the ribbon cassette.
2
C H E C K  After the ribbon cassette is set, make sure the ribbon has
P O IN T no slack. 1
 When setting the Back Printing thickness gauge, set the
Back Printing thickness gauge (1) on the front side of the
Rib
ribbon cassette and set the Back Printing thickness gauge
(2) on the rear side.
 Insert the ribs of the Back Printing thickness gauges
between the ribbons and the cases of the ribbon cassette. 2
1
Ribbon cassette
7. Push in the Back Print Unit in place. Back Print Unit
8. Install the Back Print Paper Guide. (See Step 1.)

Confidential
9. Loosen the two M4 bolts and confirm the two Platens have fallen
by their own weight. (See Figure 5-92)
10. Secure the two M4 bolts. (See Figure 5-92)
11. Pull out the Back Print Unit and remove the two Back Printing
thickness gauges. (See Figure 5-91)
Platen
12. Push in the Back Print Unit back in place.
Platen
M4 bolts

Confidential
5.7.2 Back Print Density Control

Upper side
This is to adjust the print density of the Back Print Unit.

1. Select 01. System Operation Settings/Inspections  012.
Settings for Optional Equipment.
2. Adjust the density setting of the head (1 or 2) using the slider.
3. Select the paper feed path and click [Test Print]. (See Figure 5-93.) 1 2 3
4. The test pattern is printed. (The test pattern is printed on the back of
the nozzle check pattern.) (See Figure 5-94.)
5. Repeat Step 2 to Step 3 as long as you get a desirable density.
4 5 6
Nozzle check pattern
Back side
Head 2 Head 1
No. 1 -2
No. 2 +4
Figure 5-93. Back Print Density Control Screen
Figure 5-94. Back Print Density Control Pattern

Confidential
5.8 Board Replacement Related Adjustments 500
5.8 Board Replacement Related Adjustments

 Usage of Recovery Utility
 Control Board Repair Support
This is for replacement of a control board when pre-/post-operation checks have been
successfully made at least once.
 Support of Control Board Failure at Installation
This is for replacement of a control board when pre-/post-operation check cannot be
made at initial installation.
 Forced Initial Ink Charge
This should be made when an ink end error occurs during ink discharge or head
cleaning but the error cannot be cancelled.
 Tool: Recovery Utility

 Target Boards
 Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
 Data Controller Board (MAIN)
 Head Controller Board A/B (DRV)
 Ink Cartridge Controller Board (ICH)

Confidential
5.8.1 Control Board Repair Support

When exchanging boards, this restores the firmware and the printer
information in the printer to the new board.
1. Replace the broken board with a new one.
keyboard to the PC, and start it. Click
to the PC.
4. The printer driver is automatically installed.
5. Click My Computer  Work drive  EPSON  EPSON SL-
Figure 5-95.
D3000  Tools  RecoveryUtility  RecoveryUtility.exe.
(See Figure 5-95.)
[OK]. (See Figure 5-96.) Enter
Figure 5-96.

Confidential
7. In the status column, “Printer was recognized.” appears.

(See Figure 5-97.)

Click
list box.
 Unplug and re-connect the USB cable to the PC.
C A U T IO N In the next step, make sure to press the [Start] button for
your repair purpose. Otherwise, recovery cannot be
performed correctly.
8. Click [Start] of the “Control Board Repair Support”.

9. Click [OK] on the confirmation screen. (See Figure 5-98.)
10. Recovery starts.
Figure 5-97.
C A U T IO N Do not turn off the printer PC, the client PC, or the printer
when recovery is in progress.
C H E C K  Recovery is done in order from writing firmware to

P O IN T writing printer information.
Click
 Writing takes about 20 minutes.
 If writing fails, carry out the following and start the
recovery once again from Step 3. Figure 5-98.

Confidential
11. If the recovery succeeded, “All operations were finished.” appears.

(See Figure 5-99.)
12. Click [Close].
13. Click Control Panel  Devices and Printer.
14. Delete the “Print Monitor for SL-D3000” icon and “Print Monitor
for SL-D3000 (Copy *)” icon. (See Figure 5-100.)
15. Turn off the power switch of the printer.
16. Turn on the power switch of the printer.
17. The printer driver is automatically installed. (See Step 4)
Click
Figure 5-99.
Delete
Figure 5-100.

Confidential
18. Start Maintenance Utility and carry out a pre-operation check

(P. 413).
C H E C K When replacing the Head Controller Board (DRV), the

P O IN T warning of error No.1501 occurs after initial maintenance.
Click [OK] on the error launcher screen.
19. When replacing the Head Controller Board (DRV), select [0321
Write Head ID] in Maintenance Utility to write the head data. For
the head data, specify the “Serial No.HID” file in the included CD
(P. 453).
C H E C K If you click [Display] in [Display printer information], the

P O IN T system version/serial No. of the connected and recognized
printers.

Confidential
5.8.2 Support of Control Board Failure at Installation

When the control board exchange occurs due to a failure between factory
shipment to installation at the customer's site, this restores the firmware and
printer information to factory default.
1. Replace the broken board with a new one.
Click
to the PC.
4. The printer driver is automatically installed.
5. Click My Computer  Work drive  EPSON  EPSON SL- Figure 5-101.
(See Figure 5-101.)
Enter
Figure 5-102.

Confidential

(See Figure 5-103.)

list box. Click
following and restart the Recovery Utility.Restart the
printer.
C A U T IO N In the next step, make sure to press the [Start] button for
your repair purpose. Otherwise, recovery cannot be
8. Click [Start] of the “Support of Control Board Failure at

Installation”.
Figure 5-103.
10. Confirmation screen for your exchanging board is displayed.
(See Figure 5-105.)
11. If the board to replace is Data Controller Board (MAIN), select
Yes. If the board to replace is Mecha Controller Board (MCU) or Click
Head Controller Board A/B (DRV), select No.

Figure 5-104.
C H E C K When replacing other boards together with Data Controller
P O IN T Board (MAIN), select Yes.
Click
Figure 5-105.

Confidential
12. Selection screen for printer information is displayed.

(See Figure 5-106.)
13. Specify the “Serial No.NDV” file in the included Printer
Parameters CD, click [Start].
14. Recovery starts. Click
C A U T IO N Do not turn off the printer PC, the client PC, or the printer Figure 5-106.
when recovery is in progress.
C H E C K  Recovery is done in order from writing firmware to

P O IN T writing printer information.
 Writing takes about 20 minutes.
 If writing fails, carry out the following and start the
recovery once again from Step 3.
15. If the recovery succeeded, “All operations were finished.” appears.

(See Figure 5-107.)
16. Click [Close].
Click
Figure 5-107.

Confidential
17. Click Control Panel  Devices and Printer.
C H E C K  On Windows Vista, click “Printer”.

P O IN T  On Windows 7, click “Device & Printer”.
18. Delete the “Print Monitor for SL-D3000” icon and “Print Monitor Delete
for SL-D3000 (Copy *)” icon. (See Figure 5-108.)

19. Turn off the power switch of the printer.
20. Turn on the power switch of the printer.
21. The printer driver is automatically installed. (See Step 4)
Figure 5-108.
C H E C K When replacing the Head Controller Board (DRV), the
P O IN T warning of error No.1501 occurs after initial maintenance.
Click [OK] on the error launcher screen.
23. When replacing the Head Controller Board (DRV), select [0321
Write Head ID] in Maintenance Utility to write the head data. For
the head data, specify the “Serial No.HID” file in the included CD.
C A U T IO N When replacing Head Controller Board A/B (DRV) and Data

Controller Board (MAIN) at the same time, perform
adjustment of Head Controller Board A/B (DRV) before
adjusting Data Controller Board (MAIN). Otherwise,
recovery cannot be performed correctly.

Confidential
24. When replacing Data Controller Board (MAIN), perform

adjustment in the following order with Maintenance Utility.
C A U T IO N If not adjusting in the following order, recovery cannot be

1. 0482 Paper Feed Amount Correction
2. 0324 BRS Adjustment
3. 0341 Calibration
4. 0342 Write Correction Value
C H E C K If you click [Display] in [Printer Information Display], the

P O IN T system version/serial No. of the connected and recognized
printers.

Confidential
5.8.3 Forced Initial Ink Charge

This makes an initial ink charge forcibly when an ink end error occurs
during ink discharge or head cleaning but the error cannot be cancelled.
2. Turn on the power switch of the printer, and connect the USB cable Click
to the PC.
3. Click My Computer Work drive  EPSON  EPSON SL-
(See Figure 5-109.)
Figure 5-109.
Enter
Figure 5-110.

Confidential

(See Figure 5-111.)

list box.
Click
6. Click [Start] of the “Forced Initial Ink Charge”.

C H E C K If writing fails, carry out the following and start the recovery
P O IN T once again from Step 2.
Figure 5-111.
Figure 5-112.

Confidential
8. If recovery succeeds, the message that says “Initial Ink Charge is

ready. Please close maintenance utility and do pre-operation
check.” is displayed. (See Figure 5-113.)
10. Initial Ink Charge starts.
Figure 5-113.

Confidential
5.9 Other adjustments and settings 513
5.9 Other adjustments and settings
5.9.1 Printer Parameters

This saves data managed and stored on the printer or Printer PC into a
specified folder. The saved data can be restored on the printer or Printer PC.
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance  041. Printer
Parameters.
2. Click [Save] when saving data.
3. Click [Restore] when restoring data.
C H E C K  The data file is always saved under the same file name. If
P O IN T the file already exists in the folder when clicking [Save],
the old file is overwritten.
 It takes ten minutes for saving the data, and 15 minutes
for restoring the data.
Figure 5-114. Printer Parameters Screen

Confidential
5.9.2 Operation History

The following counter values can be cleared by setting Operation History.
 Accumulated Errors
 Number of Copies
 Number of Head Cleaning Operations
1. Select 04. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance 044. Operation
History.
zero.
C H E C K Click [Save] to export the operation history in the CSV

P O IN T format.
Figure 5-115. Operation History Screen

Confidential
5.9.3 Connection Check
C H E C K This check is available only when the Printer PC is connected.

P O IN T
Click
This checks condition of the connection between the client computer and
the printer computer.
1. Change the OS settings of the Printer PC.
1-1. Click StartControl PanelView network status and
tasks. (See Figure 5-116.) Figure 5-116. Printer PC's OS Settings (1)
1-2. Click “Change advanced sharing settings”.
(See Figure 5-117.)
Click
Figure 5-117. Printer PC's OS Settings (2)

Confidential
1-3. Check the File and Printer Sharing settings.

(See Figure 5-118.)
1-4. If the “Turn on file and printer sharing” checkbox is enabled,
go to Step 2.(See Figure 5-118.)
1-5. If not, enable the checkbox and click [Saving changes], then
go to Step 2.
Check
Click
Figure 5-118. Printer PC's OS Settings (3)

Confidential
2. Select 06. Network Diagnosis 061. Connection Check.

3. Specify the Number of Echo Requests Sent and Send Buffer Size
from the drop-down list, then click [Ping].
4. The transmission results are displayed in the Result column.
Figure 5-119. Connection Check Screen

Confidential
5.9.4 Check List for the Auto Nozzle Check System  Checking method
 No.1
The check items for Auto Nozzle Check System are as follows.
1. Remove the Auto Ink Detection Board Top Frame. (P. 315)
 Check List for the Auto Nozzle Check System Check
2. Confirm the harness on the Auto Ink Detection Board is connected
No. Item Judge Reference correctly. (Figure 5-120)
Check the conduction between the Auto Ink The resistance value must be
1 P. 518 3. Unlock the carriage lock. (P. 151)
Detection Board and the Capping Unit. 100  or less.
Foreign material is in the Capping Unit or on Foreign material is attached. 4. Move the CR Unit to the full side.
2 P. 519
3
Insulation of the white and black harnesses on The resistance value must be
P. 520
5. Confirm the white harness on the Capping Unit from the Auto Ink
the Auto Ink Detection Board. 1 M or over.
Detection Board is connected correctly. (Figure 5-121)
Check the conduction between the Head The resistance value must be
4 P. 521
Cover Plate and the Frame Ground. 100  or less. 6. Using a tester, check the conduction of the white harness (A) on the
Connection of the FFC between the Auto Ink The FFC is not damaged or Auto Ink Detection Board and the white harness (B) on the Capping
5 Detection Board and the Data Controller not connected at a slant. P. 522
Board (MAIN). Unit, and confirm the resistance value is 100 W or less.
(Figure 5-120)
Auto Ink Detection

Board
(A)
White harness Black harness
Figure 5-120. Checking Method No.1 (1)

Confidential
 No.2
(B)  Capping Unit
1. Unlock the carriage lock. (P. 151)
White harness
Capping Unit
2. Move the CR Unit to the full side.
3. Confirm no foreign object is attached on the Capping Unit. (Figure
5-122)
4. Remove the foreign object if any.
Inside of the
Capping Unit

7. When the measured value is over 100 , because of the possibility
that the cable is damaged, replace the Capping Unit. (P. 307)

Confidential
 Print Head  No.3

1. Unlock the carriage lock. (P. 151) 1. Remove the Auto Ink Detection Board Top Frame. (P. 315)
2. Visually check from the side of the Print Head if no foreign object 2. Measure the resistance between the white harness and black
is attached on the Print Head surface. (Figure 5-123) harness on the Auto Ink Detection Board. (Figure 5-124)
3. Remove the foreign object if any. 3. Replace the Auto Ink Detection Board when the measured value is
less than 1 M . (P. 315)
C H E C K  Remove the Capping Unit before removing the foreign
P O IN T objects on the Print Head. (P. 307) 4. Replace the Capping Unit if the value is still less than 1 M after
 Be careful not to damage the Print Head surface. Step 3. (P. 307)
5. Replace the Print Head if the value is still less than 1 M after
Step 4. (P. 188)
Head surface
Auto Ink Detection

Board
White harness Black harness
Figure 5-124. Checking Method No.3


Confidential
 No.4
1. Unlock the carriage lock. (P. 151) Frame Ground
2. From the side of the Print Head, measure the resistance between the
Head Cover Plate and the Frame Ground.
(Figure 5-125, Figure 5-126)
Measurement points
(1): #1 Head
(2): #2 Head
(3): #3 Head
(4): #4 Head
(5): #5 Head
(6): #6 Head
3. Replace the Print Head if the measured value is over 100 . (P. Figure 5-126. Checking Method No.4 (2)
188)
Head Cover Plate

Print Head side
Carriage lock gear
1 2 3 4 5 6
Capping Unit side

Confidential
 No.5
1. Confirm there is no damage on the FFC between the Auto Ink
Detection Board and the Data Controller Board (MAIN) or the FFC
is not connected at a slant. (Figure 5-127)
Auto Ink Detection Data Controller

Board CN1 Board (MAIN)
CN33
FFC
FFC
Figure 5-127. Checking Method No.5

Confidential
5.9.5 Upgrade
Maintenance Utility can be upgraded. See “SL-D3000 Administrator's
Guide”.

Confidential
CHAPTER
6
MAINTENANCE
General Overview 525

This chapter provides information on how to maintain the printer in its
optimum operating condition.
Basically, servicing on the printer should be performed on-site. Be sure to
strictly observe the following precautions when servicing to avoid an
accident or injury causing the user trouble.
The Top Cover Open Sensor provided for detecting open/

C A U T IO N
close status of the Top Cover acts as a safety interlock switch.
Never disable the switch function unless the instructions are
described in this manual.
Make sure to check the following printer statuses before

C A U T IO N
packing.
 The Print Head is locked by the Capping Unit.
 The Print Head is capped by the Capping Unit.
 All ink cartridges are set.

Confidential
Transportation and Packing 526

6.2 Transportation and Packing 7. Remove the Heater Unit. (P.211)
When you move or transport the printer, make sure to follow the steps 8. Install the two cushion materials to printer.
described below. 9. Secure the cushion materials with two strong tapes.
3. Remove the Trimmed Waste Paper Box. Strong tape
Cushion material
4. Install the Paper Dust Box Padding Box to the Trimmed Waste Paper
Box.
Paper Dust Box

Padding Box
Figure 6-2. Transportation and Packing (2)
Trimmed Waste Paper Box

5. Install the Trimmed Waste Paper Box to the main body.

Confidential
10. Install the Carriage Fixing Metal Plate with the two thumbscrews. 12. Install the protection sheet and five strong tapes.
A Silver, thumbscrew M4x8: two pieces
Strong tape
Carriage Fixing Metal Plate
A
1 3
Protection sheet
4
2

11. Install the Heater Unit. (P.211)

13. Close the Top Cover.

Confidential
14. Put 17 pieces of strong tape on the main body.

Confidential
15. Set the Printer on the bottom outer box.

 The printer weighs approximately 155 kg (double roll
C A U T IO N 16. Lift the paper ejection side of the printer, and set the cushioning
model) / 152 kg (single roll model) when packed. When
material on the paper ejection side. (Figure.6-6)
moving or lifting the product, be sure to work with more
than three people using the handles shown in the figure 17. Lift the paper feed side of the printer, and set the cushioning material
below. on the paper feed side in the same manner as Step16.
 When the printer is carried by three workers, two
workers should hold the paper feed side because the paper Cushioning material
under the paper feed side
feed side is much heavier than the paper ejection side.
Paper ejection side
Paper feed side
 Be sure to lift the product in a comfortable position. If the Bottom outer box
product is lifted in an position, the worker may be injured
or the product may be damaged.
 When setting the product down, be careful not to get your Cushioning material
fingers caught between the product and the installation on the paper ejection side
surface.

Confidential
18. Lift the paper ejection side of the printer, and pull set the cushioning 20. Pull the printer, the cushioning materials and the bottom outer box on
material on the right side. (Figure.6-7) the paper feedside to the paper feedside, and then lift the printer’s
paper feedside and put the whole printer on the pallet.
19. Lift the paper ejection side of the printer, and set the cushioning
material on the left side in the same manner as Step18.
Cushioning material
on left side
Cushioning material
under the paper feed
side
Bottom outer box

Pallet
Cushioning material
on right side

Confidential
21. Secure the Bottom outer box with the three screws and three washers. 23. Install the protective sheet and the plastic sheet from the printer.
22. Secure the rope to the Front Roll Holder Padding Front.
Plastic sheet
Protective sheet
Front Roll Holder

Padding Front
Screw
Washer
Rope
Bottom outer box
Figure 6-9. Transportation and Packing (9) Figure 6-10. Transportation and Packing (10)

Confidential
24. Set the Printer Front Padding R and Printer Front Padding L. 25. Set the Upper Pad.
Printer Front Padding R

Upper Pad
Printer Front Padding L
Bottom outer box
Bottom outer box Figure 6-12. Transportation and Packing (12)

Confidential
26. Set the upper outer box and secure it with the polypropylene straps.
Upper outer box
Polypropylene
straps

Confidential
Inspection and Cleaning 534
6.3 Inspection and Cleaning
6.3.1 Inspection
Make sure to check the following parts and clean them if necessary.
Table 6-1. List of Check Items

Check Item Class Frequency Working Hour Description
Platen User Everyday 10 minutes See "Cleaning the Platen" (p535).
Waste Ink Absorber User Everyday 10 minutes See "Cleaning and replacing the waste ink absorber" (p535).
Print Head User As needed 1 minute Check the nozzles. (p454)
Optical Sensor Service As needed 5 minutes See "Cleaning the Optical Sensor" (p535).
Paper Housing 1. Check if the inside of the Front Roll and the Rear Roll is
User Every month 5 minutes dusty.
2. Clean it with a soft cloth if necessary.
Paper Feed Rollers User Every half year 10 minutes See "Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller" (p536).
Rear Paper Feed Paper Ejection Path 1. Check if any dirt or dust is in the Rear Paper Feed Release
User Every month 10 minutes Roller (p261) and the Rear Paper Feed Driving Roller.
2. Clean it with a wiping cloth if necessary.
Top Cover 1. Check if there are any dust and foreign material on the
User As needed 5 minutes upper surface of the Top Cover.
2. Clean it with a soft cloth if necessary.
Cutter Unit 1. Check the number of paper cuts by the Cutter Unit in the
counter 2 of the Maintenance Utility. (p440)
Service Every 700,000 prints 5 minutes
2. Check the cut-surface quality and replace with the new
Cutter Unit if necessary. (p212)
Ink Decompression Pump Unit 1. Check if the “Decompression Pump Maintenance Error” is
occurring during the startup inspection. (p71)
Service Approx. 2 years 5 minutes
2. Replace the Ink Supply Decompression Unit with a new
one if there is an error occurring. (p309)

Confidential
6.3.2 Cleaning  Cleaning the Optical Sensor
 Cleaning the Platen Part Optical Sensor

Inspection Check if dirt such as paper dust adheres to the following light receiving
Part Platen surface sections.
Inspection Check if dirt such as paper dust and ink adheres on the surface of the platen. • "Decurl Unit Paper Detector" (p281)
• "Correction Value Print Unit Paper Detector" (p282)
Solution Clean the surface with a cotton swab.
• "Paper Feed Roller Home Sensor" (p302)
• "Front Paper Slack Sensor" (p288)
Platen
• "Rear Paper Slack Sensor" (p290)
• "Front Roll Position Sensor" (p294)
• "Front Roll Cover Open Sensor" (p299)
• "Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor" (p296)
• "Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor" (p297)
• "Front Door Open Sensor" (p298)
• "Long Paper Ejection Paper Detection Sensor" (p383)
Solution Remove dirt with a blower.
 Cleaning and replacing the waste ink absorber

Part Waste ink absorber
Inspection Check if dirt such as paper dust adheres to the waste ink absorber.
Solution Remove dirt with a cotton swab.
Waste ink absorber

Confidential
 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller 4. Remove the adhesive sheet of the cleaning sheet.
5. Close the Rear Roll Cover.
Part Paper Feed Roller of the Front Paper Feed Section
6. Lower the Front Roll. (p153)
Inspection Check if dirt such as paper dust adheres to the printed material. 7. After the cleaning sheet is set, the sheet is fed back and forth through the front paper feed
Solution Clean with a cleaning sheet following steps described below. section twice and the Paper Feed Roller is cleaned.
1. Lift up the Front Roll. (p153) 8. After the buzzer beeps notifying the completion of cleaning, open the Rear Roll Cover and
remove the cleaning sheet.
2. Open the Rear Roll Cover.
9. Close the Rear Roll Cover.
3. Set the cleaning sheet.
Cleaning sheet
Cleaning Sheet クリーニングシート

Caution ご使用の注意
Set this sheet at inret roll as you can this cation. この注意書きが見えるように、本体のインレットローラーにこの
Peel the film under this cation, and shut the door of シートをセットします。
rolled-paper box. 下のフィルムをはがし、ロール紙ボックスの扉を閉じます。
When the cleaning ended, open the door and take クリーニングが終了したら、ロール紙ボックスの扉を開けてこの
this sheet out. シートを取り出してください。
Cleaning sheet
Adhesive sheet

Confidential
Lubrication 537
LUBRICATION POINTS LIST

6.4 Lubrication
Table 6-2. Lubrication Points List
This section describes necessary lubrication to maintain the functions and Name of
Corresponding Part Page
performance of this printer. Make sure to properly lubricate the parts Lubricant*
specified in this section when replacing them.
Exterior Front Frame Paper Feed Mechanism Carriage Mechanism

Carriage Main Shaft O17 p538
Carriage Sub Shaft G71 p539
 Be sure to perform the lubrication by strictly adhering to
C A U T IO N CR Unit
the specified application points, lubricants, and amount. O17, G71 p539
Failing to do so may cause a malfunction of the printer. G71 p540
 When lubricating the originally attached parts, wipe off
Spur gear 3.4 G36 p541
the oil adhering to the parts before performing the
lubrication. Rear Paper Feed Motor G36 p541
Rear Paper Feed Conveyer Motor G36
p542
Decurl Motor
G36
Spur gear 3.4 G36 p542

Upper Left Frame Gear G45, G36 p543
Upper Right Frame Gear G45, G36 p544
Switch Cover
G36 p544
Note "*": See "7.1 Service Tool” (p546) for the parts information on grease and oil.

Confidential
Lubrication 538
Lubrication of the Carriage Main Shaft 3. Move the CR Unit to the full position.
Part Name Carriage Main Shaft 4. Lubricate the Carriage Main Shaft back and forth from the home position to the
center position twice using a brush.
Lubrication Contact surface between the Carriage Main Shaft and the oil padding
Point
Lubricant O17
Amount 0.5 cc
Remark Lubricate the point using a brush following steps described below.
1. Move the CR Unit to the home position.
2. Lubricate the Carriage Main Shaft back and forth from the full position to the center Lubrication point
position twice using a brush. (back and forth twice)
Side view
Oil padding
CR Unit
Carriage Main Shaft
Lubrication point (back and forth twice)

Confidential
Lubrication 539
Lubrication of the Carriage Sub Shaft Lubrication of the CR Unit (1)
Part Name Carriage Sub Shaft Part Name Oil padding

Lubrication Contact surface between the Carriage Sub Shaft and the CR Slider Lubrication 1. Oil padding
Point Point 2. Groove of a oil padding
Lubricant G71 Lubricants 1. O17
Amount 0.8mm ×5 mm×8 points 2. G71
Remark Lubricate the points using a syringe with a 0.8-mm diameter needle. Amount 1. 0.25 cc
2. 0.013 cc×8 points
Side view
Remark • Lubricate the points before installing the CR Unit.
• Lubricate the points using a syringe with a 1.0-mm diameter needle
CR Slider
following steps described below.
Lubrication point (×8)
1. Remove the oil padding covers from the left and right sides of the CR Unit.
2. Remove each oil padding from the left and right sides of the CR Unit.
Oil padding cover
Carriage Sub Shaft
Oil padding
Oil padding
Oil padding cover

Confidential
Lubrication 540
Lubrication of the CR Unit (2)

3. Place the oil padding in the container holding 0.25 cc of O17, and wait for a few
minutes. Part Name CR Slider
Oil padding Lubrication Concave portion of the CR Slider

Point
Lubricants G71
Amount 1.0mm ×5.4 mm
Remark Lubricate the points using a syringe with a 1.0-mm diameter needle.
Lubrication point
4. Attach the oil padding to the CR Unit.

5. Adequately lubricate the oil padding with G71 on four points of each side (left and
right) using a syringe with 1.0-mm diameter needle.
Left view Right view
Lubrication Lubrication point (×)

point (×)
6. Attach the oil padding covers to the CR Unit.

Confidential
Lubrication 541
Lubrication of the spur gear 3.4 Lubrication of the Rear Paper Feed Motor
Part Name Spur gear 3.4 (two points) Part Name Rear Paper Feed Motor
Lubrication Area where 3.4 spur gears mesh Lubrication Pinion gear of the Rear Paper Feed Motor
Point Point
Lubricant G36 Lubricant G36
Amount Adequate amount Amount 0.78mm ×11.8 mm×4 points
Remark Lubricate the entire surface of the gear using a brush. Remark Lubricate the points using a syringe with a 0.78-mm diameter needle.
Lubrication points
Lubrication points
Lubrication points

Confidential
Lubrication 542
Lubrication of the Rear Paper Feed Conveyer Motor and Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor Lubrication of the spur gear 3.4
Part Name Rear Paper Feed Conveyer Motor and Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor Part Name Spur gear 3.4 (four points)
Lubrication Grooves on the pinion gears of each motor Lubrication Area where 3.4 spur gears mesh
Point Point
Lubricant G36 Lubricant G36
Amount 0.78mm ×11.8 mm×8 points Amount Adequate amount
Remark Lubricate the points using a syringe with a 0.78-mm diameter needle. Remark Lubricate the entire surface of the gear (the following points) using a
brush.
 Gear unit section (two points)
Lubrication points
Lubrication points
Lubrication points

Confidential
Lubrication 543
Lubrication of the Upper Left Frame Gear

 Front inlet roll section
Part Name Upper Left Frame Gear

Lubrication points Lubrication 1. Contact surface with a shaft cover
Point 2. Gear contacting surfaces
Lubricant 1. G36
2. G45
Amount Adequate amount
Remark 1. Lubricate the entire inner diameter of the gear using a brush.
2. Lubricate the entire surface of the gears using a brush.
 Right front roll frame section
Lubrication points
Lubrication point 1
Lubrication point 1
Lubrication point 2

Confidential
Lubrication 544
Lubrication of the Upper Right Frame Gear Lubrication of the Switch Cover
Part Name Upper Right Frame Gear Part Name Switch Cover
Lubrication 1. Contact surface with a shaft cover Lubrication Contact surface with a Left Front Cover
Point 2. Gear contacting surface Point
Lubricant 1. G36 Lubricant G36

2. G45 Amount 1.0mm ×6 mm×3 points
Amount Adequate amount Remark Lubricate the points using a syringe with a 1.0-mm diameter needle.
Remark 1. Lubricate the entire inner diameter of the gear using a brush.
2. Lubricate the entire surface of the gears using a brush.
Lubrication point
Lubrication point
Lubrication point 1
Lubrication point 1
Lubrication point
Lubrication point 2

Confidential
CHAPTER
7
APPENDIX
Service Tool 546
7.1 Service Tool

Availability
Parts name Parts Code Purpose
Manufacturer Code
Color measurement device  X-rite i1Pro/i1iSis • Color calibration (p474)
Scanner Perfection V700 Photo, • Image quality adjustment (p475)
 EPSON Perfection V750-M Pro, • Paper feed correction (p487)
Perfection V750 Pro
Thickness gauge Tokyo Thickness M65 • Head height adjustment (p442)

• Thickness: 0.85 mm - 1.35 mm
Shim Ring MISUMI CIMASF-D15-V0-T0.6 • Back printing head height adjustment (p494)
 • Thickness: 0.6 mm
• Quantity: 2
Tool
Phase focusing pin (1.9mm) MISUMI KOP6-25-P1.9 • Aligning the phase of the Decurl Unit (p265)
• Aligning the phase of the cam of Long Paper Ejection
 Release Belt (p380)
• Pin diameter:  1.9mm
• Quantity: 3
Scale loupe (40to)    • Adjust the Inclination for the Paper Feed Direction (p458)
Antistatic wrist band Achilles D-053 Color Wrist NV • Disassembly & Assembly “Electric Circuit Components”
(p170)
 Achilles D-051 One touch Wrist
ASONE ML-301C1A WRIST STRAP
Thickness gauge (M65) • Head height adjustment (p442)
1560366  
• Thickness: 0.85 mm - 1.35 mm
Knock Out Pin • Aligning the phase of the Decurl Unit (p265)
• Aligning the phase of the cam of Long Paper Ejection
Jig
1560370   Release Belt (p380)

• Pin diameter:  1.9mm
• Quantity: 3
BPU thickness gauge 1580170   • Back printing head height adjustment (p494)

Confidential
Service Tool 547
Availability
Parts name Parts Code Purpose
Manufacturer Code
SCANNER ADJUSTMENT JIG • BRS Adjustment (p475)
1547184  
• Paper feed correction (p487)
PAPER FEED ADJUSTMENT JIG    • Paper feed correction (p487)
DOCUMENT HOLDING JIG • BRS Adjustment (p475)
  
• Paper feed correction (p487)
Jig
PAPERFEED SCALE COVER JIG    • Ink Supply Decompression Unit (p309)
CARRIAGE GUIDE BLOCK JIG    • Print Head (p188)
DECURL PHASE FOCUS JIG    • Aligning the phase of the Decurl Unit (p265)
DRAIN CARTRIDGE    • Ink draining (p480)
CLEANING CARTRIDGE    • Head washing (p480)
GREASE G71    • Lubrication (p537)
Consumables
GREASE G36    • Lubrication (p537)

GREASE G45    • Lubrication (p537)
OIL O17    • Lubrication (p537)

Confidential
Connector Summary 548
7.2 Connector Summary

CA87 SUB-J Board
CN1 Auto Ink Detection Board
CB09 SUB Board

CN201 CN1 Ink Cartridges
CA87 SUB-H Board
CN101 CB09 SUB Board
CN202
Powerswitch (Moisture Control Unit) CN1 CN1 Ink Cartridges
Moisture Control Unit (Front Roll㧕
Moisture Control Unit (Rear Roll㧕 CN21

CN22
CN9 CN23
CN1 CN2 CN6 Print Heads
CN24
Moisture Control CB09 DRV Board A CN25

Power Supply Board SUB-F Board CN26
CN40 CN3
CN33 CN31 CN27
CN41 CN4
CN001 CN201 CN3 CN28
CN10 Exhaust Fan (DRV)
CN1 CN16 CA87 MAIN Board

CN201 CN9
CN21
Power Supply Board CN12 CB09 DRV Board B CN22
(5V) Print Heads
CN42 CN3
CN23
Terminal CN001
CN11 CN10 CN16 CN17 CN15 CN43 CN4 CN24
AC Inlet SUB-B Board

CN002 CN401 CN3
CN216 CN220 CN217 PS Exhaust Fan
Power Supply Board
CN227 Printer Cooling Platen Fan
(24V/42V)
CN501 CN228 Printer Cooling Front Fan
CN001 CN4
CN14 CN1
CN59 Capping Unit Home Position Sensor‫ޓ‬
CN1
CN5 CN15 CN62 Capping Unit Motor
CN17 CN203 CN203
Printer Cooling BPU Fan CN4
CN205 CN77
Exhaust Fan (MCU-B) CN205 SUB-E Board
CN5 CN91 Maintenance Tank Detector
MCU-B Board CB81 MCU Board CN206 CN206
Printer Cooling Heater L Fan CN6 CN54 Paper Suction Area Home Position Sensor
Printer Cooling Heater R Fan CN7 CN8 CN219 CN56 CN66 CN57 CN52 CN63 CN64 CN60 CN51 CN73
CN67 CN71 CN55 CN53 CN65 CN78 CN79 CN74 CN58 CN61
Heater Unit CN2 CN207
CN3 CN204
Exhaust Fan (MCU) CN215 Rear Paper Slack Sensor Area Suction Motor & Encoder
Power Switch CN201 Rear Roll End Sensor Cutter Home Position Sensor
Front Roll End Sensor Middle Roller Encoder Sensor
Cutter Motor CN226
Maintenance Tank Cover Open Sensor Middle Roller Motor
Print Head Unit Motor CN1 CN2 CN223
Front Roll Cover Open Sensor Cutter Encoder
SUB-M Board CN3 CN225
CN214 CN221 CN212 CN222 Suction Motor Front Roll Motor & Encoder
CN218 CN210 CN211 CN209
Rear Roll Cover Open Sensor Rear Roll Motor & Encoder
CN2 CN4 Print Head Unit Home Position Sensor Front Paper Slack Sensor
Back Printing Unit
CN1 CN1 CN2
CN3
SUB-G Board CN207
CN2 CN6
CN8 SUB-D Board CN7 CN11 CN13 CN15 CN1 CN41 CN1 Panel Board
Back Printing Unit
CN1 CN5 CN4 CN6 CN10 CN12 CN14 CN16
CN3 Paper Feed Encoder Sensor
Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor
Long Paper Ejection Release Motor CR Relay Board CN01
Paper End Sensor Print Head Unit Sensor
Long Paper Ejection Feed Motor Encoder CN3 CN02 Print Head Unit Encoder Sensor
Paper Feed Home Position Sensor
Long Paper Ejection Release Motor Encoder Ink Decompression Pump Encoder Ink End Sensor㧔LM㧕
Long Paper Ejection Release Home Position Sensor
Paper Feed Motor Ink End Sensor㧔C㧕
Long Paper Ejection Switch Home Position Sensor CN2 CN1
Ink Decompression Pump Motor Ink End Sensor㧔BK㧕
Long Paper Ejection Unit Cover Open Sensor ESU RELAY
PWB UNIT Rear Roll Electromagnetic Clutch Ink End Sensor㧔Y 㧕
Long Paper Ejection Unit Ejection Detector
Front Roll Electromagnetic Clutch Ink End Sensor㧔M㧕
Conveyer Motor CN3
CN4 Top Cover Open Sensor Ink End Sensor㧔LC㧕
Sorter Mortor CN5
CN6 Rear Paper Feed Decurl Home Position Sensor Front Roll Position Sensor
Sorter Tray Home Position Sensor CN7 Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor Encoder Ink Cartridge Cover Open Sensor
Sorter Front Paper Sensor CN8 Rear Paper Feed Release Motor Encoder
Sorter Drive Switch CN9
Rear Paper Feed Motor Encoder
Rear Paper Feed Motor Rear Paper Feed Release Home Position Sensor
Rear Paper Feed Decurl Motor Rear Paper Feed Before Decurl Paper Sensor
Rear Paper Feed Motor Back Printing Paper Sensor
Back Printing Unit Installed Sensor

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 549
7.3 Wiring Diagram

%WVVGT/QVQT
A
'PEQFGT
%WVVGT*QOG
2QUKVKQP5GPUQT
#TGC
/KFFNG4QNNGT
5WEVKQP
2TKPVGT%QQNKPI*GCVGT /QVQT
㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪍 .(CP
/KFFNG4QNNGT /QVQT
#TGC
A
'PEQFGT5GPUQT
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋 5WEVKQP
/QVQT 2CRGT5WEVKQP
A
2TKPV*GCF7PKV 'PEQFGT #TGC*QOG /CKPVGPCPEG 4GCT4QNN
㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷 *QOG2QUKVKQP
4GCT4QNN
2QUKVKQP 6CPM%QXGT %QXGT1RGP
5GPUQT 1RGP5GPUQT 5GPUQT
㪙㪧㪬㩷㪝㪸㫅㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈 5GPUQT
2KPVGT UITQWPFHTCOG
㪜㫏㪿㪸㫌㫊㫋㩷㪝㪸㫅
㩿㪤㪚㪬㪄㪙㪀
㪚㪥㪌
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㪚㪙㪇㪐㩷㪪㪬㪙 'PF
5GPUQT
(MCU-B) 㪚㪥㪎 2TKPVGT%QQNKPI*GCVGT SUB-H
J
㪟㪼㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪬㫅㫀㫋 4(CP
Board
((%RKPU
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃
㪚㪘㪏㪎㩷㪪㪬㪙㪄㪣㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪈㪇㪈㪚㪥㪉㪇㪉㪚㪥㪈㪚㪙㪇㪐㩷㪪㪬㪙 7.VWDG
RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪌㪚㪥㪍㪚㪥㪎㪚㪥㪏 RKPU

RKPU
㪚㪥㪉 ((%RKPU
'ZJCWUV(CP

&48
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㪈㪚㪥㪏㪚㪥㪈㪇
㪚㪥㪇㪊㪚㪥㪍㪇㪚㪥㪌㪏㪚㪥㪍㪎㪚㪥㪎㪋㪚㪥㪌㪈㪚㪥㪌㪊㪚㪥㪎㪊㪚㪥㪍㪈㪚㪥㪌㪋㪚㪥㪌㪌㪚㪥㪌㪍
*GCVGT
6JGTOKUVQTU 㪚㪥㪉㪈
㪝㪘㪥㪈㪝㪘㪥㪉㪝㪘㪥㪊㪝㪘㪥㪋㪝㪘㪥㪌 *GCVGT UITQWPFHTCOG 2KPVGT UITQWPFHTCOG SUB-J ((%RKPU 㪚㪥㪉㪇㪊
Board #WVQ+PM 㪚㪥㪉㪉 RKPU
&GVGEVKQP
$QCTF 㪚㪥㪇㪋 Head Controller 㪚㪥㪉㪊
Board
SUB-E Board
RKPU 㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪌㪐
Power Supply
㪚㪥㪋㪇㪈㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪈㪌㪚㪥㪈㪍
RKPU
((%RKPU
DRV A 㪚㪥㪉㪋
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪌
RKPU
Board RKPU
㪚㪥㪐
㪚㪥㪉㪌
㪚㪥㪎㪎
(24V/42V)
A
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪈
A
RKPU
㪚㪥㪌㪇㪈㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪉㪍
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪉
㪚㪥㪈㪉㪚㪥㪉㪇㪍
RKPU 㪚㪥㪉㪎
*GCFU RKPU
㪚㪥㪎㪐㪚㪥㪍㪋㪚㪥㪍㪌㪚㪥㪌㪎㪚㪥㪍㪍㪚㪥㪎㪏㪚㪥㪍㪊㪚㪥㪌㪉㪚㪥㪎㪈㪚㪥㪐㪈㪚㪥㪍㪉
㪚㪥㪊㪊㪚㪥㪉㪏
㪚㪥㪊㪈㪚㪥㪋㪇㪚㪥㪋㪈
B K
Power Supply ((%RKPU
2QYGTUYKVEJ

/QKUVWTG%QPVTQN7PKV
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪈 Board (5V) RKPU
㪚㪥㪐㪚㪥㪉㪈
A
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈㪚㪥㪈
Data Controller Board (MAIN) Head Controller 㪚㪥㪉㪉
㪚㪥㪋㪉㪚㪥㪇㪊 Board 㪚㪥㪉㪊
2TKPV*GCF
7PKV/QVQT
SUB-B Board DRV B 7.VWDG
㪪㪬㪙㪄㪝 ((%RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪋 RKPU
Moisture Control 㫋㫆㩷㪚㪥㪊
I
4GCT2CRGT
RKPU ((%RKPU
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪈 Power Supply 㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈㪚㪥㪈㪇㪚㪥㪋㪊㪚㪥㪇㪋㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪍
5NCEM
㪚㪥㪈㪈 5GPUQT
RKPU 㪚㪥㪈㪍㪚㪥㪈㪎㪚㪥㪈㪌 4GCT4QNN %CRRKPI7PKV %CRRKPI7PKV*QOG
Board (5V) /QVQT'PEQFGT
5WEVKQP
/QVQT'PEQFGT 2QUKVKQP5GPUQT‫ޓ‬
((%RKPU
/QVQT
2TKPVGT%QQNKPI 2TKPVGT%QQNKPI 4GCT4QNN
㪚㪥㪈㪎 2NCVGP(CP (TQPV(CP 57$($QCTF /QVQT
/CKPVGPCPEG6CPM
/QKUVWTG%QPVTQN (TQPV4QNN &GVGEVQT
%5+%
25'ZJCWUV(CP %CRRKPI7PKV/QVQT
7PKV
(TQPV4QNN 5NCEM
5GPUQT
(TQPV4QNN
RKPU 㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪈 /QVQT'PEQFGT
㪚㪥㪈㪋 (TQPV4QNN
/QVQT
RKPU RKPU
SUB-M Board RKPU
(TQPV4QNN
'PF5GPUQT
(TQPV4QNN
%QXGT1RGP5GPUQT
6QR%QXGT
㪧㪪㪙㪟
1RGP5GPUQT 㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪊㫋㫆㩷㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
2TKPV*GCF7PKV
RKPU
/QKUVWTG 2TKPV*GCF7PKV5GPUQT 'PEQFGT5GPUQT
%QPVTQN7PKV

4GCT4QNN
A
Options
RKPU RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪎㪚㪥㪉㪉㪎㪚㪥㪉㪉㪏㪚㪥㪉㪉㪉
H
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉㪈㪐㪚㪥㪉㪈㪍㪚㪥㪉㪉㪇㪚㪥㪉㪉㪊㪚㪥㪉㪉㪌㪚㪥㪉㪇㪊㪚㪥㪉㪇㪌㪚㪥㪉㪇㪍㪚㪥㪇㪈㪚㪥㪇㪉
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪌㪚㪥㪐㪇㪈 +PM%CTVTKFIG (TQPV4QNN +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF
%QXGT1RGP 2QUKVKQP 5GPUQT
.% 5GPUQT
/ 5GPUQT
; 5GPUQT
$- 5GPUQT
% 5GPUQT
./
5GPUQT 5GPUQT
.GHV.QYGT
%GPVGT.QYGT
4KIJV.QYGT
.GHV7RRGT
%GPVGT7RRGT
4KIJV7RRGT
㩿㪤㪚㪬㪀
㪚㪥㪐㪇㪌
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
7.VWDG 㪚㪥㪇㪊
㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿
RKPU
A
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) 䌃䌎㪎䌃䌎㪈㪇䌃䌎㪈㪈䌃䌎㪈㪉䌃䌎㪈㪊䌃䌎㪈㪋䌃䌎㪈㪌䌃䌎㪈㪍
䌃䌎㪈
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪎
C
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪏㪙㪸㪺㫂㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪬㫅㫀㫋
䌃䌎㪉㪇㪎
RKPU
2TKPTVGT U
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪋
SUB-D Board
ITQWPFHTCOG

5QTVGT%QPXG[GT 5QTVGT%QPXG[GT
/QVQTU 5GPUQTU
.QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP .QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP
7PKV/QVQTU 7PKV5GPUQTU 4GCT2CRGT(GGF/QVQTU 4GCT2CRGT(GGF5GPUQTU
㪚㪥㪋㪈
A A
㪚㪥㪉㪉㪍㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪏㪚㪥㪍㪚㪥㪊
$CEM2TKPVKPI
7PKV U 㪚㪥㪉㪈㪋㪚㪥㪉㪈㪇㪚㪥㪉㪉㪈㪚㪥㪉㪈㪈㪚㪥㪉㪈㪉㪚㪥㪉㪇㪐
ITQWPFHTCOG RKPU
2TKPTVGT U ITQWPFHTCOG
D A A G
7.VWDG
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉 RKPU

7.VWDG
.QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP 1WVQH
㪪㪬㪙㪄㪞㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻 7PKVEQPPGEVKQP RTKPVGT
2CRGT(GGF
2CRGT'PF
5GPUQT
2CRGT(GGF
*QOG
7.VWDG 2QUKVKQP 'PEQFGT
E F
5GPUQT 5GPUQT
7.VWDG
㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪍 &GEQORTGUUKQP
2WOR/QVQT
㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪌 'PEQFGT
5QGVGT
%QPXG[GT U
ITQWPFHTCOG $W\\GT 㪚㪥㪈㪈㩷䌾㪈㪇
㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪈 4GCT2CRGT
.QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP (GGF$GHQTG 㪙㫑㪙㫑㩷㪯㩷㪈 2CPGN$QCTF
.QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT 7PKV'LGEVKQP 4GCT2CRGT &GEWTN2CRGT $CEM2TKPVKPI
'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP7PKV
'LGEVKQP 4GCT2CRGT 4GCT2CRGT 4GCT2CRGT (GGF4GNGCUG 7PKV+PUVCNNGF +PFKECVQT +PFKECVQT
'LGEVKQP 4GNGCUG*QOG 5YKVEJ*QOG %QXGT1RGP &GVGEVQT
(GGF/QVQT
5GPUQT +PFKECVQT +PFKECVQT
4GF
*QOG2QUKVKQP
(GGF/QVQT 4GNGCUG/QVQT 2QUKVKQP 5GPUQT 4GCT2CRGT (GGF&GEWTN 4GCT2CRGT (GGF4GNGCUG 5GPUQT
2CRGTV[RGUGVWR (TQP4QNN.'&
)TGGP
4GF
㪚㪥㪊
2QUKVKQP 'PEQFGT 4GCT2CRGT /QVQT'PEQFGT 5GPUQT

'PEQFGT 'PEQFGT (GGF&GEWTN /QVQT'PEQFGT (GGF/QVQT 㪩㪜㪘㪛㪰㪘㪣㪘㪩㪤
ESU RELAY PWB UNIT
5GPUQT 5GPUQT
(TQPV4QNN
(GGF
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉 .QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT /QVQT
4GNGCUG/QVQT 㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪋㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈
'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP 㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈
$CEM2TKPVKPI7PKV $CEM2TKPVKPI7PKV (GGF/QVQT 4GNGCUG/QVQT
+PFKECVQT
4GF
㪚㪥㪌
%QPVTQNNGT$QCTF %QPVTQNNGT$QCTF +PFKECVQT

2CRGTV[RGUGVWR 4GCT4QNN.'& +PFKECVQT
4GF
4GCT2CRGT
4GCT4QNN +PM'PF.CORU
#NNEQNQTU
(GGF$GHQTG 㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪋㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈
4GCT2CRGT &GEWTN2CRGT 䌌䌅䌄㬍㪌
㪚㪥㪋
(GGF4GNGCUG 5GPUQT 㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈

㪚㪥㪍㪚㪥㪎㪚㪥㪏㪚㪥㪐 *QOG2QUKVKQP
(TQPV4QNN 4GCT4QNN
5GPUQT
'NGEVTQOCIPGVKE 'NGEVTQOCIPGVKE
㪚㫌㫋㫋㪼㫉㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉 &GEQORTGUUKQP 2CRGT(GGF
%NWVEJ %NWVEJ
2WOR/QVQT /QVQT
Options %QPXG[GT 5QTVGT/QTVQT
1: 42 V signal (PWM) waveform is output.

/QVQT 'PEQFGT
'PEQFGT 5QTVGT/QTVQT
'PEQFGT 5QTVGT&TKXG
5YKVEJ
%QPXG[GT/QVQT 5QTVGT/QTVQT 5QTVGT(TQPV
C A U T IO N
2CRGT5GPUQT
2: Source of supply voltage is 3.3V. However, due to internal

current limiting resistor, the output voltage of 3.3V from
the board is not.
3: For some sensors, the supply voltage is 0V at Power-save
mode.

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 550
 A) Heater Controller Board (MCU-B)
㪚㪥㪋 2TKPVGT%QQNKPI*GCVGT
㪚㪥㪍 .(CP
㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㪼㫉㩷㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㩷
㪙㪧㪬㩷㪝㪸㫅㪜㫏㪿㪸㫌㫊㫋㩷㪝㪸㫅㪚㪥㪌
㩿㪤㪚㪬㪄㪙㪀 Heater Controller Board
(MCU-B) 㪚㪥㪎
2TKPVGT%QQNKPI*GCVGT
㪟㪼㪸㫋㪼㫉㩷㪬㫅㫀㫋 4(CP
㪚㪘㪏㪎㩷㪪㪬㪙㪄㪣㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪊

RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪌㪚㪥㪍㪚㪥㪎㪚㪥㪏

RKPU
㪚㪥㪉
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㪈㪚㪥㪏
6JGTOKUVQTU *GCVGT
㪝㪘㪥㪈㪝㪘㪥㪉㪝㪘㪥㪊㪝㪘㪥㪋㪝㪘㪥㪌 *GCVGT UITQWPFHTCOG 2KPVGT UITQWPFHTCOG
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪐㩷㪤㪼㪺㪿㪸㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫆㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㩿㪤㪚㪬㪀
㪚㪥㪈㪌㩷㪪㪬㪙㪄㪙㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 551
 B) Power Supply Board (24V/42V) / Power Supply Board (5V) / Moisture Control Power Supply Board (5V) / SUB-B Board
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋
2KPVGT UITQWPFHTCOG
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃
RKPU
㪚㪥㪋㪇㪈㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪈㪌
Power Supply
Board
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪈 (24V/42V) RKPU
㪚㪥㪌㪇㪈㪚㪥㪋
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪉
Power Supply
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪈 Board (5V) 㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
RKPU
㪚㪥㪈
㪪㪬㪙㪄㪙㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻
㪪㪬㪙㪄㪝
Moisture Control 㫋㫆㩷㪚㪥㪊
RKPU
㪚㪥㪇㪇㪈 Power Supply 㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
Board (5V)
㪚㪥㪈㪎
㪚㪥㪈㪋
7.VWDG
㪚㪥㪈㩷㪤㪼㪺㪿㪸㩷㪚㫆㫅㫋㫉㫆㫃㫃㪼㫉㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㩿㪤㪚㪬㪀
Options

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 552
 C) SUB-G Board / Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
㪚㪥㪈㪋㩷㪪㪬㪙㪄㪙㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻
㪚㪥㪈
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪌
㩿㪤㪚㪬㪀
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿 Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
㪚㪥㪈㪎㩷㪪㪬㪙㪄㪙㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪏㪙㪸㪺㫂㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪬㫅㫀㫋
2TKPTVGT U
ITQWPFHTCOG

$CEM2TKPVKPI
7PKV U
ITQWPFHTCOG
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉
㪪㪬㪙㪄㪞㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻
㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪍
㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪌
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪉

$CEM2TKPVKPI7PKV $CEM2TKPVKPI7PKV
%QPVTQNNGT$QCTF %QPVTQNNGT$QCTF
Options

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 553
 D) Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
.QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP .QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP
7PKV/QVQTU 7PKV5GPUQTU
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪋㪚㪥㪉㪈㪇
7.VWDG
7.VWDG
.QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP
7PKVEQPPGEVKQP
.QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT'LGEVKQP

.QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT 'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP7PKV 7PKV'LGEVKQP
'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP 4GNGCUG*QOG 5YKVEJ*QOG %QXGT1RGP &GVGEVQT
(GGF/QVQT 4GNGCUG/QVQT 2QUKVKQP 2QUKVKQP 5GPUQT
'PEQFGT 'PEQFGT 5GPUQT 5GPUQT
.QPI2CRGT .QPI2CRGT
'LGEVKQP 'LGEVKQP
(GGF/QVQT 4GNGCUG/QVQT
Options

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 554
 E) ESU RELAY PWB UNIT / Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
5QTVGT%QPXG[GT 5QTVGT%QPXG[GT
/QVQTU 5GPUQTU
㪚㪥㪉㪉㪈㪚㪥㪉㪈㪈
2TKPTVGT U ITQWPFHTCOG
1WVQH
RTKPVGT
7.VWDG
5QGVGT
%QPXG[GT U
ITQWPFHTCOG
㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪈
㪚㪥㪊
ESU RELAY PWB UNIT
㪚㪥㪌
㪚㪥㪋
㪚㪥㪍㪚㪥㪎㪚㪥㪏㪚㪥㪐
%QPXG[GT 5QTVGT/QTVQT
/QVQT 'PEQFGT
'PEQFGT 5QTVGT/QTVQT
'PEQFGT 5QTVGT&TKXG
5YKVEJ
%QPXG[GT/QVQT 5QTVGT/QTVQT 5QTVGT(TQPV
2CRGT5GPUQT
Options

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 555
 F) Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
Mecha Controller Board (MCU) 㪚㪥㪉㪇㪋
4GCT2CRGT(GGF/QVQTU 4GCT2CRGT(GGF5GPUQTU
㪚㪥㪉㪉㪍
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪉㪚㪥㪉㪇㪐
4GCT2CRGT
(GGF$GHQTG
4GCT2CRGT &GEWTN2CRGT $CEM2TKPVKPI
4GCT2CRGT 4GCT2CRGT 4GCT2CRGT (GGF4GNGCUG 7PKV+PUVCNNGF
5GPUQT
(GGF/QVQT *QOG2QUKVKQP
4GCT2CRGT (GGF&GEWTN 4GCT2CRGT (GGF4GNGCUG 5GPUQT
/QVQT'PEQFGT 'PEQFGT 4GCT2CRGT /QVQT'PEQFGT 5GPUQT
(GGF&GEWTN (GGF/QVQT
(GGF
/QVQT
4GNGCUG/QVQT
4GCT2CRGT
(GGF$GHQTG
4GCT2CRGT &GEWTN2CRGT
(GGF4GNGCUG 5GPUQT
*QOG2QUKVKQP
5GPUQT
㪚㫌㫋㫋㪼㫉㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 556
 G) SUB-D Board (1) / Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
㪚㪥㪐㪇㪈
㪚㪥㪐㪇㪌
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪎
䌃䌎㪉㪇㪎
SUB-D Board
RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪋
㪚㪥㪋㪈
㪚㪥㪋㪚㪥㪏㪚㪥㪍㪚㪥㪊
RKPU
RKPU
2CRGT'PF
2CRGT(GGF 5GPUQT
*QOG 2CRGT(GGF
7.VWDG 2QUKVKQP 'PEQFGT
5GPUQT 5GPUQT
&GEQORTGUUKQP
2WOR/QVQT
'PEQFGT
$W\\GT 㪚㪥㪈㪈㩷䌾㪈㪇
㪙㫑㪙㫑㩷㪯㩷㪈 2CPGN$QCTF
+PFKECVQT +PFKECVQT
4GF +PFKECVQT +PFKECVQT
2CRGTV[RGUGVWR (TQP4QNN.'&
)TGGP
4GF

(TQPV4QNN 㪩㪜㪘㪛㪰㪘㪣㪘㪩㪤
㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪋㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈
㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈
+PFKECVQT +PFKECVQT
4GF
2CRGTV[RGUGVWR 4GCT4QNN.'& +PFKECVQT
4GF

4GCT4QNN +PM'PF.CORU
#NNEQNQTU
㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪋㪣㪜㪛㩷㪯㩷㪈
㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈䌌䌅䌄㬍㪌
㪪㪮㩷㪯㩷㪈
(TQPV4QNN 4GCT4QNN
'NGEVTQOCIPGVKE 'NGEVTQOCIPGVKE
&GEQORTGUUKQP 2CRGT(GGF
%NWVEJ %NWVEJ
2WOR/QVQT /QVQT

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 557
 H) SUB-D Board (2) / Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
2TKPV*GCF7PKV
2TKPV*GCF7PKV5GPUQT 'PEQFGT5GPUQT
RKPU RKPU
㪚㪥㪇㪈㪚㪥㪇㪉
+PM%CTVTKFIG (TQPV4QNN +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF +PM'PF
%QXGT1RGP 2QUKVKQP 5GPUQT
.% 5GPUQT
/ 5GPUQT
; 5GPUQT
$- 5GPUQT
% 5GPUQT
./
5GPUQT 5GPUQT
.GHV.QYGT
%GPVGT.QYGT
4KIJV.QYGT
.GHV7RRGT
%GPVGT7RRGT
4KIJV7RRGT
㪚㪥㪇㪊
RKPU
䌃䌎㪈
䌃䌎㪎䌃䌎㪈㪇䌃䌎㪈㪈䌃䌎㪈㪉䌃䌎㪈㪊䌃䌎㪈㪋䌃䌎㪈㪌䌃䌎㪈㪍
SUB-D Board

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 558
 I) SUB-E Board (1)
SUB-E Board
㪚㪥㪎㪐㪚㪥㪍㪋㪚㪥㪍㪌㪚㪥㪌㪎㪚㪥㪍㪍㪚㪥㪎㪏㪚㪥㪍㪊㪚㪥㪌㪉㪚㪥㪎㪈㪚㪥㪐㪈
2QYGTUYKVEJ

/QKUVWTG%QPVTQN7PKV
7.VWDG
RKPU
4GCT2CRGT
5NCEM
㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪍 5GPUQT
4GCT4QNN
/QVQT'PEQFGT
5WEVKQP
/QVQT
4GCT4QNN
57$($QCTF /QVQT
/CKPVGPCPEG6CPM
/QKUVWTG%QPVTQN (TQPV4QNN &GVGEVQT
%5+%
7PKV
(TQPV4QNN 5NCEM
5GPUQT
(TQPV4QNN
㪚㪥㪊㪚㪥㪈 /QVQT'PEQFGT
(TQPV4QNN
/QVQT
(TQPV4QNN (TQPV4QNN
RKPU 'PF5GPUQT %QXGT1RGP5GPUQT
㪧㪪㪙㪟
㫋㫆㩷㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
/QKUVWTG
%QPVTQN7PKV

4GCT4QNN
Options

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 559
 J) SUB-E Board (2) / Mecha Controller Board (MCU)
%WVVGT/QVQT
'PEQFGT
%WVVGT*QOG
2QUKVKQP5GPUQT
#TGC
/KFFNG4QNNGT
5WEVKQP
/QVQT
/KFFNG4QNNGT /QVQT
#TGC
'PEQFGT5GPUQT
5WEVKQP
/QVQT 2CRGT5WEVKQP
2TKPV*GCF7PKV 'PEQFGT #TGC*QOG /CKPVGPCPEG 4GCT4QNN
*QOG2QUKVKQP 2QUKVKQP 6CPM%QXGT %QXGT1RGP
5GPUQT 4GCT4QNN 1RGP5GPUQT 5GPUQT
5GPUQT
'PF
5GPUQT
7.VWDG
㪚㪥㪍㪇㪚㪥㪌㪏㪚㪥㪍㪎㪚㪥㪎㪋㪚㪥㪌㪈㪚㪥㪌㪊㪚㪥㪎㪊㪚㪥㪍㪈㪚㪥㪌㪋㪚㪥㪌㪌㪚㪥㪌㪍
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪊
RKPU
㪚㪥㪌㪐
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪌
RKPU
SUB-E Board
㪚㪥㪎㪎
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪍
RKPU
㪚㪥㪍㪉
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪊㪚㪥㪉㪇㪌㪚㪥㪉㪇㪍

%CRRKPI7PKV %CRRKPI7PKV*QOG
/QVQT'PEQFGT 2QUKVKQP5GPUQT‫ޓ‬
%CRRKPI7PKV/QVQT

Confidential
Wiring Diagram 560
 K) Head Controller Board A (DRV) / Head Controller Board B (DRV) / Data Controller Board (MAIN)
㪚㪥㪉㪇㪈
㪚㪥㪈㪚㪥㪈㪚㪙㪇㪐㩷㪪㪬㪙
SUB-H
Heater Controller Board Board
((%RKPU
(MCU-B) 㪚㪥㪈㪇㪈㪚㪥㪉㪇㪉㪚㪥㪈㪚㪙㪇㪐㩷㪪㪬㪙

RKPU ((%RKPU
'ZJCWUV(CP

&48
㪚㪥㪏㪚㪥㪈㪇
㪚㪥㪇㪊
㪚㪥㪉㪈
SUB-J ((%RKPU
Board #WVQ+PM 㪚㪥㪉㪉
&GVGEVKQP
$QCTF 㪚㪥㪇㪋 Head Controller 㪚㪥㪉㪊
㪚㪥㪈
Board
㪚㪥㪈㪍
RKPU
((%RKPU DRV A 㪚㪥㪉㪋
RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪌
㪚㪥㪐
㪚㪥㪉㪍
㪚㪥㪈㪉
㪚㪥㪉㪎
RKPU
*GCFU
㪚㪥㪊㪊㪚㪥㪉㪏
㪚㪥㪊㪈㪚㪥㪋㪇㪚㪥㪋㪈
((%RKPU
㪚㪥㪐㪚㪥㪉㪈
SUB-B Board Data Controller Board (MAIN) Head Controller 㪚㪥㪉㪉

㪚㪥㪋㪉㪚㪥㪇㪊 Board 㪚㪥㪉㪊
2TKPV*GCF
7PKV/QVQT
DRV B
((%RKPU
㪚㪥㪉㪋
((%RKPU
㪚㪥㪈㪇㪚㪥㪋㪊㪚㪥㪇㪋
㪚㪥㪈㪈 RKPU 㪚㪥㪈㪍㪚㪥㪈㪎㪚㪥㪈㪌
((%RKPU
2TKPVGT%QQNKPI 2TKPVGT%QQNKPI
2NCVGP(CP (TQPV(CP
25'ZJCWUV(CP
RKPU 㪚㪥㪈
RKPU RKPU
SUB-M Board
6QR%QXGT
1RGP5GPUQT 㪚㪥㪉㪚㪥㪊
㪚㪥㪉㪈㪎㪚㪥㪉㪉㪎㪚㪥㪉㪉㪏㪚㪥㪉㪉㪉

㪚㪥㪉㪈㪐㪚㪥㪉㪈㪍㪚㪥㪉㪉㪇㪚㪥㪉㪉㪊㪚㪥㪉㪉㪌

Confidential
Board Layout Diagram 561
7.4 Board Layout Diagram
 Mecha Controller Board (MCU) (p562)

 Data Controller Board (MAIN) (p563)
 Head Controller Board A (DRV) (p564)
 Head Controller Board B (DRV) (p565)
 Panel Board (p566)
 SUB-E Board (p567)
 SUB-H Board (p568)

Confidential
 Mecha Controller Board (MCU)

Confidential
 Data Controller Board (MAIN)
+3.3 V (#14, #24)
F12 +3.3 V
F2 +5 V

Confidential
 Head Controller Board A (DRV)

Confidential
 Head Controller Board B (DRV)

Confidential
 Panel Board
+5 V (#9, #10)
+3.3 V_SN2 (#6, #7)

Confidential
 SUB-E Board
+5 V_SN2 (#3, #4)

+3.3 V_SN2 (#5, #6)
+3.3 V_SN (#7, #8)

Confidential
 SUB-H Board
+5 V_IN (#1, #3)
F1 +5 V
TP4 +3.3 V
LED1 +3.3 V

Confidential
Board Voltage List 569
7.5 Board Voltage List

Board (Supply Destination)
+ Terminal/ GND Terminal/
Local
Board Input Power Fuse LED Connector Connector Voltage Range Note
Power
(+Pin) (GND)
Data Controller Board (+5V_IN) +5V F2 --- --- --- --- ---
(MAIN)
+5V +3.3V F12 --- CN11 (#14) CN11 (#24) +3.3V5% General purpose
Mecha Controller (+5V_IN) +5V --- (Power SW) CN206 (#1) CN206 (#2) +5V5% General purpose
Board (MCU)
+3.3V --- --- CN206 (#3) CN206 (#2) +3.3V5% General purpose
[Note] Unable to measure in Eco mode, or when
+5V_SN --- --- CN211 (#1) CN211 (#2) +5V5% mechanical error or system error occurs: for sorter
related sensors
+5V [Note] Unable to measure in Eco mode, or when

+5V_SN1 --- --- CN207 (#14) CN207 (#15) +5V5% mechanical error or system error occurs: for paper
feed related paper detectors
[Note] Unable to measure in Eco mode, or when
+5V_SN2 --- --- CN207 (#16) CN207 (#17) +5V5% mechanical error or system error occurs: for front/rear
roll end related detection sensors
(+24V_IN) +24V --- --- CN203 (#8) CN203 (#10) +24V5% For Absorber Unit, Electromagnetic Clutch
SUB-H Board --- --- CN1 (#1) CN1 (#3) +5V5% General purpose
(+5V_IN)
+5V F1 --- --- --- --- General purpose
+5V +3.3V --- LED1 TP4 CN1 (#3) +3.3V5% General purpose
SUB-E Board [Note] Unable to measure in Eco mode, or when
+5V_SN2 --- --- CN205 (#3) CN205 (#4) +5V5% mechanical error or system error occurs: for front/rear
roll end related detection sensors
[Note] Unable to measure when mechanical error or
+3.3V_SN --- --- CN205 (#7) CN205 (#8) +3.3V5%
system error occurs: for encoders and sensors
Panel Board +5V --- --- CN1 (#10) CN1 (#9) +5V5% For buzzers

Confidential

SL-D3000 Service Manual Rev.A

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SL-D3000 Service Manual Rev.A

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SL-D3000 Service manual

PROFESSIONAL PHOTO PRINTING SYSTEM

DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY

Copyright © 2012 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

Type Symbol Descriptions

CAUTION Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure,

PROHIBITION Indicates a prohibition on the use of the product.

INSTRUCTION Indicates an instruction that you must follow when

CHECK Indicates information required for effective operation

Do not move the machine alone since it is very

W A R N IN G Before performing maintenance for the inside

Before turning on the reassembled machine,

Revision Date of Issue Description

A 2012.06.27 First release

SL-D3000 Service Manual

SL-D3000 Service Manual

SL-D3000 Service Manual

SL-D3000 Service Manual

5.5.10.1 Ink Draining ................................................................................... 480

SL-D3000 Service Manual

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.2.2 Electric Specifications

SL-D3000 Service Manual

Item Specification 1.2.3 Ink Specifications

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.2.4 General Specifications

Humidity (%) With Moisture Control Unit

Without Moisture Control Unit *1

Vibration Operating : 0.15 G, 10 - 55 Hz

Note "*1": When using RC-based standard media

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.3 Printing Specifications

1.3.1 Carriage Specifications

1.3.2 Paper Feed Specifications

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.3.3 Supported Papers

Note "*": Attach the A4 SPINDLE UNIT (Option).

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.3.3.2 Supported Papers

254 mm × 366 mm (10 × 14 inch) [Wide] 254 mm × 366 mm  ×   ×  ×

SL-D3000 Service Manual

Table 1-8. Supported Papers

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.3.4 Printable Area  Borderless Printing Mode

 Bordered Printing Mode

Symbol Item Value Print Top Wasted Amount 1 mm

b Cut Off Amount 2 mm

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.4 Software 1.5 Interface

1.4.2 System Requirements Compatible connector USB Series B

SL-D3000 Service Manual

A 1 2 Table 1-12. Button Specifications

Table 1-13. LED Specifications

SL-D3000 Service Manual

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.8.3 Back Print Unit

SL-D3000 Service Manual

1.9 Dimensions and Main Components Double roll model

1.9.1 Dimensions and Weight

Double roll model

(D) 1150 325

Single roll model

Figure 1-6. Printer Dimensions (Front view)

Figure 1-5. Printer Dimensions (Top view)